N % '^^A K W^ ■4v.^4 i'X, >fc. >, ^A. U. S. DEPARTMEN r OF AGRICULTURE OFFICE OF EXPERIMENT STATIONS A. C. TRUE, DIRECTOR EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD Volianne XXII, 1910 LIBRARY WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1910 /9/0 U. S DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. Scientific Bureaus. Weather Bure/^u — Willis Ti. Moore, Chief. Bureau ok Animal Industry— A. I). Melvin, Chief. Bureau of Plant Industry — B. T. Galloway, Chirf. Forest Service— II. S. Graves, Forester. Bureau of Soils — Milton Whitney, Chief. Bureau of Chemistry—II. W. Wiley, Chemist. Bureau of Statistics — V. H. Olmsted, Statistician. Bureau of Entomology — L. 0. Howard, Entomologist. Bureau of Biological Survey — C. Hart Merriam, Chi^f. Office of Public Roads — L. W. Page, Director. Office of Experiment Stations — A. C. True, Director. THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATIONS. Alabama— College Station: Auhurn; J. F. Duggar." Canebrake Station: Uniontown: F. D. Stevens." Tuskegee Station: Tuskegee Imtitute; G. W. Carver.a Alaska— SiVfca.- C. C. Georgeson.'' Arizona— rucson; R. H. Forbes.« AuKAnsAS—Fayettcville: V. F. Adams.a CfLhWonmA— Berkeley: E. J. Wickson.n Colorado— Forr Collins: C. P. Gillette.o Connecticut— State Station: New Haven; E. H. Jenkins." Storrs Station: Storrs; L. A. Clinton.o Delaware— A'cwarfc.- H. Hay ward." Florida— Gainesville: P. H. Rolfe.o Georgia— Experiment: Martin V. Calvin. « GvAM--Agana: J. B. Thompson. 6 Hawaii— Federal Station: Honolulu: E. V. Wilcox.!' Sugar Planters' Station: Honolulu; C. F. Eckart.o Idaho— Moscow: W. L. Carlyle.o Illinois— Urbana: E. Davenport." Indiana— Lo/aj/c^^f.- A. Goss." Iowa — Ames: C. F. Curtiss.« Kassas— Manhattan: E. H. Webster.* Kentucky — Lexington: M. A. Scovell.o Louisiana— State Station: Baton Jtouge:\ Sugar Station: A uduhon \ Park, New Orleans; North La. Station: Calhoun;] Maine— Orono.- C. D. Woods." Maryland— CoZZc^e Park: H. J. Patterson." Massachusetts — Amherst: W. P. Brooks." Michigan— i'ast Lansing: R. S. Shaw." Minnesota— University Farm, St. Paul: A. F. Woods." Mississippi — Agricultural College: J. W. Fox." Uv.R.Dodson." " Director. 6 Special agent Missouri— College Station: Columbia; F. B. Mumford." Fruit Station — Mountain Orovc; Paul Evans." Montana— JSozf rnara.- F. B. Linfield." Nebraska— imcoZn.- E. A. Burnett." Nevada— iJpno.- J. E. Stubbs." New Hampshire— Dwrftarn.- J. C. Kendall." New Jersey — Neiv Brunsivick: E. B. Voorhees." New Mexico— ^^ricwZ^MroZ College: Luther Fos- ter." New York— State Station: Geneva; W. H. Jordan." Cornell Station: Ithaca; H. J. Webber."; North Carolina— College Station: West Raleigh; V. B. Williams." State Station; Raleigh: B. W. Kilgore." North Dakota— Agricultural College; J. U. Worst." Omo— Wooster: C. E. Thorne." Oklahoma— Stillwater: B. C. Pittuck.c Oregon — Corvallis: 3. Withycombe." Pennsylvania— State College: T. F. Hunt." State College: Institute of ,\iiimal Nutrition, H. P. Armsby." Porto Rico — Mayaguez: D. W. May. 6 Rhode Isla'sd— Kingston: H. J. Wheeler." South Carolina— CZcmson College: J. N. Harper.". South Dakota— Brookings: J. W. Wilson." Tennessee— .K'woiyiZZc.- H. A. Morgan." Texas— College Station: H. H. Harrington." Vt AH— Logan: E. D. Ball." VERMO'ST-BurUngton: J. L. Hills." Virginia— Blacksburg: S. W. Fletcher." Norfolk: Truck Station, T. C. Johnson." Washington— PuZZman.- R. W. Thatcher." West Virginia— J/or^anZoMiri.- J. H. Stewart." Wisconsin— jV/adison.- H. L. Russell." Wyoming— iomTnie.- H. G. Knight." in charge. c Acting director. EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Editor: E. W. ALLEN, Ph. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPARTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzer, Ph. D. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers — W. H. Beal. Agricultural Botany, Bacteriology, Vegetable Pathology ]„.' ^j' ■. ' ' Field Crops Ij^j^^^^^^ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition — C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D. Zootechny, Dairying, and Dairy Farming — E. \V. Mor.se. Economic Zoology, Entomology, and Veterinary Medicine — W. A. Hooker. Rural Engineering . Rural Economics — J. B. Morman. Agricultural Education — D. J. Crosby. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXII. EDITORIAL NOTES. Page. Live stock shows in relation to theory and practice .- 1 Animal feeding and the conservation of the food supply 5 Government v. administration in relation to the agricultural colleges and ex- periment stations 101 The economic condition of agriculture 201 The need for studies in rural economics 203 The field and influence of the agricultural college 401 An important discovery 501 Fourth session of the Graduate School of Agriculture 505 Julius Kiihn, professor of agriculture 601 A new theory of bacterial activity in the soil 605 STATION PUBLICATIONS ABSTRACTED. Alabama Canebrake Station: Bulletin 27, January, 1910 633 Alabama College Station: Circular 3, February, 1909 260 Twenty -first Annual Report, 1908 694 III IV CONTENTS. Alahama Tuskegee Station: Page. Hullotin If), October, 1909 449 17, March, 1910 729 Arizona Station: Bulletin (50, Juno 30, 1909 29, 34, 38, 41, 43, 45, 53, 74, 76, 89 (il, October 20, 1909 418 ()2, Decenil)er 24, 1909 735 Arkansas Station: lUillelin 104, 1909 190 105, 1910 788 California Station: Bulletin 203, November, 1909 244 204, December, 1909 577 205, December, 1909 526 Circular 46, October, 1909 93 47, November, 1909 494 Colorado Station: Bulletin 146, June, 1909 74 147, June, 1909 42 148, June, 1909 191 Circular 3, May, 1909 640 4, May, 1909 640 5, May, 1909 .*. 640 6, May, 1909 640 Connecticut State Station: Bulletin 164, October, 1909 235 165, November, 1909 254 Biennial Report, 1909-10, pt. 1 624, 626 2 662 3 670 Connecticut Storrs Station: Bulletin 58, June, 1909 79 59, August, 1909 180 60, December, 1909 489 61, January, 1910 735 Biennial Report, 1908-9 703, 711, 743, 798 Florida Station Bulletin 100, December, 1909 534 101, January, 1910 640 Georgia Station: Bulletin 87, November, 1909 575 88, December, 1909 633 89, December, 1909 635 Hawaii Station: Bulletin 18, 1909 58 19, 1910 645 20, 1910. . 642 Press Bulletin 25 731 Annual Report, 1908 12, 26, 29, 41, 45, 46, 58, 64, 69, 94 Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Station: Division of Agriculture and Chemistry — Bulletin 30, 1910 613 CONTENTS. V Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Station — (Continued. Page. Division of Entomology — Bulletin 6, October 25, 1909 155 7, November, 1909 458 8, December 24, 1909 464 Division of Pathology and Physiology — Bulletin 6, 1909 49 Illinois Station: Bulletin 137, September, 1909 479 138, September, 1909 579 139, October, 1909 578 140, October, 1909 577 141, November, 1909 674 142, November, 1909 673 Circular 131, August, 1909 484 132, October, 1909 589 133, October, 1909 574 Indiana Station: Bulletin 136, October, 1909 269 137, November, 1909 271 138, February, 1910 752 139, February, 1910 725 Circular 16, July, 1909 94 17, September, 1909 42 Twenty -second Annual Report, 1909 660, 694 Iowa Station: Bulletin 106, September, 1909 174 107, October, 1909 184 108, September, 1909 142 Kansas Station: Bulletin 161, August 12, 1909 21 162, December, 1909 575 163, January, 1910 685 164, January, 1910 775 Feeding Stuffs Bulletin 4, November 1, 1909 172 Circular 3, 1909 39 4, October 23, 1909 457 5 655 6 726 7 754 Twenty-first Annual Report, 1908 232, 234, 237, 238, 251, 263, 295 Kentucky Station: Bulletin 144, November 20, 1909 767 145, December, 1909 729, 751 Louisiana Stations: Bulletin 117, August, 1909 115 Feed Stuffs Report, 1908-9 670 Fertilizer Report, 1908-9 434 Maine Station: Bulletin 168, September, 1909 571 169, November, 1909 546 170, November, 1909 547 171, November, 1909 552 VI CONTENTS. Maine Station C'onliimcd. Page. Official Inspection l:?. 1!»()!) 67 1-4 J 5 4()7 1(J 56(5 17 638 Makyi.and Station: Bullot in l:{7. July, J909 ' 55 138, Aii<,'U.st, 1909 75 139, October, 1909 587 140, November, 1909 553 Massachusetts Station : Meteorological Bullet ins 249-250, Septeinber-Oclober, 1909 117 251-252, November December, 1909 419 253-254, January- February, 1910 615 Circular 17, September, 1908 573 Twenty-iirst Annual Report, 1908, pt. 1 232, 235, 244, 251, 259, 264, 268, 295 pt. 2 209, 210, 212, 228, 230, 231, 236, 241, 245, 253, 275, 276, 284 Michigan Station: Bulletin 256, August, 1909 26 257, October, 1909 573 Special Bulletin 49, May, 1909 247 50, July, 1909 285 Technical Bulletin 1, June, 1908 480 2, September, 1909 482 3, October, 1909 586 4, November, 1909 618 Twenty-second Annual Report, 1909 615, 651, 659, 660, 681, 694 Mississippi Station: Bulletin 124, October, 1909 642 125, November, 1909 670 126, November, 1909 624 127, December, 1909 624 Missouri Station: Bulletin 81, December, 1909 771 Circular of Information, 35 734 Missouri Fruit Station: Bulletin 21, October, 1909 258 Nebraska Station: Bulletin 111, December 15, 1909 422 112, December 15, 1909 444 113, February 15, 1910 636 Circular 1, September 1, 1909 146 Twenty-second Annual Report, 1908 39, 40, 47, 48, 53, 84, 94 Nevada Station: Bulletin 69, July, 1909 87 70, May, 1909 67 Circular 2, January, 1910 _ 664 3, January, 1910 664 4, January, 1910 664 5, January, 1910 662 6, January, 1910 660 7, February, 1910 ■ 664 CONTENTS. VII New Hampshire Station: Page. Bulletin 141, September, 1909 279 142, December, 1909 424 143, December, 1909 754 144, December, 1909 747 145, December, 1909 726 146, December, 1909 719 147, December, 1909 776 Scientific Contribution 3, 1909 551, 554 New Jersey Stations: Bulletin 222, September 14, 1909 259 223, September 30, 1909 228 224, December 13, 1909 G20, 625 225, December 15, 1909 658 226, January 11, 1910 748 227, January 28, 1910 715 Annual Report, 1908 117, 120, 130, 134, 140, 141, 150, 156, 159, 162, 177, 197 New Mexico Station: Bulletin 72, August, 1909 13 73, November, 1909 792 74, January, 1910 732 75, February, 1910 735 New York Cornell Station: Bulletin 268, June, 1909 76 269, July, 1909 73 270, December, 1909 781 271, December, 1909 ^ 793 272, December, 1909 747 New York State Station: Bulletin 316, August, 1909 70 317, September, 1909 • 178, 17& 318, November, 1909 434 319, December, 1909 660, 662 320, December, 1909 661, 662 321, December, 1909 798 Technical Bulletin 10, September, 1909 112 11, November, 1909 649 12, December, 1909 650 North Carolina Station: Bulletin 205, January, 1910 750 North Dakota Station: Bulletin 86, December, 1909 710 87, January, 1910 744 Special Bulletin 11, May, 1909 262 12-18, June-November, 1909. 262 19, November, 1909 465 Paint Bulletins 1-3, February, 1910 793 Seed Bulletin 1, July, 1909 '. 236 Ohio Station: Bulletin 205 (Twenty-eighth Annual Report, 1909), July, 1909 420, 495 206, August, 1909 23 207, August, 1909 68 VIII CONTENTS. Ohio Station— Continued. ^'^K''- Bulletin 20S, August, 1909 1 H 209, August, 1909 \7:i 210, October, 1909 453 213, December, 1909 771 Circular 9G, October 1 , 1909 797 97, January 30, 1910 798 Oklahoma Station: Bulletin 86, February, 1910 739 Eighteenth Annual Rei)ort, 1909 773, 77G, 780, 798 Oregon Station: Bulletin 106, August, 1909 248 Pennsylvania Station: Bulletin 95, December, 1909 475 96, February, 1910 640 Porto Rico Station: Bulletin 8 (Spanish edition), March, 1910 733 Annual Report, 1908 222, 224, 236, 241, 245, 252, 267, 295 Rhode Island Station: Bulletin 136, June, 1909 479 137, July, 1909 434 138, November, 1909 526 South Carolina Station: Bulletin 147, June, 1909 526 Twentieth Annual Report, 1907 625, 639, 694 Twenty-first Annual Report, 1908 625, 639, 676, 694 Twenty-second Annual Report, 1909 637, 640, 648, 655, 656, 670, 681, 687, 694 South Dakota Station: Bulletin 114, May, 1909 71 115, June, 1909 33 116, November, 1909 579 117, November, 1909 535 Annual Report, 1909 711,727,798 Texas Station: Bulletin 124, October, 1909 461 Utah Station: Bulletin 105, August, 1909 425 106, December, 1909 617 Vermont Station: Bulletin 144, August, 1909 670 145, October, 1909 642 146, November, 1909 638 Twenty-first Annual Report, 1908 798 Virginia Station: Bulletin 182, June, 1909 191 183, June, 1909 137 Virginia Truck Station: Bulletin 1, September 24, 1909 147 2, September 29, 1909 ... 161 3, September 30, 1909 . 136 CONTENTS. IX Washington Station: Page. Bulletin 89, 1909 537 Popular Bulletin 17, April 1, 1909 4(il 18, April 30, 1909 449 19, May 20, 1909 433 20, July 15, 1909 495 21, October 1, 1909 537 22, October 20, 1909 520 23, November 1, 1909 539 24, December 1, 1909 538 Special Bulletin 1, 1909 791 Sixteenth Annual Report, 1906 34, 94 Seventeenth Annual Report, 1907 94 Eighteenth Annual Report, 1908 94 Wisconsin Station: Bulletin 177, July, 1909 137 178, July, 1909 13G 179, July, 1909 140 180, August, 1909 125 181, September, 1909 181 182, October, 1909 484 183, November, 1909 442 184, November, 1909 475 185, November, 1909 589 186, December, 1909 676 187, December, 1909 677 188, December, 1909 676 Research Bulletin 1, June, 1909 172 2, June, 1909 125 3, June, 1909 576 4, June, 1909 526 5, June, 1909 573 6, June, 1909 678,679 Circular of Information 1, July, 1909 172 2, August, 1909 181 3, August, 1909 247 4, August, 1909 236 5, September, 1909 289 6, September, 1909 289 7, November, 1909 294 8, November, 1909 233 9, December, 1909 577 10, January, 1910 515 WyominCx Station: Nineteenth Annual Report, 1909 *. 615, 694 UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE PUBLICATIONS ABSTRACTED. Circular 30 74 31 638 32.. ..." 636 Farmers' Bulletin 127 (revised) 163 370 89 371 89 X CONTENTS. Page. Farmers' Bulletin 372 ". 39 ■m:\ 135 374 197 375 167 376 152 377 166 378 163 379 287 380 284 381 295 382 447 383 549 384 595 385 , . 594 386 535 387 740 388 798 Food Inspection Decisions, 110 r 165 111-112 566 113 664 114 767 Notices of Judgment, 91-101 67 102 269 103 262 104-105 269 106-108 262 109 269 110 ' 262 111 263 112-122 467 123-133 566 134-164 664 165-214 767, 776 Bureau of Animal Industry: Bulletin 39, parts 24-25 53 115 79 116 83 117 179 118 531 119 281 120 703 121 485 Circular 68 (revised) 285 149 14 150 87 151 77 152 179 Bureau op Biological Survey; North American Fauna, 29 53 30 53 Bureau of Chemistry; Bulletin 109 (revised) 613 127 238 128 730 CONTENTS. XI Bureau of Chemistry — Continued. Page. Bulletin 129 214 130 516 Circular 46 112 47 114 48 415 49 410 50 412 51 614 52 614 53 709 Bureau of Entomology.- Bulletin 58, pt. 4 260 5 260 81 550 82, pt. 1 56 2 257 3 554 83, pt. 1 157 84 162 85, pt. 1 .256 2 256 3 758 16, pt. 3 (technical series) 554 Circular 112 461 113 463 114 463 Forest Service: Bulletin 76 242 78 243 Circular 168 45 169 35 171 450 172 450 174 540 176 539 Silvical Leaflets 43-44 44 46-50 145 The Use Book— Grazing, 1910 542 Instructions for making forest surveys and maps, 1910 644 Bureau op Plant Industry: Bulletin 154 16 155... 50 156 37 157 35 158 49 159 36 160 12, 43 161 443 162 529 163 635 164 631 165 625 166 630 XII CONTENTS. Bureau of Plant Industry — Contiiuu'd. Page. lUillotin 1()7 638 108 630 1 (i!) : 632 1 70 791 Circular 3i) 142 40 213 41 238 42 445 43 445 44 492 45 573 46 538 47 534 48 637 49 725 50 729 Bureau of Soils: Bulletin 57 18 59 20 60 18 62 23 63 526 Circular 20 423 21 617 Bureau of Statistics: Bulletin 51 243 74 593 75 593 76 293 77 692 Circular 18 233, Crop Reporter, Vol. XI, No. 10, October, 1909 26, 91* 11, November, 1909 195 12, December, 1909 293 Supi)lement 293 Vol. XII, No. 1, January, 1910 493 2, February, 1910 593 3, March, 1910 692 4, April, 1910 796 Index, Vols. 8-10. , 92 Weather Bureau: Bulletin of the Mount Weather Observatory, vol. 2, pt. 3 418 Monthly Weather Review, Vol. XXXVII, No. 5, May, 1909 215,216,217 6, June, 1909 215, 217 7-10, July-October, 1909. . . 419 11-12, November-Decem- ber, 1909 614,615 Brief List of Meteorological Text and Reference Books 117 Report, 1907-8 418 CONTENTS. XIII Office of Experiment Stations: Page. Bulletin 216 88 217 88 219 289 220 294 221 467 222 588 223 560 224 595 Circular 86 190 87 190 88 190 89 170 90 - 294 91 - 294 92 588 93 595 • 94 693 Farmers' Institute Lecture 11 797 Special Circular [Document 1210] 197 Annual Report, 1908 170, 189, 190, 195, 196, 197 Office of Public Roads: Circular 91 793 Division op Publications: Circular 6 94 Library: Bulletin 73 197 74 798 75 595 Monthly Bulletins 1-2, January-February, 1910 798 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Editor : B, W. ALLEN, Ph. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPAKTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzeb, Ph. D. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers — W. H. Beal. Agricultural Botany and Vegetable Pathology — W. H. Evans, Ph. D. „. , , ^ f J. I. Schulte. FieldCropsjj Q_ j^^j^^jj^ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition — C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D. Zootechny, Dairying, and Dairy Farming — E. W. Morse. lOconomlc Zoology, Entomology, and Veterinary Medicine — W. A. Hooker. Rural Engineering . Rural Economics — J. B. Morman. Agricultural Education — D. J. Crosby. CONTENTS OF VOL. XXII, NO. i. Editorial n otes : Pa&e. Live stock shows ii. relation to theory and practice 1 Animal feeding and the conservation of the food supply 5 Recent work in agricultural science 8 Notes 95 SUBJECT LIST OF ABSTRACTS. agricultural chemistry — agrotechny. Concerning protein, Pfliiger 8 The leucin fraction of proteins, Levene and Van Slyke 8 The leucin fraction in casein and edestin, Levene and Van Slyke 8 On the partial hydrolysis of edestin, Skraup and Wober 8 Elei'trolysis of iron pipe, Siebel 8 Contributions to micro-chemical analysis, Schoorl 8 Nessler's reagent, Schneider 8 A new acidimetric method employing lime water, De Gregorio Rocasolano. . . 9 Accuracy of the Volhard method for chlorin, Rothmund and Burgstaller 9 Aluminum as an impurity in barium sulphate precipitate, Creighton 9 A new method for phosphoric acid in alkaline phosphates, Pozzi-Escot 9 Moisture discrepancies in phosphate rock of the Pacific, James 9 Limitations of starch as an accelerator, Francis 9 The determination of phosphoric acid by the Neumann method, Schaumann. 9 The determination of phosphorus in flesh, Trowbridge 9 Handbook of biochemical methods, Abderhalden 9 A contribution to the biological differentiation of proteids, Rickmann 10 The Bang method for the determination of sug.ar, Jessen-Hansen 10 Color reactions for sugars with the indol bodies, Gnezda 10 The detection of saccharose and calcium sucrate, Rothenfusser. 10 Estimation of ash in sugars and sirups from the electrical conductivity. Main. 10 Direct determination of starch according to Baumert and Bode, Baumert 10 A comparative study of methods for starch, Giltay and Blanksma 10 A rapid method for hydrolyzing starch, Olson 11 The estimation of starch in feeds and foodstuffs, Scholl 11 The indirect determination of alcohol in raspberry sirup, Giinzel 11 The determination of volatile organic acids in tobacco, Kissling 11 The value of the nitrate reaction in milk, Rothenfusser 11 The estimation of the dirt content of milk, Weller 11 The influence of heating upon butter fat, Behre H The Polenske method for the detection of animal fats, Laband 11 About melting point determinations, Giith 12 The value of the oil of sesame reaction, Hoton 12 Comparative halogen absorption of oils, Remington and Lancaster 12 A short handbook of oil analysis, Gill 12 18556—10 1 I II CONTENTS. Page. Report of the experiment station at Jena. I, Afrriciiltural-clu'inical division. 12 Report of Orebro Chemical Station and Seed Control Station, l'J08, Widt'n... 12 [Analyses of koa and ohia l)ark and slum gum], Thompson 12 The by-products of the lemon in Italy, Chace 12 Denatured alcohol from tunas and other sources, Hare et al 13 Sterilization of canned goods, Duckwall 13 Cause of cloudy li(juor on peas, Duckwall 13 Pure yeast selection and control, M ussi) 13 The nomenclature of the lactic-acid bacteria, Wolff 13 Proposals for the nomenclature of the Lipoids, Rosenheim 13 A cold-storage evaporimeter, Hastings 14 Refrigeration and the cold-storage industry, Ferretti 14 METEOIJOLOGY — WATER. Study of meteorology as a branch of agricultural science, Dunlop 14 Treatise on physical geography, De Martonne 14 Effect of climate on crops, Palmer _. 14 Meteorological, magnetic, and seismic observations at Havana, Gangoiti 14 The climate of Buenos Aires in 1908 14 The weather during the agricultural year 1907-8, Brodie 14 Meteorological observations 14 Report of the Meteorological Commission for 1908, Smith et al 14 Climate [of Japan], Shimooka 15 On the extreme variations in rainfall, Hellmann 15 Percolation, evaporation, and condensation, Latham 15 The nature and extent of air jiollution by smoke, Cohen and Ruston 15 Water: Its origin and use. Coles- Finch 16 Surface water supply of the South Atlantic coast, 1907-8, Hall and Bolster. . . 16 Underground water resources of Connecticut, Gregory and Ellis 16 Geology and underground waters of South Dakota, Darton 16 Farm water supplies of Minnesota, Kellerman and Whittaker 16 Typhoid fever in Ohio, with observations on outbreaks at various places, Platter. 17 Bacteriology of drinking-water supplies in tropical climates, Clemesha et al.. 17 The purification of some textile and other factory wastes. Stabler and Pratt . . 17 SOILS — FERTILIZERS. Crop yields and soil composition in relation to soil productivity, Whitney 18 Preliminary report on Volusia soils, their problems and management, Carr. . . 18 The minus quantity in California soils, Shaw 19 The agricultural soils of Cape Colony, Juritz 19 The physical composition of some Cape Colony soils, Juritz 20 The importance of mechanical analysis of soils, Eberhart 20 The determination of the external and internal soil surface, Scheeffer 20 Heat transference in soils, Patten 20 The system water, calcium carbonate, carbonic acid. Leather and Sen 20 The influence of snow cover on soil temperature, Friesenhof 21 Recent investigations in soil bacteriology and their value, Simon 21 The influence of depth of cultivation upon soil bacteria. King and Doryland. . 21 The assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen by soil micro-organisms, Stranak. . . 22 BacUlns ami/lohacter and the power of assimilation of free nitrogen, Weiss 22 Denitrification by indirectly denitrifying bacteria, Grimbert and Bagros 22 Bog toxins and their effect upon soils, Dachnowski 22 The physiological action of soil extracts, Fischer 23 Soil culture in dry regions where irrigation is impossible, Kostritsine 23 Observations on the value of stall manure, Pfeiffer 23 The influence of fertilizers on the composition of plants 23 Experiments with fertilizers and manure on tobacco, corn, wheat, and clover. 23 Fertilizers for cotton soils, W^hitney 23 New nitrogenous fertilizers utilizing atmospheric nitrogen 24 Utilization of atmospheric nitrogen, particularly for air saltpeter, Bernthsen. . 24 Calcium cyanamid and dicyandiamid, Prianishnikov 24 Nitrolime, Pagondet 24 Do certain potash salts exert a beneficial influence on the growth of plants through their water-holding capacity? Tacke 24 The injury resulting from kainit in bedding domestic animals, Brandes 24 The use of potash silicate as a fertilizer, Wein 24 Phonolith, a new potassium fertilizer, Verwey 25 CONTENTS. Ill Page. Phonolith, a new fertilizer, Lindeman 25 Development of chemical activity in superphosphate manufacture, Schucht. . . 25 The lime in basic slag, Hendrick 25 Investigations on the fertilizing value of sulphur water 25 Peat resources of the United States, exclusive of Alaska, Davis 25 Fish guano, Douglas 26 Production and consumption of manufactured fertilizers 26 Progress in the fertilizer industry, 1905-1908, MoUer 26 [Analyses of fertilizers, soils, and waters] , Thompson 26 Commercial fertilizers and chemicals, Hudson, Stallings, et al 26 Fertilizer analyses, Patten and Collingwood 26 New state fertilizer laws 26 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. The perception of light in plants, Wager 26 The photodynamic effect of extracts from etiolated plants, Hausmann and Von Portheim 27 Influence of nutrient solutions on germination and development of fungi, Lutz. 27 The effect of heat on diastatic ferments, Apsit and Gain 27 The rennet and proteolytic ferments and their function, Gerber 27 A method for the rapid recognition of hydrocyanic acid in plants, Mirande. . . 28 The influence of anesthetics and freezing on gkicosids in plants, Guignard 28 The elaboration of nitrogenous material in the leaves of plants, Andre 28 The reduction of assimilation during cloudy weather, Miintz and Gaudechon. 28 Investigations on the later resting stages of bulbs, Christensen 29 The possible effect of cement dust on plants, Peirce 29 Vitality of seeds under water, Thornber 29 FIELD CROPS. Field crop experiments, Krauss 29 Report of work for 1907 and 1908 at Highmore Substation, Willis 33 Fall and winter forage crops, De Cillis 34 [Work with sugar beets and potatoes] , Thatcher 34 A lesson in diversified farming, Forbes 34 The Truckee-Carson experiment farm, Scofield and Rogers 35 Natural revegetation of depleted mountain grazing lands, Sampson 35 Some experiments in the hybridizing of Indian cottons, Fyson 35 Local adjustment of cotton varieties, Cook 36 A study of diversity in Egyptian cotton. Cook, McLachlan, and ]\Ieade 37 Cotton growing in Arizona, Clothier 38 Cotton production, 1908, Roper 38 Potato culture, Remy 39 Soy beans, Piper and Nielsen 39 Improved seed wheat, Ten Kyck 39 Second report of the Nebraska seed laboratory, Wilcox and Stevenson 39 Constant problems in modern agriculture. Von Riimker '. 40 [Agricultural products of Japan] , Shimooka 40 HORTICULTURE. The inheritance of color in the seeds of the common bean, Emerson 40 The importance of uniformity of varietal character in vegetable seeds, Tracy. . 41 Manurial experiments in onion cultivation, Jervis 41 Winter onions in the Southwest, Crane and Forbes 41 Report of the horticulturist, Higgins 41 Phenological notes for 1 908, King et al 42 Top working fruit trees, Whipple 42 The farmers' orchard, Troop and Woodbury 42 The St. Everard apple 42 Foundations of American grape culture, Munson 42 Investigations on the question of manuring of grapevines, Liechti 42 Statistics on grape and olive products for the year 1908 43 The Italian lemon industry, Powell 43 Practical manual of coffee and cacao culture in the Belgian Kongo 43 Tea culture in Java 43 Tea manufacture, Shimooka 43 Progress and prospects of date-palm culture, Forbes 43 History of gardening, Ranck , 43 IV CONTENTS. Page. The influence of forest cover on the temperature of the soil, Cuif 44 InvoHtigations on the pruning of forest trees, Zederbauer 44 Sil vi.al leaflets 44 The natural pine forests on the Ulea River, North Central Finland, Trice 45 Experiment with seed of riiiiis s/ilrentrin, Story 45 Connnercial importance of the White Mountain forests, Ayres 45 Forest conditions in the Crow's Nest Valley, Alberta, Macmillan 45 The forest trees of Canada 45 Kejjort of the superintendent of forestry, Campbell 45 Resistant eucalypts for planting in southern Arizona, Thornber 45 [Rubber investigations at the Hawaii Station], Wilcox 45 [Pot experiments with fertilizers for rul)ber], Tiionipson 46 Caoutchouc and gutta-percha in the Dutch East Indies 46 Ecanda rubber {Raphionacme utilis) 46 DISEASES OF PLANTS. The development of disease-resistant plants. Reed 46 Some plant bacterial diseases, Sackett 46 Plant diseases, Collens 47 The life history of the cedar rust fungus, Heald 47 Influence of chemical stimulation upon Melanosporapampeana, Heald and Pool. 48 The life history and parasitism of Diplodia ze:e, Heald, Wilcox, and Pool 48 Investigations on the combating of barley snmts, Appel 48 The rust of wheat, Vernet 49 Fungus maladies of the sugar cane, Cobb 49 The root rot of tobacco caused by Thielavia basicola, Gilbert 49 Cucumber and tomato canker, Massee 50 The gummosis of fruit trees, Blin 50 Spraying for apple scab or black spot, Mally 50 The control of black rot of the grape. Shear, Miles, and Hawkins 50 Coffee diseases of the New World, Massee 51 Notes on the Hemileia disease of coffee, Von Faber 51 Mulberry diseases, Butler 51 The white-pine blister rust, Pettis 52 Note on the biology of Pesialozzia hartigii, Fischer 52 Fomes lucidua, a suspected parasite, Butler 52 Wood-destroying fungi, Schorstein 52 Some common ])lant diseases, McCallum 53 Directions for the control of Nebraska plant diseases, Wilcox and Stone 53 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. Biological investigations in Alaska and Yukon Territory, Osgood 53 The rabbits of North America, Nelson 53 [The introduction of the American robin into England] 53 Index-catalogue of medical and veterinary zoology, Stiles and Hassall 53 Zoological yearbook, 1908, Mayer 53 Our insect friends and enemies. Smith 53 The role of air in the ecdysis of insects, Knab 54 Contribution to the biology of the Aphididse, Mordwilko 54 Contributions to experimental entomology, Reiff 54 Notes on microlepidoptera, with descriptions of new species, Busck 54 First report on suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, Kirkland 55 Second report on suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, Kirkland 55 Third report on suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, Kirkland. 55 The Angoumois grain moth, Symons 55 Mosquitoes of Brazil, Peryassu 55 Chemical observations with the meat fly Calliphora, AVeinland 55 Further observations on the developmentof trypanosomes in Glossinse, Kleine. 55 Further investigations on the etiology of sleeping sickness, Kleine 56 Siphonaptera observed in the plague campaign in California, McCoy 56 The Colorado potato beetle in Virginia in 1908, Popenoe 56 The blue-green beetle, Houser 57 Notes on some of the Eucnemidse of the Eastern States, Van Horn 57 Some species of Calligrapha, Knab 57 The sweet-potato weevil ..- 57 CONTENTS. V Page. A brief note on Chalcodermus collarishorn, Hyslop 57 New Chalcidoidea, Crawford 57 A new family of parasitic Hymenoptera, Crawford 57 Report of the state entomologist [of Nebraska for 1907-8] , Bruner 57 Report of the entomologist, Van Dine 58 Report on insects which affect cotton in the Hawaiian Islands, Fullaway 58 The injurious olive insects and their natural enemies, Martelii et al 59 Garden insects and how to control them, Sanderson 60 Our honey bees, Sajo 60 Eri or castor silk, Lef roy 60 Sericulture [in Japan], Shimooka 60 FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. The effect of cold storage upon beef and poultry, Emmett and Grindley 60 Report on the nature of " black spots " on chilled beef, Klein 62 The average amount of salt in Vienna pickled meat, Lampret 62 Isolation of the pressor principles of putrid meat, Barger and Walpole 62 The extractives of fish flesh, Suzuki and Yoshimura 62 Artificial egg yolk, Bordas and Touplain 62 Desiccated foods, Toggenburg 62 The bleaching of flour, Halliburton 62 Flour bleaching, bread production and nutrition, Wesener and Teller 63 The cooking of bread, Marchand 64 Notes on the prognosis and treatment of pellagra, Lavinder 64 Chemical studies of rice and rice products, Thompson 64 Rice, Shimooka 65 The extractives of rice, Suzuki, Yoshimura, and Fuji 65 The chemical composition of tamari-shoyu, Yoshimura 65 The examination of English marmalades, Hiirtel and Mueller 65 The acidity of cherry, raspberry, strawberry, and currant juices, Muttelet 65 Composition of Scuppernong, Concord, and Catawba grape juices, Goie 65 Grapes and their products as food for man and animals, Grimaldi 66 The examination of Gironde white wines, Blarez, Carles, and Gayon 66 Segonnaux wines, Descomps 66 Fruit l:>eers 66 The content of sulphurous acid in beer, Bonn 66 The chemistry of hops, Siller 66 Evidence taken by the royal commission on whisky and other potable spirits. 66 The caffein content of coffee and the loss by roasting, Lendrich and Nottbohm. 67 The fat and water content of cocoa powders, Reinsch 67 The adulteration of mustard, Jorgensen 67 The adulteration of saffron, Collin 67 The chemical composition of licorice bonbons and similar products, August. . 67 Notices of judgment 67 Official inspections 67 Food and drug inspection 67 [Pure food work in Florida] 67 Report of the state food commissioner, Jones 67 Foodstuffs [and drugs] , Hooper 68 Products for foodstuffs and special use, Shimooka 68 The balance between inorganic acids and bases in animal nutrition, Forbes 68 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. [Analyses of Hawaiian fodders], Thompson 69 [Analyses of feeding stuffs] , Rose and Greene 69 Commercial feeding stuffs, Stallings 69 Inspection of feeding stuffs. Baker et al 70 By-product feeding stuffs, Armsby 70 American molasses feeds; their manufacture and composition, Halligan 70 How should dried potatoes be fed ? Parow 70 The self-heating of hay, Boekhout and De Vries 70 Digestion coefficients with sheep, Shepard and Koch 71 Protein metabolism with sheep on a ration of pure grasses, Hagemann 71 On the digestibility of globulin (blood bread) by wethers, Hagemann 71 Heredity, thought, and memory from the standpoint of the physicist, Eichhorn . 72 On the alleged influence of lecithin upon sex in rabbits, Punnett 72 VI CONTENTS. Past'. The inflneiicc of difforoiit nntrionts on the niiinl)or of l)loo(l oorpnsclos, Just. . 72 Iiillut'iice of tlifferciit fci'dson inovt'inciitof tlie gs in Colorado, Cottrell 74 Timely hints to horse breeders. Gay 75 Can the laying ability of a hen be determined by external characters? I landrik . 75 Egg-laying competitions at Hawkesbury Experiment F'arm, Thomjjson 75 Danish egg collecting 75 The poultry industry in Maryland, with suggestions, Opperman 75 [Poultry keeping in Japan], Shimooka 75 Preserving eggs, Vinson 76 Snail gardens, Geyer 76 DAIRY FARMING — DAIRYING. The substitution of roots for concentrated foods in milk production. Savage. . . 76 Effect of raw potatoes, flakes, and chips on milk production, Hansen et al. . . 76 The Swiss Spotied-Cattle Breeders' Association 77 Rei)ort of association for development of dairy industry of Hoorn, 1908 77 Influence of the health of the animal on the nutritive value of milk, Moussu. 77 The milk of sheep, Alvarado y Albo 77 Value of sterilized, pasteurized, raw, and dried milk, Aviragnet and Pehu... 77 [Copper in certified milk] , Springer and Springer, jr 77 Competitive exhibitions of milk and cream, Lane and Weld 77 Pure milk for cities, Halstead 78 The necessity for the control of the milk industry, Hougardy 78 The Lady Talbot Milk Institute 78 Mountain dairying, Funder 78 Danish dairying, 1908, Boggild 78 Production and use of milk, butter, and cheese among natives of Africa, Koch. 78 The condensed-milk industry, Burch 78 Creamery cost, Potts 78 [Analyses of butter], Nestreljaew 79 An abnormal sample of butter from a Cheshire herd of cows, Smetham 79 Camembert cheese problems in the United States, Thom 79 Cheese making with pasteurized milk, Martin 80 Making soft cheese from pasteurized milk, Guerault 80 VETERINARY MEDICINE. On the increase of the hemolytic power of serums, Embleton and Shaw 80 On the toxicity of castor-bean meal, Miessner 81 Diseases of domestic animals [in Japan] , Shimooka 81 The diseases of the eye in domesticate(l animals, Gray 81 Bacteriological diagnosisof anthrax by cultures f : om skin, Ciucjl and Stoicescu . 81 Vaccination against anthrax, Balint 81 Chemotactic power of the toxin produced by Sclewstomum bideniatum, Vallillo. 82 Nodules and neoplastic lesions of intestines in relation to glanders. Hummel. . 82 Contribution to the pathological anatomy of rinderpest, Arloing and Ball 82 The therapeutic immunity reaction in differentiating trypanosomes Terry 82 Trijpanosoina ehertld and other forms from the fowl, Martin and Robertson. . . 82 Trijpartosomn ingens n. sp. , Bruce et al 83 The development of Tri/panosoyna lewisi in Hsematopinus spinulosus, Baldrey 83 Toxin formation in trypanosomiasis 83 Further experimental treatment of trypanosomiasis, Plimmer and Fry 83 The drug treatment of canine piroplasmosis, Nuttall and Had wen 83 The drug treatment of piroi^lasmosis in cattle, Nuttall and Hadwen 83 Remedy for malignant jaundice and redwater, Nuttall and Hadwen 83 Tests concerning tubercle bacilli in circulating blood, Schroeder and Cotton. . 83 CONTENTS. VII Page. Investigations of the tubercle bacillus in cattle, Rothhaar 84 The anatarao-patholoKical forms of bovine tuberculosis, Vallee and Chausse.. 84 Tuberculous lesions of the bovine trachea, Chretien 84 Tuberculosis of sheep, INIayer 84 Tuberculosis in a panther, Bergeon 84 Dissemination of tuberculosis by manure, Peters and Emerson 84 The frequence and detection of tuberculosis of the bones, Stroh 85 The ophthalmo, cuti, and vaginal reaction in tuberculosis, Richter 85 Application of precipitin reaction of Bonome to diagnosis of tuberculosis and to differentiation of human and bovine types, Dammann and Stedefeder. . . 85 The intradermal reaction to tuberculin, Vallee, Deglaire, and Herbet 85 Potassium iodid and tuberculin, Sorel 85 A new contribution to the study of the defects of tuberculin, Lignieres 85 A new contribution to the study of local reactions to tuberculin, Lignieres 86 New methods of employing tuberculin in diagnosis, Lignieres 86 Vaccination of cattle against tuberculosis, Rappin 87 Ovariotomy in the goat, Oceann 87 Experiments with specific serums in immunizing against hog cholera, Stadie. . 87 A study of a serious anaemic disease among horses. Mack 87 A note on Argas larvte which attack fowls in Persia, Carre 87 Regulations governing entrance to the veterinary inspector examination 87 BURAL EXGINEEBING. A report on irrigation laws and litigation in Nevada, Thurtell and True •. 87 Irrigation in Idaho, Stephenson, jr 88 Drainage of irrigated lands in the San Joaquin Valley, Fortier and Cone 88 Drainage of irrigated lands, Brown , 89 Pumping plants for irrigators, Smith 89 RURAL ECONOMICS. Replanning a farm for profit, Smith and Froley 89 Landowner and tenant, McBride 90 The problem of small lando wnership, Modona 90 The operation of the small holdings act during 1908 90 Government loans in Russia, Ragsdale 90 The insurance of farm laborers against accidents at their work, Bandini et al. . 91 The proposed law of E. Conti regarding accidents at agricultural labor, Ferrari. 91 Insurance of farm laborers in Switzerland against accidents, Aguet 91 Agriculture in Japan, Shimooka 91 The cultivation of tobacco from the economic point of view, Vigiani 91 Crop Reporter 91 Crop Reporter: Index to Vols. 8-10 92 [Bibliography of agriculture] , Hasse 92 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Agricultural education in America, Macdonald 92 Provisions relating to agricultural education, Shimooka 92 The teaching of agriculture in the high school, Giles 92 Agriculture in the high school, Harbourt 92 Public-school agriculture, 1909 93 Agriculture for common schools, Fisher and Cotton 93 Practical agriculture, Wilkinson 93 The school garden book, Weed and Emerson 93 Suggestions for garden work in California schools, Babcock 93 Agricultural extension '. 94 MISCELLANEOUS. Annual Report of Hawaii Station, 1908 94 Twenty-second Annual Report of Nebraska Station, 1908 94 Sixteenth Annual Report of Washington Station, 1906 94 Seventeenth Annual Report of Washington Station, 1907 94 Eighteenth Annual Report of Washington Station, 1908 94 Publications of U. S. Department of Agriculture and how they are distributed. 94 LIST OF EXPERIMENT STATION AND DEPART- MENT PUBLICATIONS REVIEWED. Stations in tlie United States. U. S. Depaitmeul of Atjricultnre. Arizona Station: Page. Page. Bui. 60, June 30, 1909 29, Circ. 30 74 34, 88, 41, -'3, 45, 53, 74, 76,89 Farmers' Bui. 370 89 California Station: Farmers' Bui. 371 89 Circ. 4(), Oct., 1909 93 Farmers' Bui. 372 39 Colorado Station: Notices of Judgment 91-101 67 Bui. 14(5, June, 1909 74 Bureau of Animal Industry: Bui. 147, June, 1909 42 Bui. 39, pts. 24-25 (10 cents each ) Connecticut Storrs Station: 53 Bui 58 June 1909 79 Bui. 115 (10 cents) 79 Hawaii Station: Bui. 116 (5 cents) 83 Bui. 18, 1909 58 Circ. 149 14 An Rpt. 1908 12, Circ. 150 87 26,29,41,45,46,58,64, Hawaiian Sui5, figs. 251). — This volume is an extended treatise on the cold-storage industry from the standpoint of agriculture, commerce, hygiene, horticulture, etc. Refrigerating machines, the production of artificial ice, food preservation, and other topics are considered. A bibliography is appended to the volume. METEOROLOGY— WATER. study of meteorology as a branch of agricultural science, W. R. Dunlop {Agr. Gaz. [London^, 70 (1909), No. 1855, p. 57).— This is a brief article ex- plaining the relation of the more common weather observations to weather pre- diction, and intended to encourage the giving of more attention to this subject by farmers. Treatise on physical geography, E. de Martonne (Traits de O^ographie Physique: Climat, Hydrographie, Relief du Sol, B log eo graphic. Paris, 1909, Nos. 1, pp. 20.'t; 2, pp. 202, illus.; rev. in Rev. Gen. Chim., 12 {1909), No. llf, pp. 255, 256). — This treatise deals with climate, hydrography, physiography, and biogeography. Effect of climate on crops, W. S. Palmer {Proc. Dry Farming Cong., 3 {1909), pp. 168-113, figs. 2). — The climatic conditions in Wyoming are briefly summarized with reference especially to so-called dry farming. Meteorological, magnetic, and seismic observations of the College of Belen of the Society of Jesus, Havana, 1907 and 1908, L. Gangoiti {Oh- servatorio Meteorologico, Magnetico y Seismico del Colegio de Belen de la Cam- pania de Jesus en la Hahana, afio de 1907, 1908. Uavana, 1908, pp. 90, dgms. 3; 1909, pp. 97, dgms. 3). — Detailed reports, largely tabular and diagrammatic, of the usual observations. The climate of Buenos Aires in 1908 {Yearbook City Buenos Aires, 18 {1908), pp. 3-9). — Observations on pressure, temperature, rainfall, humidity, sunshine, vapor pressure, and wind are summarized for each month of the year and for each 10-day period. Determinations of the amount of ozone, carbon dioxid, free and organic ammonia, and bacterial content of the air, and of organic and free ammonia and nitrous and nitric acid in rain water are also reported. The weather during the agricultural year 1907-8, F. J. Brodie {Jour. Roy. Agr. Soc. England, 69 (1908), pp. 384-393) .—The general character of the dif- ferent seasons in the United Kingdom is described and summary tables of ob- servations on temperature, sunshine, and rainfall are given. Meteorological observations (Stnfis. Ycariook [Natal], 1908, pp. 26-30). — Tables give observations on pressure, temperature, rainfall, cloudiness, and wind during the period from 1885 to 1908 at Durban, and on temperature and rainfall during the period from 1894 to 1908 at a number of other places in Natal. Report of the Meteorological Commission for the year ending December 31, 1908, C. A. Smith et al. (Rpt. Met. Com. [Cape Good Hope], 1908, pp. METEOROLOGY WATER. 15 XII +53). — In addition to various administrative details, this report contains tabular summaries of observations on pressure, temperature, rainfall, sunshine and cloudiness, evaporation, and wind movement at various places in Cape of Good Hope. Climate [of Japan], C. Shimooka (In Agriculture in Japan. Tokyo: Govt., 1908, pp. 27-38). — The principal climatic features of Japan are briefly described in this article. It is pointed out that while the greater portion of the country is situated in the temperate zone and the whole country is surrounded by seas, which make the climate much milder than that of Manchuria, Siberia, and Korea, the facts that the country extends over 30 degrees of latitude and has a great variety of topographical conditions give rise to wide variations in climatic features. On the extreme variations in rainfall, G. Hellmanx (Ztschr. Gesell. Erdk. Berlin, 1908, Xo. 0, pp. 605-613; ahs. in Ann. Hydrog. u. Marit. Met., 37 (1909), No. Jf, pp. 183, 18'i). — On the basis of observations on rainfall in different parts of the world, an attempt is made to formulate certain laws controlling the variations in rainfall and to determine variation quotients for different regions. Percolation, evaporation, and condensation, B. Latham {Quart. Jour. Roy. Met. Soc. [London], 35 {1909), No. 151, pp. 189-211, figs. 8).— This article gives the results of observations with rain gages and pex'colating gages on chalk soils. Each of the percolating gages was exactly one square yard in area and con- tained 1 cu. yd. of material. The edges of the gages stood about I5 in. above the surface of the soil inside and outside of the gage. One gage was filled with chalk soil, the other with a gravel soil containing vegetable remains. The observations recorded began in 1878 and have been continued daily up to the present time. The amount and composition of the percolating waters and the evaporation as measured by standard evaporators are reported. The results are summarized in the following table: Monthly average rainfall, percolation, evaporation, and condensation at Croydon for the 30 years 1879 to 1908. Month. Rainfall. Percola- tion, chalk. Percola- tion, gravel. Evapora- tion, floating evapora- tor. Conden- Evapora- sation , floating evapora- tor. tion exposed evapora- tor. Tempera- ture of water, floating evapora- tor, at 9 a. m. Tempera- ture of dew- point at 9 a. m. January February March April May June July August September October November December Yearly average. Inches. 1.849 1.854 1.733 1.616 1.806 2.253 2.299 2. 265 2.007 2. 963 2.612 2.199 Inches. 1.7095 1. 6275 1. 2730 .5472 . 4045 .4387 .3096 .3240 .1686 .9876 1. 4314 1.6221 Indies. 1.6446 1. 5150 1. 1346 .3893 .2056 .3089 .2881 . 2645 .1217 .9567 1.6811 1. 8324 Inches. 0.246 .344 .936 1. 808 2.698 3.116 3. 305 2. 679 1.521 .825 .426 .233 Inches. 0. 0608 .0460 .0180 .0040 .0012 .0028 .0003 .0018 .0018 .0378 .0654 .1190 Inches. 0.743 .994 2.189 3. 515 4.893 5.261 5. 549 4.658 2.931 1.554 .893 .670 °F. 36.15 36.86 39.88 47.34 .55. 53 62.16 65.30 63.38 57.61 49.26 42.79 37.75 25.456 i 10.8437 10. 3425 18. 137 .3589 49.50 °F. 34. 45 34.81 36. 53 40.02 45. 31 .51. 18 54.48 54.71 52.22 45. 75 40.96 35. 93 43.87 The nature and extent of air pollution by smoke, J. B. Cohen and A. G. RusTON {Abs. in Nature [London], 81 {1909), No. 2085, pp. 468, 469, figs. 2).— This is an abstract of a paper read at the Health Congress at Leeds July 17, and gives the results of detailed examinations of samples of air taken at 10 representative stations in Leeds and one at Garforth about 7* miles from Leeds. 16 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. " Tbe impurities, in the form of suspended matter, consist of soot, tar, sand, mineral substances, and, in solution, of suli)liurous and suipluiric acids or their salts, chlorids, largely in the form of hydrochloric acid or common salt, and nitrogenous matter, in the form of nitrates or free and albuminoid, matter." Injurious effects of these substances on vegetation are discussed. Water: Its origin and use, W. Coles-Finch (London, 1908, pp. 506; rev. ■in Chcm. Notes, 9!) {1909), No. 2565, p. //8). — This book treats in an elementary way of the water of the atmosphere, rain, snow, ice, springs, and wells. Some account is given of different methods of obtaining water, sinking wells, the con- struction of waterworks, and the preparation of water for domestic use. The use of water for irrigation and for operating hydraulic machines is also briefly discussed. Surface water supply of the South Atlantic coast and eastern Gulf of Mexico, 1907-8, M. R. Hall and R. II. Bolster {U. S. Geol. Survey, Water- Suppli/ Paper No. 2Jf2, pp. 226, pis. 3, fig. 1). — This is part 2 of a series of bul- letins on the Surface Water Supply of the United States, 1907-8, and gives the results of measurements of flow of streams in the drainage basins of the fol- lowing South Atlantic and eastern Gulf of Mexico streams : James, Roanoke, Yadkin or Pedee, Santee, Savannah, Ogeechee, Altamaha, Satillo, St. Johns, Peace, Withlacoochee, Suwanee, Ocklockonee, Apalachicola, Choctawha tehee, Escambia, Mobile, Pascagoula, and Pearl rivers. UnHergTound water resources of Connecticut; a study of the occurrence of water in crystalline rocks, H. E. Gregory and E. E. Ellis ( U. 8. Geol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper No. 232, pp. 200, pis. 5, figs. 31). — This bulletin treats in some detail of the geography and geology of Connecticut; the occur- rence and recovery of ground water ; ground water in crystalline rocks, triassic sandstone and traps, and glacial drift ; the water supply of typical areas ; the general character of ground water in Connecticut ; well construction ; and springs. A bibliography of literature bearing on the subject is also given. Geology and underground waters of South Dakota, N. H. Daeton (U. 8. Geol. Survey, Water-Supply Paper No. 221, pp. 156, pis. 15, figs. 7). — "This report is intended mainly to set forth the geologic conditions bearing on the occurrence of artesian waters in South Dakota. It comprises a description of the sedimentary rocks, a statement as to the results of all the deep borings which have been reported, and predictions as to the probable depths and area of flow of the deeper-seated waters in all portions of the State. The water resources for shallow wells are not considered except in areas where such waters afford flows." Suggestions are given regarding the construction and management of artesian wells. Farm water supplies of Minnesota, K. F. Kellerman and H. A. Whit- taker (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 15 '^ pp. 87, figs. 73). — This bulletin discusses briefly the increasing danger of pollution of water supplies with increasing population, classifies farm water supplies with reference to factors of pollution, describes the methods of collection and examination of water supplies used in the investigations reported, and gives a detailed account of' the particular water supplies examined, including dug, boi'ed, drilled, and driven wells, springs, rivers, surface reservoirs, and cisterns. The rural typhoid fever problem is also dealt with. The scope of the investigations was limited to a single State but covered a wide range of rural conditions. The results of the investigations are briefly summarized as follows : " Both farm and city are suffering from the careless management of rural sanitation. METEOROLOGY — WATER. 17 " Previous investigations of rural water supplies have been more or less unsatisfactory, due eitlier to tlie local or fragmentary character of the investi- gations or to the use of a single method in studying the supplies in question. "^Exhaustive data upon 79 carefully selected and typical rural water sup- plies show that 20 were good and, usually because of careless or ignorant management, that 59 were polluted. " Of the polluted wells, 11 are so located that even extreme care would not make them safe; 10 are poorly located, but improvements in the protection fi-om surface wash and infiltration would make them safe; 25 are bad only because of poor surface protection and could easily be made safe; 1 is polluted from unknown, probably distant, sources. One spring supi)ly is polluted because of poor surface protection and could easily be made safe. The rivers, surface reservoirs, and cisterns are polluted, and it is doubtful whether satisfactory supplies can be secured for farm use from such sources. Where their use is necessary, water for drinking should be boiled or otherwise disinfected. " During this investigation 23 of the farms examined showed a record of typhoid fever. On 11 of these farms it was found impossible to locate the source of infection, on 2 farms possible sources were determined, while on 10 the data seemed to locate definitely the source of infection. The water supplies upon 5 of these farms were not polluted and the infection was traceable to out- side sources ; the water supplies of the remaining 18 farms were polluted. " The protection of farm supplies by common-sense methods obvious to any- one who will try to discover the dangers incident to bis own water supply would render safe the majority of the farm supplies which are now polluted. Exhaustive studies of rui-al conditions at the present time, therefore, are war- ranted only in connection with epidemiological studies." Typhoid fever in Ohio with some observations on outbreaks at various places, H. M. Platter (Quart. Bui. Ohio Bd. Health, 1 (HJO!)), Xo. 3, pp. 18-',- 190). — In view of an unusual increase in typhoid fever in Ohio during the sum- mer of 1909, investigations were made as to the extent and causes of the outbreaks. The unusual pi'evalence of rural typhoid shown by these investiga- tions is attributed to a variety of causes, including the spending of vacations in infected communities, the wide interchange of milk and raw food supplies, and contaminated water supplies. "A great number of farm wells are contaminated from the surface. Under such circumstances if a member of the family acquires typhoid fever away from home and the most scrupulous care is not taken of the discharges from the beginning of illness the water supply becomes contaminated with the typhoid poison and, if the patient be in the family of a milk or vegetable pro- ducer, [such contamination] will be followed by other cases not only in the family, but by epidemics of no mean proportions in the city consuming his supply." A study of the bacteriolog'y of drinking water supplies in tropical climates, W. W. Clemesha, I. S. AiYAR, and V. G. Mudaliyar (Madras: Govt., 1909, pp. 3.',6; rev. in Lancet [London], 1909, II, No. 15, pp. 1076, J077).— This book is based largely upon studies of the water supplies of Madras. India. The purification of some textile and other factory wastes, H. Stabler and G. H. Pratt (U. S. Geoh Survey, Water-Supply Paper No. 235, pp. 76).— "This paper gives a brief outline of the processes of scouring wool, bleaching cotton yarn and cloth, dyeing cotton yarn, and manufacturing oleomargarine, glue, and fertilizer. The waste waters of these processes are considered in detail and means of purifying them are discussed at length, special prominence being given to the investigations of the authors. These investigations . . . consisted of the determination of the effects of special industrial wastes on streams, their 18 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. piersisteuce, their relation to health, their damage to natural water resources, and the best methods of disposing of thorn, imrifyinf; thoin, or recovering valu- able materials contained in them." Attention is called to the fact that " a large amount of fertilizer is made from slaughterhouse wastes, such as blood, waste meat, bones, hoofs, hair, tainted meat, diseased animals, and taidf Cape Colony noil. Geological formation. Number of soils analyzed. Water. Lime. Potash. Phos- phoric oxid. Pre-Cape rocks: Malmesbury series 16 9 7 9 12 46 18 11 4 2 24 21 2 11 Per cent. 1.02 1.19 3.99 2.90 1.48 1.08 1.27 .93 3.49 2.44 2.29 1.44 Per cent. 0.079 .049 4.169 .246 .048 .034 .387 .042 .051 1.013 .233 .299 .078 .584 Per cent. 0. 124 .069 .048 .068 .055 .031 .231 .141 .058 .138 .172 .181 .030 .153 Per cent. 0 039 Granite 048 Campbell Rand series .057 Pniel series .069 Olive shales 031 Cape system: Table Mountain series .036 Bokkeveld series .118 Common horizon of Table Mountain and Bok- keveld series .075 Witteberg series .065 Karroo system: .059 Burghersdorp beds and Stoimberg series Cretaceous system: Uitenhage series .078 .087 Recent deposits: Sand downs .027 Transported silts and river deposits 2.86 .106 The methods and results of special studies of the amount and character of the soluble salts in different groups of soils as affected by irrigation, rainfall, and other conditions are reported and discussed. Sodium chlorid and sulphate were often found to be dominant constituents of the soluble salts, sodium car- bonate less frequently. The soils are classified with reference to mechanical composition, especially the percentage of fine earth, which varied from 56.3 per cent in one group to 100 per cent in another. 20 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Investigations into the physical composition of some Cape Colony soils, C. F. JuRiTz {Reprint from Ann. lipt. So. African Atisoc. Adv. ScL, 1908, pp. IS). — Detailed mechanical analyses of a large number of typical soils are re- ported. These analyses were made for the purpose of ascertaining the physical condition and properties of soils especially adapted to different classes of crops, as well as the amount of moisture these soils are capable of retaining. The method of mechanical analyis used is briefly outlined. The importance of mechanical analysis of soils, C. Eberiiart {Fiihling's Landw. Ztg., 58 (190'J), No. 5, pi>. 176-188). — The importance of mechanical analysis and the relative merits of different methods are discussed. A method for the determination of the external and internal soil surface, F. ScHEEFFER (Joiir. Lundic, 57 ( IHO!)), No. 2, pp. 121-135, figs. 3; ahs. in Vlicin. ZcnthJ., 1909, II, No. 11, p. 931). — The method proposed is based upon the de- termination of hygroscopic water over sulphuric acid and the increase in weight when the dried soil is Ivcpt over 9 per cent carbon tetrachlorid. Tests of the method with satisfactory results on humus free soils are reported. Heat transference in soils, H. E. Patten ( U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Soils Bui. 59, pp. 5), figs. 22). — The primary object of the investigations reported in this bulletin " was to determine the relation between the heat conductivity and moisture content of a soil with special reference to the importance of the ' optimum water content,' " as explained in Bulletin 50 of the Bureau of Soils (E. S. R., 19, p. S18). In the investigations reported with sand and soils of various kinds use was made of a modification of Forbes's method, which " consists in measuring simul- taneously the rate of temperature rise in a soil at regular distances from the constant temperature heat source, and the difference of temperature gradient which causes this rise." The special forms of apparatus used are described and the complete data obtained are presented in tables and diagrams. A general result of the experiments was to show that a soil conducts heat better and more quickly with a moisture content near but somewhat below that recognized as the optimum. " The reason for this is that at the optimum water content we have the soil grains formed into larger aggregates and the spaces between these aggregates act as an air insulation against the passage of heat. As more water is added some of these soil grain aggregates break up and their constituent grains now serve to fill in the spaces between the larger aggregates, and the added water gives still better contact between the soil crumbs and the small grains. Thus the total effect is a better conduction of heat and a faster rise of temperature. But when water is added to the soil over a certain percentage (which is different for each soil) the temperature of the soil will rise more slowly, although heat is being conducted by the soil better than at a lower moisture content. This effect is produced by the high heat capacity of water, which is almost five times that of a dry soil." " The practical value of the work lies in pointing out the nature of the soil control which should be exercised in the planting of general farm crops to se- cure a warm seed bed and good germination, in the handling of cranberry marshes, and other special agricultural lines." The system water, calcium carbonate, carbonic acid, J. W. Leather and J. Sen {Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Chem. Ser., 1 {1909), No. 7, pp. 117-131, pi. 1, charts 6). — The solubility of minerals in the soils and rocks has been previously shown to be greater in the presence of carbon dioxid than with ordinary water. These tests, however, were generally made under conditions which are not as they exist iu nature. From their work ou the concentrations of calcium car- SOILS FERTILIZERS. 21 bonate and carbonic acid in water, the authors conclude that soils treated with water, calcium carbonate, and carbonic acid in such proportions as they exist in nature act differently than is generally assumed. The influence of snow cover on soil temperature, (i. Friesenhof {Met. Ztschr., 2(1 (1U09), Xo. G, pp. 273-275). — The need and importance of systematic studies of this subject are pointed out and the conditions which must be taljen into consideration in making such studies are explained. Results of recent investigations in soil bacteriology and their value for agricultural practice, J. Simon ( Mitt. Okonom. Gesell. ,Sachsen, 1908-9, pp. 1-27, figs. 2). — This article discusses the importance from an agricultural stand- point of the activities of micro-organisms in the soil in the light of recent prog- ress in this field of Investigation, and indicates the practical means that may be used to promote the beneficial activities. The influence of depth of cultivation upon soil bacteria and their activi- ties, W. E. King and C. J. T. Doryland {Kansa.-i /Sf«. Bui. 161, pp. 211~2.'j2, pf/s. 3, dgms. 2). — This is an account of preliminary experiments on the influence on the bacterial content of stirring (plowing) silt loam and fine sandy loam to different depths (2 to 12 in.). The following volumetric method was used in these studies: " One cc. of soil was placed in a sterile test-tube to which was added 19 cc. of sterile distilled water. This was shalven for Vi minutes, and from each tube, by means of a sterile platinum loop, which was constructed and graduated to hold 1 cu. mm. of water, approximately 1 cu. mm. of the soil suspension was transferred into 10 cc. of sterile liquefied agar. The inoculated medium was then poured into a sterile Petri dish." A special form of small steel soil sampler and a sample case used in the work, as well as the method of taking the samples, are described. " The soil samitler is made of steel and consists of a steel tube 7 cm. long with an inside diameter of f in. and an outside diameter of I'g in. The plunger, with a plunger-rod h hi- in diameter, is connected with the cylinder through a I in. hole, and is clamped and held at the desired place by a set screw. The plunger-head is just a working fit inside the cylinder. The plunger-rod is graduated so that the plunger-head allows 1, 2, 3 or 4 cc. of soil to be taken, as desired." - The following conclusions are suggested l)y the results: " Deep plowing (8 to 10 in.) tends to increase the number of soil bacteria in both sandy and silt soils. " Deep plowing tends to increase bacterial activity. More ammonia is pro- duced. " Deep plowing tends to decrease deuitrification or the reduction of nitrates and the liberation of free nitrogen. " The volumetric method of quantitative bacteriological soil analysis has the following possible advantages over the gravimetric method: (a) It is more simple and convenient; (h) there is less danger of contamination; (r) the re- sults are placed on a more accurate basis for comparison. The volumetric method can be used to advantage when comparative results are desired. " Increased soil temperature increases bacterial activity. "An excess of moisture in soil reduces the number of bacteria and is detri- mental to bacterial activity. " The maximum number of bacteria is found within the fifth and sixth inches. Either side of this zone the numbers of bacteria decrease. " Due to certain conditions, different siiecies of bacteria are present in soil, at different times in predominating numbers. 22 EXPERIMENT STATION l^KCORl). "Bacterial life and activity soein to i-isc .-md tall with iiiorc or l(>ss ri'.uu- larity. These periods of maximum and minhmnii activity are to a certain extent independent of moisture and temperature and are possibly due to tlio l)rt'sence of bacterial by-])roducts." The assimilation of atmospheric nitrogen by soil micro-organisms, F. Stkanak {Ztsclir. ZuckcriinlK.s. liohmcn, 33 {190!)), Xo. 10, pj). oDD-Gl.'/ ; ahs. ill Chcm. Aim., 3 {1009), No. 18, pp. 2192, 2193; Jour. Chcm. Soc. [London]. 9t; (1909), iVo. 5G2, II, p. 692; Chcm. Zenthl., 1909, II, No. 8. pp. i;',7. ().',S; CUrni. Ztg., 38 {1909), No. 9o, Rcpcrt., p. J,09 ; Ccnlhl. Unit, [etc.], 2, A hi., 23 {1909), No. 10-13, pp. 320, 321). — The work of other investigators on this subject is reviewed, and the author's own experiments with Azotohacter chroococcum are described with a full account of methods of isolating the organism. A comparison of various sugars as carl)ohydriite food for the organism showed that arabinose was the most efficient source of such food and indicates that the pentosans of the soil are of great importance in the assimilation of nitrogen by soil bacteria. The average consumption of carbohydrates per gram of nitrogen assimilated was 1G5 gm. in case of glucose. In the presence of lutrates Azotobacter derived its supply of nitrogen from this source and not from atmospheric nitrogen. The organism reduced nitrate nitrogen to ammonia. In soil tests inoculation with Azotobacter caused a pronounced increase in the yield of beets, grain, and potatoes. In a pot experiment inoculation with pui'e culture of Azotobacter gave less increase in yield than was obtained with inoculating material preparetl as follows: Inoculate 5 kg. of soil containing 2.")0 gm. of glucose with 500 cc. of a glucose culture of Azotobacter and allow to incubate for 3 months at 24° C. Azotobacter was found to be widely distributed in cultivated fields, meadow land, and forest soils, but absent from many virgin soils and soils at consider- able elevations. It was abundant, however, in virgin soils having a luxuriant growth of blue and green alg.-e. Bacillus amylobacter and the regeneration of the power of assimilation of free nitrogen, J. P]. Weiss {Jahrh. Natuno., 2} {1908-9), pp. 221-223).— This is a brief review of the investigations of Bredemann on this subject (E. S. R., 21, p. 717). On. the mechanism, of denitrification by indirectly denitrifying bacteria, L. Grimbert and M. Bagros {Jour. Pharm. et Chim., 6. ser., 30 {1909), No. 1, pp. 5-10; ab-'^. in Rev. G6n. ScL, 20 {1909), No. 20, pp. 832, 833).— A continua- tion and completion of previous investigations is here reported. The influence of different kinds of carbonaceous food on the fixation of nitrogen by Bacillus coli was studied No denitrification occurred in nitrated peptone cultures when either various carbonaceous substances or amid or amin compounds were added separately, but when the two classes were combined there was innnediate and active development. Bog toxins and their efEect upon soils, A. Dachnowski {Bot. Gaz., l/l {1909), No. 5, pp. 389-li05, figs. 2). — Investigations are reported which indicfrte that the sterility of many swamp and nuick soils is due to the presence of toxins dependent mainly upon physical and chemical factors but also influenced by excretion from roots and rhizomes of [ilants. The roots of wheat plants grown in untreated bog water contained on their surface numerous colored bodies re- sulting from the oxidizing action of the roots, but the general decay of the root tips indicated that the oxidizing power was insufficient to decrease the injurious effects of the bog toxins. Treating the bog water with an insoluble absorbent agent invariably proved beneficial. The presence of small amounts of toxic sub- stances accelerated growth. The capacity of soils for retaining the toxins was found to be higher the greater the content of humus. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 23 The physiological action of soil extracts, H. Fischer (Ccntbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 24 (1909), No. l--'i, pp. 62-7'/ ) .—Studies of the Lohnis-Remy method of bacteriological examination which gave results unfavorable to the method are reported. Soil culture in dry regions where irrigation is impossible, jNI. Kostritsine {Ann. Gcmhloux, 19 (1909), No. 11, pp. 593-617, fig. i).— The experience of dry regions of the United States and other countries is reviewed and discussed with reference to application to Russian conditions. A short bibliography is given. Observations on the value of stall manure, T. Pfeiffer (FuhUng's Landiv. Ztg., 5S (1909), No. 5, pp. 161-176). — Valuation based on the content of phos- phoric acid, potash, and nitrogen is discussed. The influence of fertilizers on the composition of plants (Engrais, 24 (1909), No. JfO, p. 1108). — This is a note based upon investigations at the experi- ment station of Pas-de-Calais on the effect of superphosphate and a mixture of superphosphate and potash on three varieties of wheat, and at the Agronomic Institute of Paris on the effect of sulphate of ammonia and nitrate of soda on the gluten content of grain. In the first experiments it was found that both the phosi)hatic and potash fertilizers increased the yield but not the gluten content of the grain. The results of the second experiments were not conclusive as to the effect of nitrog- enous fertilizers in increasing the gluten content. Experiments with fertilizers and manure on tobacco, corn, wheat, and clover in the Miami Valley (Ohio 8ta. Bui. 206, pp. 21, dgniti. 3). — "These experiments were begun in 1903 on tobacco, grown both continuously and in rotation with wheat and clover, and in 1904 and 1905 on corn and wheat, grown in a rotation of corn, wheat, and clover. A description of the soil and the plan of the experiments with tobacco are given in Bulletin 161 of this sta- tion [E. S. R., 17, p. 245], and a continuation of the work with tobacco up to 1905 is reported in Bulletin 172 [E. S. R., IS, p. 138]. The rotation of corn, wheat, and clover is in part reported in Bulletin 182 [E. S. R., 19, p. 315], and the statistics of all the crops up to 1906 are given in Bulletin 184 [E. S. R., 20, p. 428]." This bulletin contains data for 1907 and 1908. The results for the whole period l)ring out the general fact that the judicious use of manures and fer- tilizers will greatly and profitably increase the yield of crops on the upland soils of the Miami A'alley. These soils were originally very fertile but have been sub- jected for many years to a course of agriculture which involves systematic soil exhaustion. " They show that the most effective manure is that which has not been subjected to the losses which occur in the open barnyard, and they indi- cate that the most effective fertilizer is one containing nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium — all three. " No urgent need of lime has as yet been developed in the soil under these experiments, and this was to be expected from its geological history. It has not yet been demonstrated, however, that moderate applications of lime may not be useful, especially upon those fields in this region which have been longest under cultivation." Fertilizers for cotton soils, M. Whitney (U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Soils Bui. 62, pp. 24, fig. 1). — This bulletin gives a compilation of yields of cotton on ferti- lized and unfertilized soils of various kinds obtained in 2,802 tests reported by the state agricultural experiment stations during the period from 1887 to 1907. Comparing the yield with various fertilizing materials singly and combined in various ways with the yields obtained on unfertilized plats of the same soil,, deductions are drawn as to the effectiveness of single substances and mixtures, the effect of various amounts of fertilizers, and relation at fertHtzei: effect to 24 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. natural productiveness of the soil, but as pointed . I't0-l'f2).— The author has found that by introducing specimens of plants containing glu- cosids that yield hydrocyanic acid in tubes or flasks containing chloroform and a fragment of the picric-sodium pjiper described by Gulgnard (E. S. K., 18, p. 626), the presence of hydrocyanic acid is quickly determined by the change in the color of the pai)er. By making experiments with vapors of mercury, carbon bisulphid, chloroform, ether, etc., it was found that under the influence of vapors which susi)end the chlorophyll function of plants the plants conttiiniug hydrocyanic compounds will give off the acid, and that even after the plants are dead the action will be continued for some time. This forms a simple method for the recognition of hydrocyanic acid in plants, and by this means it has been possible to show the presence of that compound in plants where the ordinary methods of maceration and distillation failed. The influence of anesthetics and freezing on the splitting up of glucosids in plants, L. Guignard iVoiiiiit. Rend. Acad. /S'c(. [I'aris], I'/D ilDOO), Xo. 2, pp. 91-93). — Attention is called to the method of Mirande (see above) for the rapid demonstration of the presence of hydrocyanic acid in plants, and in addi- tion to anesthetics, freezing of plants is said to result in a similar manner. The elaboration of nitrogenous material in the leaves of plants, G. Andre (Compt. Rend. Acad. ^ci. [I'an-s], l.'iS (1909), No. 25, pp. 1685-1687) .—A study was made of the nitrogen content of chestnut trees at various stages of their growth. The highest total nitrogen was found at the earliest date of examination, May 13, and the proportion of nitrogen to dry matter decreased regularly throughout the season. The percentage of amid nitrogen to total nitrogen was greatest just after the leaves had attained full size. It fell off quite sharply toward the flowering period, after which there was a progressive increase until the end of the season. The amount of nitric nitrogen found was small at the beginning, and soon was represented by a mere trace. The small amount of nitric nitro- gen present raised the question as to the source of nitrogen in the metabolism of the plant, and it is thought probable that some other source of nitrogen must be available than the nitrates obtained from the soil. The reduction of assimilation by plants during cloudy weather, A. MiJNTz and H. Gaudechon (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 1J,9 (1909), No. 3, pp. 190, 191; Bui. Soc. Nat. Agr. France, 69 (1909), No. 7, pp. 63S-635 ) .—The authors have investigated the relation existing between the illumination of plants and their carbon dioxid assimilation. Experiments were conducted with wheat plants in which the illumination was varied to correspond to different degrees of cloudi- ness, and the oxygen given off was determined as a measure of the carbon dioxid assimilation. In direct sunshine the plants were found to assimilate 4 or 5 times as much carbon dioxid as was the case under heavy clouds and rainy weather. From these data the authors have computed the rate of assimilation per hectare for wheat and find that on a bright day a hectare of wheat would assimilate carbon dioxid sufficient to form 22 kg. of starch, representing 33 kg. of wheat, while on an overcast day the amount assimilated would correspond to 4.7 kg. of starch, representing 7 kg. of grain. The authors conclude that in France a large proportion of cloudy days during June and the first half of July will materially reduce the harvest through the reduction of chlorophyll activity on the part of the plants. FIELD CROPS. 29 Investigations on the later resting stages of bulbs, P. Cheistensen ( Overs. K. Danskc Vidensk. Sclsk. Forhandl., 190S, A'o. 6, pp. Ji27-.'f6S). — The object of the study was to ascertain the causes for the difference iu rate of growth of bulbs planted iu October, December, and January. Experiments were con- ducted during two years with tulips, tlie buU)S being planted in flower pots and stored in a dark frost-free cellar until subjected to examination. The time required for the shoots to attain definite lengths was noted, and the bulbs with their leaves and shoots were subjected to a chemical examination in which the dry matter, various forms of nitrogen, soluble carbohydrates, starch, and pentosans were determined. From the data obtained the author is led to believe that the difference in the growing power of bulbs planted in October, December, and January could not be referred to differences shown by a quantitative or qualitative study of the reserve material in the bulbs. The slow growth of the October bulbs was not due to a lack of readily soluble compounds that go to make up the reserve material in the bulb, but is believed to be associated with the metabolism accompanying growth. The possible effect of cement dust on plants, G. J. Peikce (Science, n. ser., 30 {190'.)), So. 77 J, pp. 6.')2-(j.j.'f). — The author's attention has been called to the deposit of light gray dust on p'lants and various surfaces in a valley not far from San Francisco. Upon investigation it was found that the foliage of the native and cultivated plants for a distance of more than G miles was covered with dust from cement works. The upper surface of many leaves, such as oak, willow, grape, etc., was thickly covered, but on glossy leaves, such as peach, lemon, and orange, it was not held. On the fruits it was quite evident and could not be removed without rubbing off the bloom.' On investigation the material was found to be so finely ground and to cover the leaves to such an extent that the exchange of gases in the leaves was prevented to a consider- able extent, the stoniata in some cases being clogged with the fine particles. The conclusion of Haselhoff and Lindau (E. S. R., 14, p. 633) that cement dust does no harm to vegetation in Germany since it is washed off by frequent showers, is held not to apply in California, where the atmospheric conditions are quite different, there being practically no rain after the leaves of deciduous plants have developed. In some parts of California the frequent summer fogs give rise to considerable moisture, but these together with the rains that may be expected do not wash the cement from the leaves, but tend to form it into a permanent crust. Vitality of seeds under water, J. J. Thornber (Arizona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. 438--'i'il ) . — On account of the fact that the Colorado River annually overflows its banks, submerging the land from 2 to 6 weeks, the author investigated the vitality of a considerable number of species of seeds which were submerged for various periods of time. A preliminary account of these investigations has already been noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 628). In general it was found that amber cane or common sorghum is the only crop that can be sown successfully before a protracted flood period begins. FIELD CROPS. Field crop experiments, F. G. Krauss (Hawaii Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 65-8-i, pis. Jf). — This is a continuation of work previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 137). A sketch of and data pertaining to the rice growing and milling industries in Hawaii are presented, together with United States customs statistics on the exportation and importation of rice for the five years ended June 30, 1907. During the year the third comparative test was made of 130 varieties of rice originally obtained from this Department. Pure strains of some of the varieties 30 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. grown the previous year were disseminated among rice growers and pure strains of stock seed of Nos. 19, 39, Go, 68, 153, and 154a are reported as available for distribution. Of those already distributed No. 19 is the most noteworthy but is suitable for fall culture only. No. 153, a strain of .Tai)an rice, yields as heavily in 110 days as the more slowing maturing Hawaiian type of Gold Seed. No. 65 yields well but is slow in maturing and lacks the flavor desired by Japanese consumers. No. 152 failed to set seeds after the first year, during which it had promised well. No. 73, anotlier Philippine rice, yielded well. Seven Japanese varieties, 5 new and 2 previously tested, all promised well. In a milling test of 4 varieties, Nos. 65 and 73 showed the best results, each with 67 per cent of prime rice and 1 per cent of broken rice. With refei'ence to the Japanese claim that Hawaiian-grown rice is lacking in strength, richness, and fattiness as well as in flavor, analyses made l)y tlie Bureau of Chemistry of this Department are reported as follows: Compara'tive composition of imported and Haipaiian-groivn Jajxtn rices. Types. Moisture. Protein (NX6.25). Fat. Carbohy- drates. Crude fiber. Ash. Imported Japan (in brown) Per cent. 10.97 10.40 11.16 10.76 Per cent. 7.19 7.38 6.63 7.31 Per cent. 2.08 2.23 .38 .68 Per cent. 77.53 77.26 80.91 79.93 Per cent. 1.02 1.07 .46 .60 Per cent. 1.21 Hawaiian-grown Japan (in brown) 1.66 .49 Hawaiian-grown Japan (fully milled ) . . . .82 Fertilizer experiment 1 of 1908 was a continuation of experiment 3 of 1907. Its object was the determination of the residual value to the spring crop of Japan and Gold Seed rice, of fertilizers ai)plied to the previous fall crop. The data secured are summarized in the following table : Relative residual value of the various commercial forms of fertilizers on rice: Paddy produced by 100 clumps of rice. a Fertilizer applied. a o a Yield when fertilized be- fore planting. Yield when limed (750 lbs. per acre) and fertilized be- fore planting. Yield when fer- tilized after plants were three- fourths grown. Increase in yield due to residue of fertilizer (13 per cent allowed for experimental error). Japan seed. Gold seed. Japan seed. Gold seed. Japan seed. Gold seed. Japan seed. Gold seed. 1 Nitrate of soda Sulphate of ammo- Lbs. 266 200 95 180 125 156 156 350 350 350 Lbs. 2.4 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.3 Lbs. 3.8 2.7 2.7 2.6 3.2 3.0 3.7 3.7 3.0 Lbs. 2.7 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.6 3.5 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.5 Lbs. 4.4 4.0 3.3 3.2 3.4 3.7 3.6 3.8 4.0 3.0 Lbs. 2.5 3.3 3.1 3.4 3.1 3.1 3.0 2.6 2.5 2.6 Lbs. C) 4.6 4.5 4.7 5.1 4.5 4.3 4.5 4.2 4.0 Per cent. Per cent {") 03 2 30 21 34 21 21 17 3 4 5 6 Sulphate of potash. Sulphate of potash and magnesia Acid phosphate Reverted phos- phate 60 67 83 60 7 8 Thomas slag phos- phate Complete fertilizer A 52 CO 9 Complete fertilizer B 48 10 Complete fertilizer c 40 " Plats 1 and 2 each received 40 lbs. of nitrogen ; plat .3, 45 lbs. of KoQ ; plat 4, 45 lbs. of K2O and 61 lbs. of MgSOi ; plats 5 and 6, 25 lbs. of I'.Os each ; plat 7. 25 lbs. of PnOs and 62 lbs. CaO ; plat 8 received 28 lbs. of nitrogen, 17.5 lbs. of P2O5 and 31.5 lbs. of K2O from a mixture of nitrate of soda, acid phosphate, and sulphate of potash ; plat 9 received 28 lbs. of nitrogen, 17.5 lbs. of I'oOs and 31.5 lbs. of K^O from a mixture of sulphate of ammonia, fish guano, reverted phosphate, and sulphate of potash ; and plat 10 received 28 lbs. of nitrogen, 17.5 lbs. of P0O5 and 31.5 lbs. of K2O from a mixture of nitrate of soda, Thomas slag phosphate, sulphate of potash and magnesia. " Weight lost. FIELD CROPS. 31 The complete fertilizers contained only TO per cent of the constituents applied singly and are therefore not deemed comparable with them. Fertilizer experiment 2 was a continuation of pot fertilizer experiment 2 of the 1907 series. The pots laid fallow 6 months, then the originally fertilized soil was submerged, stirred to a depth of 4 in., allowed to settle, and planted with five 15-day-old seedlings per pot of Japan rice No. 153. Three pots con- stituted "each series, one limed, one drained, and one untreated, save for the application of the fertilizer noted. The limed pots showed a depression of 14 to 40 per cent in yield of straw and paddy. Draining and consequent leaching produced no apparent decline. A comparison of the results of the 2 years shows that the more vigorous varieties derived the greatest benefit from the fertilizers applied. A residual value appears from most fertilizers when applied before the i)lanting of the previous crop, but this residual value increases with the application of fertilizer to the previous crop when well advanced in growth. It remains to be determined whether the greater residual benefit of the later, application of fertilizer outweighs the greater immediate benefit of application before planting. Fertilizer experiment 3 consisted of 3 tests, at different seasons of the year, of the relative value of the different sources of nitrogen. The fertilizers applied and results are summarized in tlie following table: Relative value of various forms of nitrogen for rice. Plat num- ber. Fertilizer applied. Amount of ferti- lizer per acre. Height of plants at matu- rity. Green weight, whole plants. Number Weight of culms I of paddy per clump of 6 plants. per 100 clumps of rice. Date of ma- turity. Check (no fertilizer) . . Complete fertilizer . . . Stable manure Complete fertilizer Check Green manure Sulphate of ammonia , Lime nitrogen Check Nitrate of soda Pounds. 350 5,000 350 20, 000 200 266 Jnch€!>. 33-35 38-40 40-45 40-43 34-35 40-48 44-48 38-42 30-34 35-38 Pounds. 45 48 55 51 46 60 64 50 44 47 15-20 20-22 21-23 20-25 17-20 20-26 25-27 22-24 16-18 20-22 Pounds. 5.3 7.1 6.8 7.9 5.7 5.9 8.1 6.7 5.2 5.9 July 20 July 22 July 25 July 20 July 22 July 30 July 25 July 25 Julv 20 July 28 Fertilizer was applied to plat 4 before planting. All other fertilizers except stable manure and green manure were applied when the crop was two-thirds grown. The green manure consisted of legumes and weeds. Fertilizer experiments 4 and 5 to show the relative value of commercial forms of nitrogen as fertilizers for Japan Seed and Hawaiian Gold Seed rice agreed with former experiments for the same purpose in showing the greatest benefits from sulphate of ammonia, lime nitrogen, and nitrate of soda, in the order named. In experiment 4, the Gold Seed required 30 days longer than the Japan Seed to reach maturity, as an apparent result of fertilization. Nitrate of soda appeared to give its maximum benefit from late application, whereas sulphate of ammonia must be applied earlier and lime nitrogen still earlier to produce their maximum results. Large applications of nitrate of soda wasted most of the nitrogen. Fertilizer tests on dry-land rice showed a less definite influence on the yield of paddy, on account of the very dry season. On both silt and gravelly loam muriate of potash, sulphate of ammonia, and nitrate of soda increased the yield of straw in degrees varying in the order named. No apparent influence was exerted by the other constituents applied as in experiment 1. S2 iEXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Cooperative experinu'iits with a 5:!»:12 fiTtilizer were condncled on 3 sep- arate plantations. The iiiixlnre was a]iplied at tlio rate of about SHO lbs. per acre, at a total cost of approximately $10 per acre. On the I'unaluii iilantation, Oahu, the increased yield was estimated at iiH per cent and the increased net profit at .$G per acre. The experiment on a 1-year paddy field adjoining the rice trial grounds at Waikiki showed an increased yield of paddy at the rate of 1,150 lbs. per acre, or 39 per cent higher than on an unfertilized portion of the field. This gave a net profit of $15 per acre due to fertilization. An adjoining test in which the greater amount of nitrogen as sulphate of ammonia was applied showed a still higher yield. The third cooperative experiment at I'alama plan- tation near Honolulu showed an estimated increase of between 75 and 100 per cent. In the experiment with upland rice grown with minimum irrigation all the varieties from last year's test have been eliminated except Nos. 65, 68, and 154a, and possibly No. 19. The results with these varieties are indicated by the following table: Results obtained loith a minimum amount of water upon upland rice. Variety. No. 19 (S. P. I. Inv. No. 1250S). No. 65 (S. P. I. Inv. No. 17144) . No. 68 (S. P. I. Inv. No. 17917) . No. 68 (S. P. I. Inv. No. 17917). No. 154 Method of planting. Drilled do do Aftermath. Drilled Length of growing season. 190 143 109 34 145 Total water received (irrigation and rain- fall). Acre-inches. 47.0 30.6 23.5 6.9 30.0 Yield of paddy. Pounds. 5,014 2,080 Yield of hay (approxi- mate). Pounds. 10, 000 9, 926 6, 920 2,240 5,000 Nos. 19 and 154 failed to set seed well, while the yield of paddy for No. 68 was not estimated. The rainfall in this table is included with the biweekly Irrigation which was at the rate of 2i acre-inches per application, equivalent to about 0.2 in. per day. Nos. 65 and 68 showed a 20 per cent increase in hay yield and No. 19 a 50 per cent increase upon the application of double this amount of water, but the grain yield did not increase in proportion. Growth under submerged conditions failed to increase the yields of hay or paddy above the point reached l)y the weekly application. All varieties failed to make a crop with the application of 2i acre-inches once in 4 weeks, hence the biweekly irrigation at the rate of 2* acre-inches is regarded as the minimum moisture requirement for rice and the weekly application at that rate as about the optimum. Under minimum moisture conditions 2 factors of equal importance in insur- ing a crop are light seeding and deep and thorough tillage. Seeding at the rate of 60 lbs. per acre (16 seedlings per foot) resulted in the failure of all varieties to reach the fruit stage under 10 in. of rainfall, while the quick-ma- turing variety. No. 68, thinned to stand 6 to 12 in. apart in drills 8 in. apart, tillered well and produced perfect seeds. With 8 plants per foot, little tillei-- ing and seed resulted. Root development under good tillage was from 4 to 6 times as great as in poorly prepared soil. " The same relative development was (rue of plants set well apart and those that were crowded." Trials with salt-marsh rice gave acre yields of 14,212 lbs. total green weight, 5,852 lbs. air-cured matter as hay, and 2.842 lbs. as cured paddy. The product was valued at $73.15 per acre as cured hay, and at $56.84 per acre as paddy. The cost of harvesting, curing, and preparing for market would be about equal. FIELD CROPS. 33 Experiments have been conducted for 2 years with the Chinese mat rush (Cyperiis tegetifonnis) and Japanese Bingo-i mat rush (Jiincus etfusus). The former yielded 19,701 lbs. per acre of cured reeds, varying in length from 36 to 60 in. and over. From 6 to 7 months were required from planting to matu- rity and 5 months for the rattoon crop. Sample reeds forwarded to a factory proved of commercial quality. The Japanese mat rush as yet lacks sufficient length for commercial purposes but is improving with each crop and does not require splitting. Sea Island and Caravonica cottons have yielded a large amount of long, strong, lustrous fiber. Lint percentages ranged from 30 to 40. All cotton varie- ties so far tested are perennial in these islands. The shape of trees and time of maturing bolls may be controlled by pruning. These trees will average at least 5 lbs. at each of 2 pickings per year. A recent experimental picking yielded 15 lbs. of seed cotton from a single plant. In tests of soy bean varieties obtained from the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department, Xo. 21080, produced 600 lbs. of shelled beans, imported Japan, SOO lbs., and Kona seed, 1,060 lbs. per acre. The plants are less than 12 in. in height and upright in growth. They require little moisture and permit close planting. It is believed that the crop could be made a profitable one for the small farmer. A'ariety and cultural tests are under way with the Spanish, Bunch Jumbo, Running Jumbo, and Virginia Running varieties of peanuts, 3 types of soil, varying in elevation and amount of soil moisture, being used in the test. A small quantity of seed of the wheat from the straw of which Italian Leghorn hats are made has been drilled in I'ows 12 in. apart. The plants tiller well and have apiiarently the same moisture requirements as upland rice. Between March 23 and June .30 the height of 36 to 40 in. was attained. Report of work for 1907 and 1908 at Highmore substation, C. Willis (South Dakota Sta. Bill. 115, pp. 551-510). — Work on cereals previously noted (E. S. R., 18, p. 133) has been continued and later work is reported. In 1907 the yields per acre in a variety test of Kafir corn were for Black- hull, 3 tons 993 lbs. for Milo, 2 tons 1,794 lbs., for Red Kafir, 2 tons 1,439 lbs., and for Shallu, 2 tons 1,217 lbs. Kaoliang (brown) gave an average yield of 2 tons 1,571 lbs. A series of tenth-acre plats gave average yields at the rate per acre of 5,.350 lbs. sorghum fodder, 2,076 lbs. Bromus inermis hay. 11.25 bu. of flax 1,152 lbs. corn fodder, 23.99 bu. corn, 28.78 bu. wheat, 49.47 bu. oats, and 30.23 bu. of barley. Broom-corn millets in a variety test gave the following yields per acre: Tainboy, 27.08 bu.. White Ural, 24.16 bu., Black Voronezh, 22.5 bu.. Red 74-10625, 20.83 bu., Early Fortune, 20.41 bu.. Red Russian, 19.58 bu., and Red Orenburg, 14.5 bu. The varieties of oats yielding 30 bu. or more per acre were American Triumph and American Beauty, each yielding 35.31 bu., Minnesota No. 26, 34.68 bu., Minnesota No. 6, 33.75 bu.. Banner and Sixty Day, each 31.56 bu., Lincoln, 30.62 bu., and Swedish Select, 30.31 bu. Of the five varieties of Durum wheat tested, Kubanka showed the highest average yield at the rate of 26.87 bu. per acre. Arnautka yielded on the average 24.24 bu. per acre, Beloturka, 24.16 bu., lumillo, 22.16 bu., and Wild Goose, 22.5 bu. per acre. Among the common wheats. No. 61.3clc yielded 24 bu. per acre. No. 2492, 19.16 bu.. Red Fife 18.66 bu.. South Dakota Climax and Velvet Chaff, each 18.5 bu., and Blue Stem, 16.66 bu. per acre. During the year 1908, the varieties of Durum wheat gave average yields per acre as follows: Beloturka, 27.83 bu. per acre, Arnautka, 26.55 bu., lumillo, 25.83 bu., V\'ild Goose, 25.16 bu., Kubanka, 24.12, and Pererodka, 22 bu. per acre. The varieties of oats yielding an average of 30 bu. or more per acre were Sixty Day, 47.5 bu., Kherson, 45.76 bu.. Red Algerian, 32.81 bu., and Danish 34 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. and AVhite Tartar, each 30.31 bu. The yield of varieties of coruiuou wheat pro- ducing 10 bu. or more per acre were: No. Oleic, 17.5 bu.. Velvet Chaff, 16.10 bu.. Blue Stem, 13.58 bu., No. 2492, 13.08 bu.. Minnesota, 13.05 bu., and South Dakota Climax, 10 bu. Small areas of Einkorn and Emmer, seeded at the rate of 2 bu. per acre, yielded at the rate of .500 lbs. of grain per acre of the former, and 31.77 bu. of grain per acre of the latter. In a variety test of barley at Iliglunore and Brookings covering the years 190.3-1908, the average yields per acre were: Strlegum, 27.3 bu., Gold .Melon, 29.79 bu., Minnesota, .34.5 bu., Princess, 31.25 1)U., Chevalier, .37.9 bu., Hannchen, .37.68 bu., Primus, 31.99 bu., Hanna No, 24, 31.10 bu., Hanna No. 203, 29.43 bu., and Hanna No. 34, 29.71 bu. In a test of 15 varieties of corn, the 5 highest yields were: Selection 1.33, .30.89 bu. per acre, Minnesota 13, 30.57 bu., Rustler White Dent, .30..53 bu.. Triumph Yellow Flint, 29.73 bu., and Northwestern Dent, 28.98 bu. The results of rotation experiments with wheat, oats, corn, barley, brome grass, rye, iteas, sweet clover, and sorghum, in various combinations, are pre- sented to show the relative merits of disking, fall and spring plowing, green manuring, summer fallow, listing, and moisture conservation methods. Fall and winter forage crops, E. de Cillis {1st. Agr. Biciliano " Valdisavoja " Relaz. 1906-1908, pp. 147-155, figs. //). — The results of experiments with forage crops conducted for 2 years have shown that horse beans, berseem, and vetch are best adapted to Sicilian conditions. Crimson clover proved a failure. Berseem gave the best yields when grown alone, while horse beans were most l)roductive when mixed with oats. A variety called white vetch gave better results than hairy vetch. A single cutting of berseem during the season gave a better yield than 2 cuttings. An application of superphosphate, lime, and sulphate of potash increased the yield of horse beans considerably. [Work with sugar beets and potatoes], R. W. Thatcher {Washington Sta. Rpt. 1906, pp. 19-21). — Analyses of 124 samples of sugar beets grown in the vicinity of Ellensburg indicated that beets of high quality can be grown in that locality. Starch determinations of 237 potato samples from various parts of the State indicated great variations in the starch content of the different varieties and in the same variety from the various localities. In no case was the starch con- tent of a single variety constant for the different localities in which it was grown. The percentage of starch varied in general inversely with the amount of annual rainfall, the highest starch content being found in potatoes grown in the drier sections of the State. Of the methods of determining the starch content tested the polariscopic method proved apparently worthless for the purijose, but the official and specific gravity methods agreed quite closely. The work was carried out by M. T. Brislawn as a senior thesis. A lesson in diversified farming, R. H. Forbes {Arizona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. .'il7-.'i26). — This experiment was conducted in continuation of work previously reported (E. S. R., 20, p. 326). Conditions during the past year were more favorable than formerly. Diver- sification was attempted to a much greater extent than in the previous year when dependence was placed upon tomatoes. The most successful crops grown were white Bermuda onions, Rockyford cantaloups, sweet potatoes, and to- matoes. The crop of late watermelons was destroyed by plant lice, the fall crop of potatoes was a failure, and the spring crop gave poor returns. The varieties of tomatoes giving the most favorable results were Sparks Earliana and Dwarf Champion. Several new varieties proved ill-adapted to the i-egiou. FIELD CROPS. 35 A full statement is given of the method of cultivation and marlieting, and tlie conclusion is drawn that the greater diversity and intensity of cultivation have been advantageous. The work of the year is summarized in the following table : Financial results of intensive and diversifled cropping on the Ijasis of net cash returns to the small farmer. Acreage. Marketable crop. Gross re- ceipts. Expendi- tures. Net re- turns. Days' labor. Crop. Men. Women and boys. Team. White Bermuda onions . . Rockyford cantaloups . . . 1.20 1.00 .52 .49 1.50 .25 .50 23, 950 lbs. 1.600doz. 5, 200 lbs. 6, 380 lbs. 13^ tons. 790 lbs. 8605.73 517.71 173.40 154.99 '"'si.' 60' 844.28 98.79 47.47 10.85 20.35 3.75 .70 8561.45 418.92 125. 93 144. 14 87 100 48 53 22 {1 9 12 22 10 22 7 Sweet piotatoes 8 Alfalfa 7 1 27.15 4 1 Total 5.46 1,483.43 226.19 1,257.24 327 43 59 The alfalfa, which was fed to the team, was valued at $100 additional. The Truckee-Carson experiment farm, C. S. Scofield and S. J. Rogers {TJ. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 157, pp. 38, pis. 2, figs. .^).— This bulletin describes the region in which the Truckee-Carson reclamation project is located with reference to climatic and agricultural conditions. Notes are given on possible agricultural industries which may be establishetl there and the experiment farm together with the work inaugurated is also discussed. Experiments on the clay land show that it should not be plowed deep at first and that special farm implements, such as turning and slicing harrows and corrugated rollers, and careful irrigation are necessary to get crops started. The sandy soils need protection from the action of the wind during the spring. It has been found that redtop, rape, and sweet clover are best adapted to the heavy soils when first broken, and that good crops of beets of a high sugar content may be secured in that section. Potatoes, corn, wheat, oats, barley, and alfalfa can also be grown. Alfalfa, which is the most important crop of the region, yields 2 or 3 cuttings per year. It was further found that crops of sugar beets, sorghum, and some grasses may be grown on alkali land with proper care in tillage and irrigation. Natural reveg'etation of depleted mountain grazing lands, A. W. Sampson (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Forest Service Circ. 169, pp. 28, figs. 5). — Previous results of this work have been noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 629). This circular is a progress report of experiments looking toward the increase of the grazing capacity of lands in the national forests. The work was begun on the Wallowa National Forest in the spring of 1907, and has embraced studies of the abundance, distribution, seed habits, and forage value of the forage plants, their life histories, and the revegetation of overgrazed areas. It has been determined that good seeding can be secured without the loss of any part of the season's forage. It is suggested that an area of choice for- age be reserved for late grazing, and that a protective grazing system be con- tinued until seedling plants are beyond great danger of injury. Artificial seeding may be resorted to where the natural seedling stand is insufficient after a year's protection. Some experiments in the hybridizing of Indian cottons, P. F. Fyson (Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Bot. 8er., 2 (1908), No. 6, pp. 21, pis. 9). — A general descrip- tion of Indian cotton plants is given and the results in breeding to the fifth hybrid generation are tabulated and discussed. 36 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The first and most obvious result was a great iucrease in the size and vigor of the plants. In a cross between Jowarl and Jari the first hybrid generation consisted of small plants, but in succeeding generations some plants ran up to 6 or 7 ft. in height. In general the plants boiled freely and bore well, although some of the third generation of a certain lot were very poor. The smaller and 7ieglectum-leiived plants bore first and I)<)re quite heavily, while the majority were still only in flower. Their seeds were naked and had a long silky staple but none of the lot survived. The plants were in some cases very variable especially hi the shape of the leaf. In some of the plants of the neglcetum type the lobes of the leaf were vei'y narrow, almost linear and a few had wavy margins. As wavy margins do not occur in the leaves of either Jari or Jowari and also since they appeared less frequently in later generations the authors are inclined to consider them as monstrosities due to variation induced by hj^bridization and by change of climate and soil. It was also found that there was a general tendency for plants to approximate in character with age, and that with those more than 12 months old it was often diOicult to specify the nature of the leaf or of the bi'anching. Local adjustment of cotton varieties, O. F. Cook (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 159, pp. 75). — Local adjustment is "the process of selection to restore the uniformity of a variety in a new place." It is attained chiefly by selection, but is entirely distinct from plant breeding for the origination of new varieties or the improvement of old ones. In many instances the intro- duction of well-established varieties into new localities for the purpose of variety tests or crop production has resulted in a diversity among the indi- vidual plants that can not be accounted for by ordinary variation or the uni- form change in environment. This diversity and apparent deterioration has caused the rejection of these varieties, in many instances, as unfit for their new environment. Biologically, local ajustment is analogous to acclimatization. It is of much more frequent application and more easily accomplished. It requires no greater care or ability than can be exercised by the average farmer's family. Texas experiments indicate that it will counterbalance the loss due to the boll weevil if aided by improved cultural methods and superior varieties. Local adjust- ment has I'emained unused because the new place diversity which renders it necessary has been confused with changes due to hybridization, direct effects of environment, accommodative changes, and ordinary variation found in all plants and in all places and seasons. New place diversity is quite different from these and more closely related to mutation as described by De Vries. An accommodative change is more likely to be uniformly assumed by all the plants of a variety, as when one variety adapts itself to a windy region by stronger central stem, while the individuals of another variety quite uniformly accom- plish the same end by assuming a prostrate form. The Triumph cotton in the fields of its originator is one of the most uniform of seed-propagated plants. Fifty acres produced but 3 plants that were definitely off type, yet a field of this variety at Kerrville, Tex., compared with one at Lockhart, Tex., the home of the variety, showed most radical new place diversity, adjacent plants in many instances being obviously unlike. These divergent characters are fully described in this bulletin. Some of them at least were transmitted to plants grown from the seed of these divergent plants. Still fuller notes are presented on an experiment to test this point conducted at San Antonio, Tex., with the King variety in 1907. Failure to understand and take advantage of the facts of local adjustment has vitiated results of both the farmer's method of testing a new variety in a FIELD CROPS. 37 small patch aud the experimenter's variety test. Tliis arises from the fact that the variety is too frequently judged either on the basis of a single year's per- formance and before local adjustment could possibly have taken place, or with- out the selection necessary to remove the divergent individuals and restore the former uniform excellence. Local adjustment applied in such instances shows marked improvement in quantity and quality of fiber as well as in uniformity of plants during the first few years after introduction into a new locality. Correlated characters have been observed to change in accordance with their usual laws during local adjustment in at least two instances. At Yuma, Ariz., in 1908. upland cottons showed a general tendency to small round bolls and an equally general tendency to shortening of the lint, which usually accompanied this character. At Del Rio, Tex., in 1908, several selections showed increased luxuriance of vegetation accompanied by inferior lint as compared with the crop of 1907. The utilization of local adjustment in the introduction of new varieties is essentially a matter of selection to restore the variety's uniform excellence and is completed when that end is attained. The usual precautions are to be ob- served with reference to a mixture of pollen by insects or of seed at the gin in order to maintain the purity of the variety. The wide introduction of a few varieties of known excellence is recommended to displace the present multiplicity. This will bring about uniformity in the crop and simplify the problems of grading, marketing, and manufacturing. A study of diversity in Egyptian cotton, O. F. Cook, A. McLachlan, and R. M. Meade (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 156, pp. 60, pis. 6).— This bulletin points out the relationship of Egyptian cotton to American varieties, discusses the nature of diversities aroused by new conditions, calls attention to the diversity of recognized Egyptian varieties, and discusses the relation be tween diversity and external conditions and the occurrence of diversity in Egyptian-Upland hybrids. In this connection the frequencj' of cross-fertiliza- tion, the distinctive characters of hybrids, the principal characters for dis- tinguishing hybrids, and the correlations of characters in such plants are also considered. A synopsis of the principal types of hybrids is given. It is stated that the Egyptian and Upland cottons belong to the same general series of American types and are capable of showing similarly wide ranges of diversity, especially when grown under new conditions. Egyptian varieties grown at Yuma from imported seed show many forms of diversity and in plantings of Arizona-grown Egyptian seed this diversity appears to have in- creased even after all individuals distinguishable as hybrids have been ex- cluded. The authors believe that the difficulty of acclimatizing Egyptian cot- ton is increased by the fact that the varieties have been distinguished by their lint characters alone with little or no reference to the vegetative features. It is stated that selection for long lint has not reduced the diversity of forms and that the crossing of these varied forms with each other tends to prolong the condi- tion of diversity. It is recommended that for the purpose of securing prompt acclimatization, selection should have reference to the normal behavior of the plants rather than to new characters, or to especial excellence in particular characters. It was found that incomplete acclimatization renders the plants unusually susceptible to differences of external conditions and this is explained by the facts that fertility and early bearing depend upon the habits of branching which the individual plants may adopt and that these habits are readily in- fluenced by environment. The appearance in the Egyptian fields of numerous hybrids between the Egyptian varieties and the Upland varieties is the source 38 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. of additional diversity. It is cxplaiiu'd tliat cotton fiowers at Yuma are visited by insects tliat are api>arently more active than at ottier points wliere cotton experiments iiave been carried on, and it is considered tliat these insects will render it practically impossible to maintain pure stocks of Egyptian seed if Upland cotton is grown in the same localities. It was observed that hybrid plants at least in the first generation are more fertile than the pure Egyptian and produce longer and stronger lint. The pro- duction of very high grades of lint from lirst generation hybrids and their ex- treme vigor and productiveness seem to warrant their cultivation and for this purpose to obtain hybrid seed in commercial quantities. As certain char- acters of the Egyptian cotton are strongly prepotent, especially in the first generation, the production of fields of hybrid i)lants is considered advisable. It is pointed out that if Egyptian were crossed on the small Kekchi-Upland type the young hybrids could readily be distinguished from the Kekchi plants and these removed in thinning. To recognize the young hybrids among Egyp- tian seedlings is regarded as much more difficult if not actually impossible. Attention is called to the fact that while the utilization of hybrids is a possi- bility, hybrids in fields of Egyptian cotton are a distinct disadvantage. The elimination of hybrids is quite difficult because many of them show no percep- tible differences in their growth to distinguish them from the pure Egyptian plants before the involucres and floral buds have developed. The removal of the hybrid plants, however, must take place as soon as they begin to flower in order to prevent their pollen from infecting the next generation. To reject the seed of these plants does not completely purify an Egyptian stock that has once been hybridized. The results of these observations are taken as making it evident that Upland cotton must either be excluded from regions when Egyptian cotton is to be grown or local sources of supply of pure acclimatized Egyptian seed must be established and very carefully guarded from contact with Upland cotton. If Egyptian cotton growing is to be placed on a commercial basis, the results here discussed also indicate that it is not sufficient to complete the process of acclimatization of Egyptian cotton in any one locality if this seed is to be planted afterwards in any other localities. The need of adjustment to local conditions must be taken into account whenever the crop is to be extended to a different district. Cotton growing in Arizona, R. W. Clothier { Arizona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. 426- 431). — Experiments seem to indicate that the Egyptian cotton is the best adapted to Arizona conditions. Samples of Mit-afifi fiber grown at the station and submitted to the Lowell Textile School for tests of quality were found to be 14 per cent stronger than Egyptian-grown fiber and there was 15 per cent less waste. The maximum yield at the station farm, 2,200 lbs. of Mit-afifi seed cotton per acre, was obtained upon a heavily irrigated plat. The article also contains a digest of data previously noted from Bulletin 128 of the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Deiiartment (E. S. R., 20, p. 136) and from Circular 29 of the same Bureau (E. S. R., 21, p. 330). Cotton production, 1908, D. C. Roper (Bur. of the Census [U. K.], Bui. 100, pp. 52, dgms. 4, maps 12). — This publication presents a summary of cotton crops of the United States from 1899 to 1908, and treats especially and in de- tail of the crop of 1908. In addition, statistics on the world's production of cotton are given and the relation of the Oovernmeut to the cotton industry and the commercial and industrial importance of American cotton are dis- cussed. The figures finally compiled for the crop of 1908, including linters an half bales, show a total production of 13,432,131 bales. Expressed in 500-lb. bales FIELD CROPS. 39 the crop of 1908 jimounted to 13,587.300 bales; of 1907, 11,375,461 bales; of 1906. 13,595,498 bales; of 1905. 10,804,556 bales; and of 1904, 13,679,954 bales. The crop of 1908 is the third largest ever produced, that of 1904 being the largest and that of 1906 standing next. Notes are given on the estimation of unginned cotton, linter cotton, and extension of the cotton-growing area, to- gether with tables showing the status of the cotton industry in different States. At the close of February, 1909, the stocks of cotton in the country amounted to 5,263,349 bales, of which 1,820.033 bales were in the hands of manufacturers, 367,959 bales still held by the producers. 2,238.224 bales stored in independent warehouses, 542,543 bales in the hands of transportation companies, and 294,590 bales controlled by other holders. From September 1, 1908, to February 28, 1909, inclusive, 6,566,571 bales were exported. The indicated consumption in this country for the 6-month period ended February 28. 1909, was 2,534,040 bales, including 15.0G0 bales destroyed by fire. Potato culture, T. Remy {Der Hackfruchtbau. — /, Der Kartoffelbau. Berlin, 1909, pp. VI +177, figs. 21).— Th\s book is published as part 1 of a series deal- ing with the culture of hoed crops. The extension and importance of growing hoed crops are discussed and a general treatise on potato culture is presented. The history of the potato is related and the chemical composition, culture, storage, and i)reparation for market of the crop are described. Soy beans, C. V. Piper and H. T. Nielsen (U. S. Dcpt. Agi:, Fanners' Bui. 372, pp. 26, figs. 6). — This describes the climatic and soil requirements of the soy bean, gives full cultural directions, and discusses the use of the crop for hay, pasturage, ensilage, and as feed in the form of grain. Descriptions are given of the following varieties: Mammoth. Hollybrook, Ito San, Geulph. Buck- shot, Ogemaw, Wisconsin Black, \yilson. Meyer, Austin, Haberlandt, and Rice- land. Notes are also given on growing the soy bean in combination with other crops and on storing soy-bean seed. Improved seed wheat, A. M. Ten Eyck (Kansas Sta. Circ. 3, pp. 12, figs. 2). — During the past year, variety tests were conducted with 82 samples of wheat. The hard red winter wheats which were distributed were Kharkof No. 382, Turkey Red No. 380, Turkey Red No. 570, Malakoff, Bearded Fife, Defiance, Crimean No. 1125, Hard Red Winter No. 839, and Ghirke, and the soft wheats distributed were Zimmerman, Fultz, Cux-rell, Fulcaster, and Mediterranean. Descriptions of these varieties are given. Reports from growers indicate that the Kharkof and Turkey Red wheats dis- tributed by the station are superior to much of the wheat now commonly grown in the State in vigor, drought resistance, early maturing qualities, greater absence of lodging, and in some cases somewhat greater resistance to the Hessian fly. Second report of the Nebraska seed laboratory, E. M. Wilcox and Nelle Stevenson (Nebraska St a. Rpt. 1908. pp. 143-158).— In continuation of work previously noted (E. S. R., 21. p. 435), 701 seed samples were received during the fiscal year ended July 1, 1909. The samples came from 13 States, about one-half being from Nebraska. The results of the examination and of the purity and germination tests are presented in tabular form. The frequency of occurrence of 163 kinds of weed seeds in the seed of alfalfa, clovers, flax, and grasses and grass mixtures is presented in an extended table. Special tables give the names and frequency of occurrence of the various kinds of weed seeds found in alfalfa, red clover, and awnless brome grass seed. In 249 samples of alfalfa seed, 98 different weeds were found, green foxtail, found in 151 samples, and Russian thistle, found in 75 samples, being the most com- mon. In 138 samples of red clover, 83 different weeds were found, green fox- 40 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. tail, found in 113 samples, being the most common. In 11 samples of awnless bromo grass, 14 different weeds were fouiul, clH'at. found in 8 samples, being the most common. Constant problems in modern agriculture, K. von Rumkeb {Tagcsfnujcn aus (1cm modcnicii Ackcrbait. Berlin, lUUD, pp. VII+-o98, figs. 2). — This book is made up of 10 numbers of a publication appearing irregularly since 1901. The first number has reference to soil and its cultivation, the second to the use of fertilizers, the third to barnyard manure and green manuring, the fourth to crop rotations, the fifth to the proper selection of varieties for certain con- ditions of soil and climate, the sixth to variety selection of hoed crops and the methods of variety testing, the seventh to seed growing and seed growers' associations, the eighth to seed and its care, the ninth to weed destruction, and the tenth to the harvest and the storing of crops. Bibliographies on a number of the different subjects are included. [Agricultural products of Japan], C. Shimooka (In Agriculture in Japan. Tokyo: Govt.. 1908, pp. 157-239). — These pages treat of the staple and special field crops grown in Japan. HORTICULTURE. The inheritance of color in the seeds of the common bean (Phaseolus vulgaris), R, A. Emerson (Nebraf^ka Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 65-101, figs. //).— This is a further report upon the author's hybridization studies of beans, some of the results of which have been noted (E. S. R., 16, p. 563). In this paper the numerical relations in respect to color inheritance secured with the various hybrids are presented and discussed, both with reference to Mendelian prin- ciples and in connection with the results reported by other investigators along the same line. In the many crosses made illustrating the inheritance of pigment in bean seeds, the presence and absence of pigment were found to constitute an allelo- morphic pair inherited in typical Mendelian fashion (E. S. R., 13, p. 744) Certain exceptions which occurred are attributed to the small numbers dealt with in those cases. In respect to total and partial pigmentation, the writer finds that the latter condition usually appears around the " eye " of the seed, being confined to a very small spot about the hilum in some races and covering as much as four-fifths of the surface of the seed in others. He is of the opinion that thei'e are no dis- tinct factors for pigmentation about the eye and for pigmentation of the back of the bean. " It is simply a matter of whether the pigment extends over the entire surface of the seed or only over a part (large or small) of it." When totally pigmented beans were crossed with partially pigmented (eyed) beans, total pigmentation occurred exclusively in the first generation hybrids, the eyed form reappearing in the second generation hybrids and breeding true in subsequent generations. Of the totally pigmented second generation hybrids some have bred true while others on being self-fertilized yielded both totally pigmented and eyed forms. In a number of crosses of eyed beans with nonpigmented (white) beans, the first generation hybrid plants produced totally pigmented seeds. In the second generation hybrids of these crosses totally pigmented, eyed, and white seed were produced. On the other hand, these same white races when crossed with totally pigmented ones yielded no eyed individuals in the second generation hybrid plants. The conclusion is reached that total pigmentation is latent in these particular races of white beans, such as the Davis, Jones Stringless. and Navy, Mottled pigment-paittern was dominant to self-color, both conditions HOKTICULTUKE. 41 following as a whole Mendeliau numerical relations in subsequent generations. Certain white beans crossed with self-colored ones produced mottled offspring in the first generation of hybrids, and mottled, self, and white individuals in the second generation of hybrids. Other white beans similarly crossed gave only self-colored fir^t generation hybrid seeds, which fact the writer points out as an indication but not proof that mottling may be latent in some white beans and not in others. In the tests here reported crosses of various self- colored races gave only self-colored offspring. The paper concludes wih a discussion of the theories regarding mottling, relation of mottling to color hypostasis, and the relation of color hypostasis to albinism. The importance of uniformity of varietal character in vegetable seeds, W. W. Tracy (Market Growers' Jour., 5 (1909), No. 18, pp. 2-Ji). — In this paper the author calls attention to the importance of using seed which will develop into plants of identical varietal character, points out some of the difficulties which arise in selecting such seed, and outlines methods for carrying on seed selection. Manurial experiments in onion cultivation, L. Jeevis (Bui. Dcpt. Agr. Bahamas, 4 (1909), No. 3, pp. 88-91). — Data are given of some demonstration experiments with onion fertilizers, commenced at the station in 1908. Winter onions in the Southwest, E. L. Crane and R. H. Forbes (Arisona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. Ji-ol-'too). — A popular account of onion culture in southern Arizona discussing soils, arrangement of ground, methods of planting, irriga- tion and cultivation, insect pests and diseases, varieties, harvesting and market- ing, costs, yield and profit. Report of the horticulturist, J. E. Higgins (Hanaii Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 4"2-o0, pis. 2).— The fruit shipping investigatons were continued as the chief work of the year. As a result of the experiments conducted in 1907 and previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 538), commercial shipments of pineapples were made to Denver and Chicago during the following year. The station tested .3 promising orchard cover crops, of which the cowpea makes the quickest and most luxuriant growth but is quite susceptible to the attacks of aphis. The pigeon pea required a much longer time to come to maturity and is difficult to plow under when full grown. The jack bean, a plant of lower growth and less ram- bling habit than the cowpea, makes a good cover and is quite free from insects. Such orchard insects as scales, mealy bugs, and aphis were held in check by using kerosene emulsion and by the use of a sticky mixture to keep ants from the trees. Different stocks are being tested in the citrus orchard, including the rough lemon, shaddock, sweet orange, and pomelo, and which in vigor of growth cor- respond to the order named above, the rough lemon making a very strong growth and far excelling all the other stocks. A list is given of 43 varieties of bananas now growing on the station grounds. Experiments were made in the budding of mangoes. Of the Alphonse buds 80 per cent have grown, but the results with some other varieties are less favor- able. It appears that the mango has more than one season of active growth. Budding to be successful must be done in the early part of these active growth periods. Experiments in transplanting 2 or .3-year-old mangoes seemed to jus- tify the handling of the mango as a nursery tree. Inarching, although more expensive than budding, appears to be the surest means of propagating fine varieties of mangoes. Shipments of young trees by mail from the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department to the station indicate that only trees with firm wood and a dormant terminal bud can be successfully shipped by this 18556—10 4 42 EXPERIMENT STATION BECORD. luethod. The season of tlowerins of the iiianuo in lldiiululii has been noted for several years. Records made in 1!)0()-1!M».S show the general blooming season to have been a month earlier in each sncceeding year. In si)raying for the con- trol of mango blight with several strengths of Bordeanx mixture to determine what strength could be used with safety, G lbs. each of copijcr sulphate and lime and 50 gals, of water gave the best results, more than .5 lbs. of lime being neces- sary to prevent injury from free copper. The report concludes with statements relative to plant acquisitions and distributions and miscellaneous work. Phenolog'ical notes for 1908, Ciiaklotte INI. King kt al. (Trans. lotoa Ilort. Soc. .',3 (l!)OS), pp. 276-2.96).— Records for 1008 are given by a number of ob- servers from diff<'rent parts of the State, showing the dates of first blooming of trees, shrubs, and flowering [tlants. Top working fruit trees, (). P.. AVhii'pi.k (Colorado tS7«. Bill. I.'fl, pp. 3-16, f'Kjs. 7). — This bulletin contains popular directions for topworking both old and young fruit trees. The farmers' orchard, J. Thoop and C. G. Woodbury (Indiana Sta. Circ. 17, pp. Ji2, figs. 36). — A popular discussion of the home orchard, with special refer- ence to apple culture. Consideration is given to the selection of site, soil, and varieties, planting operations, pruning and cultivation, and the protection of the tree and fruit from attacks of its most common diseases and insect enemies. The circular concludes with suggestions for renovating neglected home orchards. The St. Everard apple (Card. Cliron., 3. ser., J,6 (1901)), No. 1191, p. 276, fig. 1 ) . — A brief illustrative description is given of the St. Everard apple which is a seedling from the Cox Orange Pippin crossed with Margil. The fruits, which are of medium size and round in shape, are described as being richly flavored and ranking as a first-class dessert apple. Foundations of American grape culture, T. V. Munson (Denison, Tex., 1909, pp. 2J2, pis. SO, figs. 13). — This work is the outgrowth of the author's experi- ence of over 30 years as a grape investigator and practical viticulturist. Dur- ing this period his chief object has been to collect and test the best wild and cultivated varieties, to cross and hybridize them, and to produce new varieties of the best possible qualities, with a view to filling out an ideal list of varieties which shall furnish a succession of fruit throughout the summer months. In addition, an attempt has been made to provide the best possible resistant graft stocks upon which to graft Vinifera varieties. The present work embodies to a lai'ge extent the author's earlier reports on the subject and brings his results up to date. During the course of his inves- tigations the botany of North American grapes has been thoroughly worked over, and it is believed that the exhaustive and complete descriptions and classi- fication given in chapter 1 will prove of value to botanists, as well as to viti- cultural students. The minute description of each species concludes with a number of viticultural observations and remarks. Chapter 2 is, as a whole, a short treatise on the breeding of varieties of grai)es. Succeeding chapters take up the description of varieties, adaptation of varieties, how to start a vineyard, protecting the vineyard from insects and fungi, disposition of the crop, and the grape for home adornment, shade, fruit, and health. In the preface the author gives a sketch of his career as a grape breeder, to- gether with a resume of his educational work on American grapes and their development. Investigations on the question of manuring of grapevines, P. Liechti (Landiv. Jalirh. Schweis, 23 (1909), Ao. 9. pp. 523-528). — A number of coopera- tive experiments are being carried on in several Swiss vineyards to determine the value of commei'cial fertilizers as an adjunct to and as a substitute for HOKTICULTURE. 43 stable manure. Results thus far secured indicate that stable manures can be displaced by commercial fertilizers containing similar kinds and amounts of plant foods, and that nitrate of soda, the only fertilizer thus far tested in con- nection with stable manure, can be so used at an increased net profit. A rota- tion of manure in one year and commercial fertilizers the next year seems advisable. Statistics on grape and olive products for the year 1908 {Estadistica de las I'rodiic-ciones Viticola y OHvarera en el Afio 1908. Madrid: Junta Agronomica, 1909, pp. 9). — ^A statistical report showing the approximate production of grapes, wine, olives, and olive oil in various regions and provinces of Spain for the year 1008. Italian lemons and their by-products, I. — The Italian lemon industry, G. H. Powell {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 160, pp. 7-33, pis. 3, figs. 3). — This paper contains an account of the present status of the lemon industry in Italy, together with methods used in growing, marketing, and distributing the crop. Statistics showing the extent and commercial importance of the industry and of the trade in lemons and lemon by-products with this country are included. A companion paper on The By-Products of the Lemon in Italy, by E. M. Chace, is noted on page 12 of this issue. Practical manual of coffee and cacao culture in the Belgian Kongo (Manuel Pratique de la Culture du Cafeirr et du Vacaoyer au Congo Bclgc. Brussels: Govt., 1908, pp. 96, pis. 7, figs. 21). — Part 1 of this work, which consists of a practical manual especially prepared for prospective planters in the Kongo, treats in detail of coffee culture, the following phases being discussed : Species and native varieties, climates and soils adapted to the principal species, selec- tion of varieties, propagation, selection of site, preparation of the soil, planting operations, shading and windbreaks, fertilizers, pruning, plantation renewal, harvesting and preparing the coffee, marketing, and diseases and other enemies and their control. Part 2 discusses the culture of cacao in a similar manner. Tea culture in Java (/?er. Handel u. Indus., 13 (1909), Xo. J/, pp. 123-137). — This is a consular report on the Javanese tea industry relative to its history and present status, methods of culture and manufacture, and statistics of produc- tion and commerce. Tea manufacture, C. Shimooka (In Agrieulture in Japan. Tokyo: Govt., 1908, pp. 300-308). — A sketch of the history and present condition of tea manu- facture in Japan and Formosa. Progress and prospects of date palm culture, R. H. Forbes (Arizona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. 433-437, fig. 1). — This paper consists of a popular summary of experience gained in the planting and care of date palms in Arizona since the establishment of the cooperative date palm orchard at Tempe in 1899. It dis- cusses soils, localities, cutting and transplanting suckers, enemies, production, varieties, and planting seed. The date palm is considered valuable not only for its own products, but as a means of protection for less hardy plants. The wholesale planting of date palms is not recommended, however, since the ques- tion of varieties best suited to the region is still in its experimental stage. History of gardening, C. Ranck (Gesehiehtc der Gartenkunst. Leipsie. 1909, pp. 100, figs. 'il). — A short historical sketch of garden design, with chapters on the utilization of old ideas in modei-n gardens. Succeeding chapters of the work deal with the garden in ancient periods and in the Middle Ages, the garden of the Italian Renaissance, the French garden, the landscape garden, the modern English home garden, and the new German garden. A brief bibliography is appended. 44 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. FORESTRY. The influence of forest cover on the temperature of the soil at different depths, E. CuiF {Bui. Soc. ScL ^'(Ulcu, 3. ser., 10 {1000), No. 1, pp. 51-63, pis. J/). — This paper contains a summary of the ix'sults and conclusions thus far secured at the Nancy Forestry Station on the ahove line of investigation. The geothermic ohservations were carried on in the forest domains of Amance and filieux, by methods which are described. Besides comparing the temperatures of exposed soils and those under forest cover, observations were also made of soil temperatures under different kinds of forests. The data secured at Amance led to the following conclusions : The forest soil under deciduous stands is about 2° C warmer in winter and about 3° colder in the summer than exposed soil, for all depths up to SO cm. The variations in the soil temperature are about 3^° less under the forest cover than outside of the forest. For all the depths the presence of a deciduous forest is prac- tically the same whether the stand is high-standard or reserve sprout forest. In the summer, other conditions being equal, the soil is about i° cooler under a reserve sprout forest 16 years of age than under a high-standard forest 100 years old. With reference to the daily variations of the temperature of the air and soil under forest and outside of forest, the studies led to the conclusions that the amplitude of the daily oscillations of the temperature of the soil at a depth of 20 cm. is relatively very feeble when compared with the daily oscil- lations of the tempex'ature of the air over exposed soil. The presence of the forest appears to reduce the temperature about 1°. At a depth of SO cm. these daily oscillations are practically inappreciable, both under forest conditions and outside of the forest. The maximum daily temperature of the air over exposed soil occurs about 2 o'clock in the evening, while that of the soil tem- perature at a depth of 20 cm. is reached at about 6 o'clock in the evening. The observations made at Elieux led to similar results. The results as a whole confirm the conclusions reached l)y stations in other countries. Investigations on the pruning of forest trees, E. Zederbauer {Ccntbl. Gesam. Forstw., 35 {1909), No. 10, pp. J,13-.'i27, pi. 1).—The effect of pruning at different times of the year and different methods of pruning forest trees, including the beech, oak, Douglas fir, and spruce, was studied for a number of years. The details are given of the work, together with the practical deduc- tions made. Contrary to the common opinion that fall and winter are the best times for pruning the trees, the present investigations show that pruning is less injurious to the trees when carried on in the early spring, at which time an active devel- opment of healing tissue takes place. When the wounds are covered with tar, however, pruning can be carried on in the fall without much danger of disease entering the wounds. With the coniferous trees the exuding pitch answers as a protection for the wounds. Fall pruning usually results in a brownish discoloration of the bark about the wound, thereby increasing its size. This was more noticeable with the hardwood species. The smallest amount of subsequent injury is experienced by the tree when the cuts are made smooth and close to the trunk. The prun- ing of dry limbs does not exert a harmful influence on the development of the tree, but the removal of a considerable number of green limbs checks the growth of the tree to a greater or less extent. Silvical leaflets (U. S. Dept. Agr., Forest Serv. Sili: Leaflets, 'iS-'t'i, pp. .'/ each). — These leaflets discuss, respectively, the red or Norway pine {Piniis remnosa), and the jack pine iP. divaricata), their range, climate, associated species, habit, soil and moisture, tolerance, growth and longevity, susceptibility to injury, reproduction, and management being considered. FORESTRY. 45 The natural pine forests on the Ulea River, North Central Finland, M. P. Price (Quart. Jour. Forestry, 3 {1909), Xo. 4, pi). 311-820, pis. ^).— This is a brief descriptive account relative to the conditions under which these forests flourish, the silvicultural methods employed in their management, and the economics of their conversion into knnber. Experiment with seed of Pinus sylvestris, F. Story {Quart. Jour. Forestry, 3 {1909), Xo. J, pp. 326-329). — The comi)arative merits of Scots pine seed from different countries is being tested by various experiment stations in Europe, the seed having been previously husked and cleaned at the Eberswalde Station, from whence it was distributed to the different countries. A record is here given of the work conducted at the University College of North Wales, and showing the number and average height of 2-year-old seedlings obtained from the seed of various countries. Commercial importance of the White Mountain forests, P. W. Ayres ( U. 8. Dept. Agr.. Forest Serv. Circ. 168, pp. 32, map 1). — In this circular data are given and discussed showing the importance of the White Mountain forests as a source of timber supply, tlieir need of protection from fire, as an influence on water power and on navigation, and as a place of health and recreation. Forest conditions in the Crow's Nest Valley, Alberta, H. R. Macmillan (Dept. Int. Canada, Forestry Branch Bui. 5, pp. 22, pis. 12, maps 2). — This bulletin comprises the results of a study of the Crow's Nest Valley, which region is believed to be for the most part typical and representative of the eastern slope of the Canadian Rockies. Consideration Is given to the topography, soils, eleva- tion and the original forest on this area, and the present conditions are dis- cussed relative to the condition of the timber lands, lumbering and mining operations, and agricultural possibilities. A number of measurements are also given, showing the rate of growth of Engelmann spruce, lodgepole pine, and Douglas fir. The report concludes with suggestions for the reforestation and management of the area. The forest trees of Canada (Canad. Forestry Jour., 5 (1909), Xo. 3, pp. 130- 136). — A list is given of some 141 species of trees native to Canada, including their common and botanical names and geographic distribution. Report of the superintendent of forestry, R. H. Campbell (Rpt. Supt. For- estry Canada, 1909, pp. 96, pis. 13). — This consists of a general report of the work of the forestry and irrigation branch of the Canadian Department of the Interior for the year 1908-9, and of the reports of the officials in charge of the different divisions of the work. Resistant eucalypts for planting in southern Arizona, J. J. Thornbeb (Arizona Sta. Bui. 60. pp. J/ 11-'/ 17, figs. 2). — Notes are given on several species of eucalypts recouunended for planting in southern Arizona. [Rubber investigations at the Hawaii Station], E. V. Wilcox (Haicaii Sta. Rpt. 1908, p. 11). — The chief results from the rubber investigations of the year have been previously published (E. S. R., 20, p. 245). Experiments in planting Hevea rubber seeds indicated that they germi- nated and grew best when the shells were previously removed and the seeds planted in clean sand. The herring-bone system of tapping Ceara rubber trees gave quite favorable results, as many as .30 consecutive tappings being made by excising a thin slice of bark from the old wound. A good flow of latex was ob- tained during the whole period. The use of a water bag, or an ammonia bag, was found to increase the relative amount of first-grade rubber as compared with scrap rubber. Some difficulty experienced in coagulating the latex was overcome by the addition of hydrogen peroxid and sulphuric acid. Consider- able difference was noted in the amount of latex obtained from yearling trees, 46 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. which point is probably of valuf in indicatinj; llic Irrcs wliich should be pre- served in the i)ernianent plantation. [Pot experiments with fertilizers for rubber), Ai.uk K. Tiiomp.son (Hdiniii Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 6'2-6V/). — A fertilizer experiment was made with r\ibber plants, the wire-basket method devised by the liureau of Soils of this Dejjart- ment beinjj used. The results for Para rubber show that where manure, sodium nitrate, or lime was the single fertilizer, transpiration increased materially. Combinations of acid phosphate and potassium sulphate gave a large increase, but acid phos- phate in other combinations either decreased the transpiration or gave but little increase. In the work with Ceara rubber the best results were obtained with lime, sodium nitrate, and the two combinations, sodium nitrate and potassium sul- phate, and sodium nitrate, potassium sulphate, and acid phosphate. Manure alone and potassium sulphate alone gave fair results. The experiments as a whole indicate that sodium nitrate used alone is a good fertilizer for rubber trees, while acid phosphate appears to have some deleterious effect ui)on them. Caoutchouc and gutta-percha in the Dutch East Indies (lier. Handel u. Indus., 13 (1009), No. -'/, pp. 137-1 -'/l'). — A consular report on the rubber in- dustry in the Dutcli East Indies, relative to its extent, varieties grown, ex- ploitation, and commerce. Ecanda rubber (Raphionacme utilis) (Roy. Bot. Gard. Krw, Bui. Misc. Inform., 1909, No. 8, pp. 321-325, pi. 1, figs. 3).— This is a further report on this recently discovered tuberous rubber plant (E. S. R., 20, p. 545), relative to its mode of growth under natural conditions and its exploitation in Angola, together with notes on the growth of seedlings being studied at the Kew gardens. DISEASES OF PLANTS. The development of disease-resistant plants, G. M. Reed (Ann. Rpt. Mo. Bd. Hort., 2 {1908), pp. 28Jf-296). — A summary is given of various investigations that have been carried on as to the prevention of plant diseases by the develop- ment of disease resistance on the part of the host. A considerable number of instances are quoted in which some degree of resistance has been attained, either by selection of plants that have withstood attack or by crossbreeding varieties known to be resistant with susceptible ones and selecting the resistant progeny. Some plant bacterial diseases, W. G. Sackktt i Houtliircsl. fitocknuDi, 28 (J909), No. 15, pp. 1, 4, 5). — An account is given of a bacterial disease of alfalfa and of pear blight. The alfalfa disease has been previously reported (B. S. R., 18, p. 553), and further investigations have confirmed the conclusion that it is of bacterial origin. Its presence can be recognized, it is said, by the short sickly growth of the first crop and the absence of the deep green color characteristic of a thrifty stand. A close examination of the stems show them to be shriveled and blackened for 2 or 3 in. from the ground, the infection attacking the plants next to the soil and working up the stem. As the disease progresses it produces a watery, semitran spa rent, brownish appearance of the tissues, which turn black with age. The leaves attached to the diseased part of the stem usually show the watery yellow color at the base and especially at the base of the petioles. One-year-old plants exhibit blackened areas in the crown and black streaks running down into the tap root. As the plant grows older the blackening increases until the whole crown is involved, and either the crown buds are destroyed or the root is no longer able to perform its functions. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 47 So far as the autlioi-'s observations have gone, the disease appears to run its course with the first cutting. Little or no trace of the disease may be found during the remainder of the season, but the following spring an aggra- vated outbreak may be expected. The disease apparently does not kill many plants the first year, but they begin to die after the blight has been prevalent more than one; season, and after 2 or 3 years the stand is practically worthless. It is thought that there is some relation between this disease and the pasturing and irrigation of the alfalfa fields. The subject is to be given further investi- gation. The author describes the pear blight, giving its characteristics, means of spread, and methods for prevention and treatment. Plant diseases, A. E. Collens (Dcpt. Ayr. Trinidad, BiiJ. Agr. Inform., I'JOi), n. ser., No. 61, pp. SS-J/S). — The author briefly describes the attack of Kutj/pa erumpens on cacao, the fungus proving a destructive i)arasite. In addition to this host it is also known to attack banyan trees, mangoes, lilchi trees, and various forest species. The presence of the fungus may be recognized by the occuri-ence of iri-egular black patches on the bark with a dull grainy surface. Notes are given on the occurrence of Diplodia cacaoicola on grape cuttings and D. maydi.s on Indian corn. The fruiting stage of Ncctria theohroma; has also been found on exposed roots of (iliricidia maculata and stems of mangoes and avocados, all of which were growing near cacao trees affected by the disease. A tabulated account is presented of th(> fungus and insect pests of cacao, in which descriptions are given of the parts affected and the symi)toms, with sug- gestions for control. Similar data are given for the principal diseases of sugar cane. The life history of the cedar rust fungus, F. D. Heald (Nebraska Sta. Rpi. J908, pp. 103-121, pin. 13, map I). — Attention is called to the general prevalence of cedar lust throughout the eastern half of the State and the relation of this disease to aitple rust. The great abundance of the disease in Nebraska is said to be due, in part at least, to the general practice of employing cedars as ornamental trees or for wind-breaks, and also the extensive planting of such varieties of apples as Wealthy and .loiuithiui, which are especially susceptible to the disease. The cedar rust fungus {(lymnosporangium juniperi-virginiance) spends one stage of its life history on the cedar, producing the so-called cedar aj)ples, the other upon the leaves and fruit of the apple tree. The different stages of the fungus are described at length, and on the basis of liis observations, the author summarizes the life history of the fungus, stating that the galls are produced on the cedar in May and that the teliospores germinate and produce sporidia which infect the aiiple trees during the next few days. The first aecidia become mature during July and viable spores are produced during this and the two fol- lowing months. These spores infect the cedar, but no visible signs can be noted. The mycelium apparently remains dormant during the winter and with the resumption of growth in the spring the fungus stimulates the cedar at the point of infection and the result is the formation of cedar apples, which first become visible in the month of June. These cedar apples grow throughout the summer and fall, remain dormant during the winter, and with the return of favorable conditions in the spring produce the characteristic gelatinous masses. From this it will be seen that 23 months elapse from the time of the infection of the cedar to the period when the resultant galls produce the gelatinous spore masses. Spraying experiments have been carried on with varying degrees of success, and it is said that the practical ai)plication of spraying cedars for the proven- 48 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. tiou of cedar apples ruust depend largely upon the local conditions. The reduc- tion of the number of galls is not sufficient to be of much value in preventing the infection of adjacent apple trees, but if the life of valuable cedars is threatened by the abundance of the fungus, spraying would prevent tlieir mate- rial injury. The influence of chemical stiniulation upon the production of perithecia by Melanospora pampeana, F. D. IIeai.d .uul Vknus W. Pool {Nebraska Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 129-134, pis. 2). — An account is given describing the relationship found to exist between M. pampeana and certain species of Fusarium and other fungi. This fungus was first isolated while studying the fungi connected with moldy corn, and the perfect fruits of the fungus were found growing among hyphte of Fusarium moniliformc. Careful examination of lianging drop cultures of Fusarium and Melanospora failed to reveal any attachment between the two, but there was apparently a chemical stimulation. The mycelial growth produced by BasisporiuDi gaJlarum and F. monilifonne showed that if an old culture was used the formation of perithecia was entirely inhibited; if younger cultures were used the perithecia wei'e formed in 4 to 7 days. It is stated that one of the authors has found that Sordaria longicaudata produces an abundance of perithecia following a copious growth of Pilobolus on horse manure, but this fungus always fails to produce "perithecia on steril- ized comi)ost which has not previously borne a crop of Pilobolus. The life history and parasitism of Diplodia zeae, F. D. Heald, E. M. Wil- cox, and Venus W. Pool {Nebraska Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 1-19, pis. 10, fig. 1).—A study has been made at the Nebraska Station of various fungi associated with moldy corn, and a report is presented on one of them, D. sew, which has been shown to be the cause of a very serious dry rot of the ear as well as to affect other parts of the plant. This fungus produces a condition which is called di"y rot, though it is be- lieved that the majority of corn growers refer to such ears as molded. In ad- vanced stages the ear is very light in weight, shriveled, and dark in color, the kernels are either dull or have a dried, brown appearance, and flaky masses of mycelium occur among the grains and on the cob. The fungus is described at some length, and a statement is given showing that it may cause a loss of at least 50 per cent in weight of ear. In experiments made to demonstrate the parasitism of the fungus, it was found possible to produce typical disease through puncture inoculations into the husk or into the stalk, or by placing mycelium among the silk at the time of pollination. Little or no infection was found to take place from one ear to another during the same season. A brief account is given of the distribution of this disease throughout Nebraska, and a bibliography of the literature completes the report. Investigations on the combating of barley smuts, O. Appel {llliis. Landio. Ztg., 29 (1909), No. 55. p. 521). — A report is given on investigations on the possi- bility of controlling barley smuts by treating the seed with hot air. In the first lot of experiments dry seed was passed through the drying ap- paratus, the temperature ranging from 72 to 89° C. Various modifications of this treatment were carried out, the time of passing the seed and the tempera- ture being modified. As a result of the treatment it was found that the vitality of the seed was very materially injured while the smut was not entirely pre- vented. In a second series of experiments the seed grain was first soaked for 4 hours in water at a temperature of 35°, after which it was passed through the drying apparatus at temperatures of 58 to 73°. In some other cases the temperature DISEASES OP PLANTS. 49 was reduced to as low as 42°. By this treatment the smut spores were de- stroyed and relatively little injury was done the seed grain except where the temperature was above 64°. It is believed that this method of treating grain has advantages, and that if the temperatui-e is allowed to go above 60° the dura- tion of treatment should be reduced. The rust of wheat, E. Vernet (Prog. Agr. ct Vit. (Ed. VEst-Ccntre), 30 (1009), No. ^0, pp. Jt28-433). — An account is given of a number of varieties of wheat that have proved resistant to wheat rust (Puccinia graminis). Fungus maladies of the sugar cane, N. A. Cobb {Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Sta., Div. Path, and Physiol. Bui. 6, pp. 110, pis. 7, figs. 6//).— This bulletin is in continuation of a previous one of the same title (E. S. R., 18, p. 843) and gives supplementary observations upon a number of the diseases previously described, together with notes on some diseases not treated in the former publication. Particular attention is given to the root diseases of sugar cane. The author states that there are 5 fungi connected with the root diseases, Marasmius sac- chari, M. hatvaiiensis, Ithyphallus coraJloidcs, Clathrus trilobatus, and a fungus as yet undetermined but which is characterized by the occurrence of stellate crystals upon the mycelium. In addition it was thought probable that Dictyo- pliora sp. may cause a root disease of cane. Additional notes are given on the witlier tip of the cane leaf, a disease appar- ently of fungus origin, which, while not serious, may delay the grovv'th of the cane to some extent. The relation between the pineapple disease of cane, due to Thielaviopsis cthaceticus, and a disease of pineapples is pointed out, and notes are given on the ring-spot disease of the cane leaf (Leptosphwria sac- chari) and the eye-spot disease (Cercospora sacchari). A possible relation between the rind disease and seed cane is pointed out in that the top shoots containing buds and but little sugar are often discarded or used for planting. These stalks apparently are capable of carrying over the rind disease from one crop to another. Remedies for the diseases are discussed, after which an account is given of nematodes. Since the previous publication the author states that two addi- tional species have been found parasitic on the roots of cane, one of the species, Tylenchus biformls, being described as new. The bulletin concludes with a discussion of timber rots due to fungi, and suggestions are given for their control. The root rot of tobacco caused by Thielavia basicola, W. W. Gilbert ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 158, pp. 55, pis. 5). — According to the author, a root disease of tobacco due to T. basicola has caused considerable loss to growers in different sections of the United States. The fungus attacks the roots, blackening them and causing their decay. If attacked while very young the seedlings are killed, in much the same manner as by the damping-off fungi. In other cases, where the conditions do not favor as severe an attack, the roots are invaded and the plants stunted. The stunted condition of the plant may be often observed in the field where diseased material has been transplanted. When badly diseased plants are set in the field they may turn yellow, wilt, and die to such an extent that often large areas must be replanted. A description is given of the fungus and historical data are presented on its discovery and distribution, its host plants, etc. Experiments were carried on to test the practicability of treating seed beds, and it was found that steam sterilization gave best results, followed by surface- fire treatment. Two plats treated with formalin are said to have been but little better than an untreated check plat, but several reasons are advanced to account for the failure. 50 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The conditions conducive to serious iiijuiy fioiii root rot are the infection of the seed bed or of the field with the fungus, a lieavy soil rich in humus, ex- cessive fertilization, heavy watering, and lack of ventilation of the seed beds. Cucumber and tomato canker, G. Massee {Roy. Bot. (lard. Kciv, JiuL Misc. Inform., HW9, Xo. 7, pi). 2!) J, 2'.>.i, pt. J ; Jour. Bd. Affr. { London], 16 (1900), No. 7, PI). ,T7.''-.)iS/). — Attention is called to a disease of melons in the T'nited States recently described as due to MycosphwreVa citruUina (E. S. R., 21, p. 148), and it is stated that specimens of diseased tomato plants as well as cucumber plants have been examined at Kew and found affected by the same fungus. The conidial form of the fungus is apparently responsible for the rapid extension of the disease. It is shown that the si)oros from diseased cucumber plants readily infect young tomato plants, as would the spores from tomato plants infect the vegetable nuu-row plants. While dclinite results have not been obtained by Investigations, it is thought that thorough spraying witli Bordeaux mixture would prevent the occurrence of this disease. The gummosis of fruit trees, H. Blin (Rev. Hort. [Paris], 81 {1909), No. 5, pp. 115-117). — A description is given of the gummosis of fruit trees, which has proved particularly destructive to peaches, but also attacks apricots, clierries, and plums. This disease has been attributed to various causes, and attention is called to it in the hope that definite investigations will be carried on to de- termine the specific cause as a preliminary to the discovery of methods of con- trol. Spraying for apple scab or black spot, C. W. Mally {Agr. Jour. Cape Good Hope, 35 {1909), No. 2, pp. 202-211, figs. Jf). — An account is given of spraying experiments for the control of the apple scab {Fusieladium dendritieum), which has appeared as a destructive parasite in southern Africa. The experi- ments were conducted in an orchard which was kept under good cultivation, over 300 trees being used in the test. Bordeaux mixture of the 6 : 4 : 50 formula was used, and 1 to 3 applications given the trees. The control trees were badly attacked by the disease and at least half the fruit dropped and the remaining poi'tion was badly deformed by the scab. The trees receiving one spraying showed about 60 per cent sound fruit, the trees receiving the first and second sprayings, over 90 per cent, and those sprayed three times were practically free from disease. Where the trees were siirayed three times, however, the fungicide caused some injury, which about counter- balanced the extra margin of sound fruit. The control of black rot of the grape, C. L. Shear, G. F. Miles, and L. A. Hawkins {U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Bui. 155, pp. Jf2, pis. 5, figs. 2). — A report is given of a series of investigations undertaken to demonstrate the efficiency of the best methods practiced and at the same time to improve if pos- sible methods and mixtures for the control of the black rot of the grape, and also to secure additional knowledge regarding the life history and habits of the black rot fungus {Guignardia bidwellii) and other parasitic fungi of the grape. This work was begun in 1006 and has been extended until in 1908 it was car- ried on in Pennsylvania, Michigan, New York, and New Jersey. A considerable number of fungicides were tested, most of them being various copper com- pounds, but comparisons were made with lime-sulphur mixtures. The work at the different stations is described at length. A study of the tables presented shows that where different numbers of appli- cations were made, 5 applications at the proper times gave nearly or quite as satisfactory results as 6, 7, or 8. A Bordeaux mixture prepared according to the 4 : 3 : 50 formula was found as effective in preventing black rot as fungi- DISEASES OF PLANTS. 51 cides containing larger quantities of copper sulphate or lime. Five or 6 appli- cations, beginning when the shoots were about 8 in. to 1 ft. long, generally gave as good results as where 1 or 2 additional earlier applications had been made. Where unsprayed grapes were a total loss from black rot in 1907, the rot on the sprayed plats was reduced to 28.3 per cent. The next season, 1908, when the rot was almost equally destructive on the unspi*ayed plats, on the sprayed plats it was reduced to less than 1 per cent, apparently showing a cumulative effect of treatment for the two seasons. The experiments have shown the necessity of covering the vines thoroughly with a fine si)ray of properly prepared Bordeaux mixture, and where the black rot is serious or the foliage very keavy it is found desirable to use trailers attached to the spraying apparatus and have the nozzles directed by hand, so as to properly cover the foliage and fruit. The tests of the various lime-sulphur preparations have not yet been suffi- cient to determine their value as a preventive of black rot. Neutral copper acetate in the proportion of 1 lb. to 50 gals, of water has been found the best nonstaining preparation for final applications. Coffee diseases of the New World, G. Massee (Roy. Bot. (Jard. Keio, Bui. Misc. Inform., 1909, No. 8, pit. 337-3 U, fio. 1) ■ — A technical description is given of a leaf spot disease of coffee due to Sphcerostilbe flavida. This disease has been known for a number of years and is said to have been reported from several Central and South American countries. The leaves, young shoots, and fruits are first attacked, circular whitish patches being produced upon the leaves. I>eaves that are attacked soon become yellow and fall, and in severe cases the tree may become nearly defoliated. On the young shoots the diseased spots are whitish and more or less elongated. The cortex in such i)laces becomes dry and cracks and finally breaks away in small flakes, leaving the browned wood exposed. On the berries the spots are usually whitish and almost circular in outline. The fungus spreads rapidly, and it has been found possible to infect young coffee plants by placing ascospores of the SphiBrostilbe stage upon the un- broken surface of the leaves. The fungus is carried over from year to year on diseased shoots and on the fruit, whether hanging or fallen from the tree. All infected shoots should be cut out and, together with the diseased fruit and leaves, collected and burned. Notes are also given on a tap-root disease of the coffee tree, duje to nematodes, which is said to be a common disease in the coffee plantations of Sao Paulo. The tap root seems to be the portion attacked by the nematodes, and presents a very characteristic appearance, being swollen and covered with thickened bark soaked with water. The diseased trees are said to be very conspicuous and readily detected, and as a tree once attacked apparently never recovers, it is recommended that all such trees be uprooted and burned. Treating the soil with carbon bisulphid it is thought will also prove an efficient method of con- trolling this disease. Notes on the Hemileia disease of coffee and the resistance of certain spe- cies to the fungus, F. C. von Faber (Tropcnpflanzer, 13 {1909), No. 5, pp. 235- 238). — An account is given of the leaf spot disease of coffee, due to H. vastatrix, together with estimates showing the amount of loss that it has occasioned. The peculiar susceptibility of Coffra arahica and its varieties to this fungus is pointed out, and a number of species are mentioned as being more or less resistant. Mulberry diseases, E. J. Butler {Mem. Dept. Agr. India, Bot. Ser., 2 {1909), No. 8, pp. 18, pis. 4, figs. 2; Indian Agr., 3/, {1909), No. 8, pp. 249^252).— Descriptions are given of twig blight of mulberries {Coryneum mori), mulberry 52 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. leaf spot (Scpfocjlauiii niori). mildew ( rinilldctinia (oriilrn), and trunk rot (. Polj/porus hisiridiis). Of these diseases the twig blight is prolKibly the most important, as it directly affects the yield of the leaves required in silk culture. The fungus is parasitic on the smaller branches, usually near the base, and is not confined to living trees, but is also found on dead prunings and broken branches on the ground. It is apparently a wound parasite and attention should be paid to the pruning of mulberry trees and the methods of gathering the leaves. In addi- tion to the nnilberry, this fungus has been found on a number of other plants, producing symptoms exactly similar to those on tlie mulberry. The white pine blister rust, C. K. Pettis (Forestry Quart., 7 {1909), No. 3, pp. 231-287). — Attention is called to the introduction in this country of the blister rust (Pcridcrmium strobl) which attacks the white pine. This disease is not indigenous to this country, but was imported from Europe on pine seed- lings in the spring of 1909. The alternate form, Cronartiiim rihicola, has been reported before and an account given in a previous publication (E. S. R., 18, p. 747). The presence of the fungus was noted on a large importation of pine seed- lings obtained in the spring of 1909 from Germany and its identity established. Subsequently, a conference was held in New York to determine measures for the control of the disease, and a plan has been adopted for the State which in- cludes the inspection of all premises where white pine seedlings have been in- troduced and the destruction of all infested pines or Ilibes plants. It is thought that jirohalily the inspection should be continued for several years. Note on the biology of Pestalozzia hartigii, C. E. C. Fischer {Jour. Econ. Biol., 4 {1909), No. 3, pp. 12-11, pi. /).— This fungus, which has long been known as an active agent of a seedling disease of several timber trees, is said to attack, both in the nursery and in natural surroundings, seedlings of beech, ash, maple, spruce, and silver fir. It causes constriction on the stem just above the level of the soil and destroys the cambium all the way around the stem. Hitherto there has been no connection discovered between this species and any of the definite groups of higher fungi, and the author carried on experi- ments to determine if possible the life history of the parasite. Cultures were made, and it was found comparatively easy to germinate the conidia and grow the fungus. A number of inoculation experiments were undertaken with quite a range of seedlings, but in no case did infection result from the inoculation. It seems probable that some conditions which are supplied in nature were lacking in the experiments. It is thought possible that the cooperation of some other organism is necessary to enable this species to attack actively its host plants. Thus far no form of reproductive organs has been obtained other than those already known. Fomes lucidus, a suspected parasite, E. J. Butler {Indian Forester, 35 {1909), No. 9, pp. 514-518, pi. i).— The author states that this species, one of the largest and handsomest of the bracket fungi, is widely distributed throughout the world, reaching its greatest development in the Tropics. It has been usually considered a saprophyte, but recent observations on a considerable number of species of trees seem to indicate that it is a common and widespread destructive tree parasite in India and possibly elsewhere. Wood-destroying fungi, J. Schorstein (Ostcrr. Forst u. Jagd Ztg., 21 (1909), Nos. 29, pp. 255-251, figs. 10; 31, pp. 212, 213, figs. i5).— Illustrated de- scriptive notes are given on a number of the more common fungi which attack timbers of various sorts, 22 species being noted. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 53 Some common plant diseases, W. B. McOallum (Arizona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. JfoG-Jtd'i) . — Directions are given for the preparation and use of fungicides, and I)opular notes on a number of fungus and bacterial diseases of plants, together with suggestions for their prevention. Directions for the control of Nebraska plant diseases, E. M. Wilcox and R. E. Stone {Nebraska Sta. Rpt. IDOS, pp. 21-63). — The symptoms and cause of the different diseases are described and methods given for their control or prevention. The diseases are arranged alphabetically by their prevailing com- mon names, under the various crops which are arranged in a similar manner. Bibliographies containing references to some of the more recent literature are given under the different diseases. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY— ENTOMOLOGY. Biological investigations in Alaska and Yukon Territory, W, H. Osgood {U. S. Dipt. Agr., Bur. Biol. Surrcjf, Xorth American Fauna Xo. 30, pp. 96. pis. 5, figs. 2). — Biological investigations made in the interior of Alaska and Yukon Territory in 1903 and 1904 are here reported. Three distinct areas are consid- ered, namely, East Central Alaska (pp. 7^4), the Ogilvie range, Yukon Terri- tory (pp. 45-65), and the Macmillan River, Yukon Territory (pp. 66-92). The physiography of these areas is described and detailed accounts are given of the animal life of the region, especially the abundance, ranges, and general habits of the game and fur-bearing animals. It is considered that under proper regulations the fur-bearers should increase and that the game animals of Alaska should continue indefinitely to be a source of food and profit to the Territory. The rabbits of North America, E. W. Nelson (U. 8. Dcpt. Agr., Bur. Biol. Survey, North American Fauna No. 29, pp. 31Jf, pis. 13, figs. 19). — ^This mono- graph includes all the known hares and rabbits in North America. Although the commonest of Noi'th American mammals, yet within compara- tively few years they were represented in collections by extremely scanty and imperfect material. Ninety-seven species and subspecies are recognized, 2 or 3 of which in the light of more satisfactory material may prove unworthy of re- tention in the list. In the preparation of this monograph, more than 5,500 specimens were examined, of which about 3,.500 were skins with skulls, the others odd skulls. Representatives of every species and subspecies recognized are said to have been examined. The revision includes a key to the species and subspecies, maps illustrating their distribution, and a bibliography of the more important papers. [The introduction of the American robin into England] (Nature [London'\. 81 (1909). No. 2078. p. 26"'/).— An attempt is being made near Guildford, in Sur- rey, to acclimatize Merula migratoria. Index-catalogue of medical and veterinary zoology, C. W. Stiles and A. Hassall (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bill. 39, pts. 24, pp. 1807-1893; 25, pp. 1895-1979). — Part 25 includes titles arranged by authors alphabetically from R to Rizzo, and part 20, those from Roack to Rzewuski. Zoological yearbook, 1908, P. Mayer (Zool. Jahresder., 1908, pp. VIII + 235+31). — Bibliographical lists are given, also summaries of the more im- portant literature issued during 1908 relating to the . variods groups of the animal kingdom. Our insect friends and enemies, J. B. Smith (Philadelphia and London, 1909, pp. 314, pi. 1, figs. 121). — In this work the author discusses the relations of insects to plants as benefactors and as destroyers, to each other, to the animals that feed on them, to weather and diseases that affect them, to other animals, to man as benefactors and as carriers of diseases, to the household, and 54 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. to the farmer and fruit jn'owcr. The closiiij; cluiptcr is devoted to a discussion of the war on iuseets. The role of air in the ecdysis of insects, F. Knab {Proc. But. Sac. Wash., 11 (I'.Hi!)). -No. .?, 1)11. (jS7,i). — A brief consideration of this subject. Contribution to the biology of the Aphididse, A. Mokdwilko {Biol.. Centb!., 21 (I'JOl), A OS. 11, piK 520-550; 18, pi>. 561-575; 23, pp. 77/7-767; 2'/, pp. 769- 816. figs. 22; 28 (1908), Xos. 19, pp. 631-639; 20, pp. 6.'i9-662; 29, (1909), Nos. 3, pp. 82-96, figs. 2; J,, pp. 97-118; 5, pp. L'i7-160; 6, pp. 16 J/ -182). —The biology of the plant lice is here considered at length. Contributions to experimental entomology, AV. Kkifk (Jour. Expt. ZooL. 6 (1909), \o. .}, pp. 553-569). — The experiments which the author here reports were with Junonia ccenia, collected on Long Island. In regard to the period of pupation at different temperatures for caterpillars reared at out-of-door temperature, he reports as follows : " The time of pupa- tion, that is, the time which elapses between the attachment of the caterpillar and the complete pupa, differs according to the prevailing temperature. At 23° C. pupation took place in from 10 to 12 hours; 18° caused the catei-pillars to pupate in IT hours; 9° in about 48 hours; 0° in GO hours, and below +4° pupa- tion did not take place at all. The caterpillars, which I subjected for a long time (up to S days) uninterruptedly to a low-er temperature, varying between 0 and +3°, died, no matter in what stage they happened to be." From the experiments conducted the author concludes that this species never passes the winter in the northern States as a caterpillar and that all caterpil- lars die as soon as the temperature siuks to -f3° for several daj-s. The pupa is not quite so sensitive to continued cold as the caterpillar, but still is sensi- tive to a considerable degree. All of the pupje which were exposed to a con- stant low^ temperature ( — 5° or below) for more than 48 hours, died. "All the pupfe which I exposed to a temperature of 45° for more than 2 hours, or such as were exposed to 44° for more than 5 hours, died. Of all the pupse which re- mained in the apparatus 5 hours at 43°, only one later produced a butterfly, but this was a complete cripple. All the pupse endured very well for several hours a temperature of from 40 to 42°. My method was to expose the pupje on the first day to a temperature of 40° for 4 hours, the second day to 41° for 5 hours, and on the third day to 42° for 4 hours." The coloration and marlving of butterflies bred from pupte which had been exposed to low temperature were in complete contrast to those not thus exposed. The author considers this species as probably in the act of adapting itself to cold. Notes on microlepidoptera, with descriptions of new North American species, A. BuscK (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11 (1909), Xo. 2, pp. 87-103).— Sev- eral biological notes are included in this account. Anacaiitpsis crcsccntifascidla is said to have been bred from Kramcria se- cundiflora at Dallas and Victoria, Tex. Oletlircutcs alhicUiana w^as bred from the stalks of touch-me-not (Impatiens) collected at Magnolia, Mass. "The larva lives in the hollow stalk and in the succulent pith in the swelled joints; it overwinters as larva and toward spring gnaws a small circular hole in the stalk near a joint, leaving only the extreme epidermis intact as a semitrans- parent port hole; just inside this it spins a few threads of silk and pupates with its head toward the window, through which eventually the imago issues. In the insectary the first moth issued the latter part of April." The lar\a of Tisficria alhostrauiinca makes a small, pale straw-colored ui)per mine in the leaves of oak about Washington, D. C. The mine is normally placed at the edge of the leaf, frequently causing the edge of the leaf to bend over in a small fold. The species has several generations in the vicinity of Washington. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 55 First annual report of the superintendent for suppressing' the gipsy and brown-tail moths, A. H. Kirkland {Aim, Hpt. tiupt. Suppressing Gipsy and Brotcn-tail Moths [J/ass.], 1 (1905), pp. 161, pis. 17). — The work conducted in 1905 following the appropriation in May of funds for suppressing these pests is reported. As against 34 cities and towns covering an area of 359 square miles of terri- tory infested by the gipsy moth in 1900, 124 cities and towns covering an area of 2,224 square miles were found to be infested in 1905. The work with natural enemies is considered at length, the report of the consulting entomologist, C. H. Fernald, the report of the work with insect enemies of these pests by L. O. Howard, and the report of work with fungus parasites of the brown-tail moth, by G. E. Stone, being incorporated. Second annual report of the superintendent for suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, A. H. Kirkland (sliin. Rpt. Supt. Suppressing Gipsy and Brown-tuil Moths [Mass.], 2 {1906), pp. 110, pis. 13).— The work conducted during 1906 is here reported at length, including the report of the consulting entomologist. C. H. Fernald, the report of the work with insect parasites by L. O. Howard, and an account of the pathology of the browu-tail moth derma- titis, by E. E. Tyzzer. Third annual report of the superintendent for suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, A. H. Kirkland (Ann. Rpt. Supt. Suppressing Gipsy and Brown-tuil Moths [Mass.], 3 (1907), pp. 228. pis. 13).— The details of the work of supressiou during the year 1907 and investigations of natural enemies, including a report on parasites by L. O.. Howard, are considered at length. In an appended special report on importing parasites are incorporated the individual reports made by American and foreign entomologists following per- sonal investigations of the work under way. The entomologists thus reporting are C. P. Lounsbury, R. Heymons, R. Blanchard and G. Horvath, W. W. Frog- gatt, A. Severin, J. Fletcher, E. M. Ehrhorn, E. P. Felt, H. A. Morgan, H. Osborn, S. A, Forbes, J. B. Smith, and M. V. Slingerland. The Angoumois grain moth, T. B. Syjions (Maryland. Sta. Bui. 137, pp. 7, figs. 2). — A popular account of the life history, habits, and methods of control of this pest of stored grain, which is generally disseminated throughout Maryland. Mosquitoes of Brazil, A. G. Peryassxj (Os Culicideos do Brazil. Rio de Janeiro, 1908, pp. 407, illus.; rev. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 7 (1909), No. 3, pp. 13,5, 136). — Detailed descriptions are given of 131 species and 5 subspecies of Brazilian mosquitoes. Eight genera of the subfamily Anophelinre are repre- sented by 14 species. The distribution of mosquitoes in Rio de Janeiro, obser- vations on the larvjTe of 30 species, experimental studies on the biology of Stegoniyia faseiata, and other data are included. The work is accompanied by numerous plates. Chemical observations with the meat fly Calliphora, E. Weinland (Biol. Centbl., 29 (1909), No. 18, pp. 56-',-577, figs. 3).— A study of the biochemical processes going on during the cycle of development of the Calliphora. Further observations on the development of trypanosomes in Glossinae, Kleine (Dent. Med. Wchnschr., 35 (1909), No. 21, pp. 92Jf, 925; ads. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London], Bui. 7, jyp. 2Ji9, 250). — This is in continuation of ex- periments previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 785). Sixty-six days after the flies had fed on iiafected animals the surviving 20 were placed on sheep, calves, and goats, one to an animal, and a calf and a goat became infected after an incubation interval of 11 days. In another experiment in which 147 freshly caught Glossina palpalis were fed for 2 days on 2 sheep infected with trypanosomes and then for the successive periods of 4 days on 56 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. different healthy calves, no animals became infected. The experiments were repeated with 200 freshly canjjjht CI. palixiliK, and after 20 days, when the flies had fed on 5 healthy animals without producinj; illness, they became infective. Experiments were conducted to determine whether infective flies (d. paliiaUs) convey Triiininoxoma gamhicnse to a healthy animal once only (mechanically) or are al)le to infect many animal.s. out- after another, in the course of several days or weeks. From the results obtained the author concludes that transmis- sion is not merely mechanical but that the Glossintc are true hosts of the trypanosomes. He succeeded in infecting flies hatched out from pupte by feed- ing them on sick monkeys and in thus conveying sleeping sickness to several healthy ones. It is concluded that the developmental period in the flies may be shorter than the 20 days he had assumed it to be from his first experiment. Further investigations on the etiology of sleeping sickness, Kleine (Deut. Med. Wcliiisclir., S.') (11)09), Xo. 2D, pp. I,i57-IM0, fiij-s. .'/..^• abs. in Sleeping Sickncs.'i Bur. [London], Bui. 9, pp. 321-323). — In continuation of investigations noted above, 410 flies were fed on infected animals. Of these 22, or 5 per cent, became infective, but as about half die early in captivity the author thinks the percentage may be doubled. The limit of infectivity of the flies has not been determined. A captive Olossina morsitans, however, was found to convey trypa- nosomes after S3 days. Emphasis is placed on the fact that all the author's observations were made on fiies bred from paipse. Siphonaptera observed in the plague campaign in California, with a note upon host transference, G. W. McCoy iPul). llaiUh and Mar. Hosp. Scrv. U. S., Pub. Health Rpts., 2Ji {1909), No. 29, pp. 1013-1022).— The author presents in tabular form the results of identifications of fleas taken on various small mam- mals during the campaign against rodents for the purpose of exterminating the infection of plague among these animals in California. There were identified 12,347 fleas representing 18 species. The large majority of fleas were found associated with their pi'oper hosts, but there was some accidental distribution to adventitious liosts. Rat fleas were found several times upon squirrels and the squirrel fleas uimn rats. Some insects injurious to truck crops. The Colorado potato beetle in Virginia in 1908, C. H. Popenoe {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. 82, pt. 1, pp. 8, pis. 2). — This is an account of the investigations of the life history and methods of control of the Colorado potato beetle in the tide water region of Virginia, conducted in cooperation with the Virginia Truck Experiment Station. This section of Virginia is considered as probably the greatest center for the production of early potatoes in the eastern United States. Two crops are raised in a small portion of this area, but over the greater part only a single planting is made, this being made during the latter part of February and the first of March and the crop of new potatoes being harvested in June. As the early blight does little injury to the plants, the Colorado potato beetle becomes the worst drawback to the culture of the potato in this locality. The methods of control practiced are said to be very crude. In general the life history agrees with the description by Chittenden pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 19, p. 159). In 1908, 3 generations or broods were reared during the summer and very young larvje were seen on the tomato at Norfolk as late as September 1. The period of {estivation which generally follows the second generation in this species was shortened to 4 days in the beetles which were carried through the stages at Norfolk. The beetles which pass the winter are usually those of the third generation. On warm days with an offshore wind great numbers of the hibernated individuals are blown or carried out to sea where they perish, the beach often being covered with wind- rows of the dead beetles. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 57 Insect enemies noted were rudtsufi macuUventris and the usual tachinid; the eggs of the latter being seen on 3 to 4 per cent of the larvae. Harpaline ground beetles were abundant and Lehia grnndis is thought to have been a factor in the control of the potato beetle. A number of experiments performed with a view to discovering the cheapest and most effective insecticide for coutrolliug the pest are reported. " In con- clusion it is suggested that at least 3 thorough applications of Paris green, or arsenate of lead, with Bordeaux mixture be made, the first applied about the time that the first eggs begin to hatch, and the later applications at intervals of about 3 weeks. By this method the beetles should be easily controlled and the injury therefrom almost entirely obviated." The blue-green beetle, J. 8. Houser {Ann. Rpt. Cuban Nat. Hort. Soc, 3 (1909), PI). o.i-oS). — While there are 3 species of the Cuban blue-gi'een beetle, Pachnwus azurescens is responsible for most of the injury to Cuban citrus products. The biology of this pest is briefly considei-ed. Field experiments are said to have demonstrated that spraying with poisons can not be relied upon to fully control the beetle ; that the ordinary spray mixtures of poisons adhere with difficulty to the oily, growing shoots of the citrus plants, and that knapsack sprayers are wholly inadequate for nursery orchard spraying. The collection of adults, the encouragement of birds, the possible spraying with poisons, and the promoting of the general health of the trees are the measures recommended. Notes on some of the Eucnemidae of the Eastern States, R. W. Van Horn (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11 {1909), No. 2, pp. 5^-62, pi. 1, figs. 2).— An account of the habits of these beetles. Some species of Calligrapha, F. Knab (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11 {1909), No. 2, pp. 83-87). — Calligrapha rhoda, which feeds exclusively upon the hazel {Corylus americana) , both in the imago and larval stages; C. roivena, the food plant for which is unknown ; and C. amelia, which, in the imago and larval stages, recurs exclusively upon alder {Alniis rugosa), are here described as new. C. phUidcliihica is said to live only upon Cornus (C. stolonifera) . The sweet potato weevil {Agr. Neics [Barbados], 8 {1909), No. 192, p. 282, figs. -i). — A brief account is given of Cri/iitorhynchus batatw which attacks sweet potatoes in the field. A brief note on Chalcodermus collarishorn, J. A. Hyslop {Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11 {1909), No. 1, p. -JO). — This weevil was bred from seed pods of Cassia chamcechrista at Marr's Station, Md. New Chalcidoidea, J. C. Crawford {Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11 {1909), No. 1, pp. 51, 52). — Lciicospis robcrtsoni from Florida and Lariophagus texanus, para- sitic on Laria (Brnchus) prosopis, also bred from stems of Lcucosyris spinosus at Victoria, Tex., are described as new to science, the latter species represent- ing a new genus. A new family of parasitic Hymenoptera, J. C. Crawford {Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 11 {1909), No. 2, pp. 63, 6J/, pi. 1). — Vanhornia eucnemidarum secured from the cells of larvae of the family Eucnemidae represents a new family (VanhorniidiB), genus, and species. Report of the state entomologist [of Nebraska for 1907-8], L. Bruneb {Rpts. State Ent. and Bot. Nchr. 1907-8, pp. 5-13, figs. 2).— Brief mention is made of the insects investigated from July to December, 1907, previously noted from another source (E. S. R., 20. p. 114(3; 21, p. 249). Among the more injurious insects investigated in 190S were the box-elder aphis, melon aphis, strawberry leaf-roller, corn earworm, chinch bug, and sev- eral species of social caterpillars including the walnut datana, fall webworm, and white-marked tussock moth. In the uurseries of portions of the State, 18556—10 5 58 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Carolina poplars were attacked by the cotton leaf beetle (Lina scripta). An entirely new wheat insect, probably an Eleotles, appoaretl among the wheat fields, the larvjc attacking the seed in the gronnd before it germinated. Other insects mentioned are a sawfly {Monostege rosce) which injured culti- vated roses, the Colorado potato beetle, potato stalk borer, and cabbage but- terfly, and a new grass-infesting scale {EiiopcJtis coloradensis). A detailed study of the life history of this scale showed it to be at least 2-brooded and capable of becoming a very important pest of the wild-hay crop in the western counties of the State. Report of the entomologist, D. L. Van Dine { Hawaii Sta. Rpt. 190S, pp. 11- jfl). — Investigations were made of the insects affecting live stock and bee keep- ing, and in Oahu further work was undertaken on the insects affecting pine- apple, cotton, and mangels. The horn fly and sheep-maggot fly iCaUiphora dux) are discussed and brief mention is made of several important cotton in- sects, of which a more detailed account is noted below. The year is reported to have been marked by a decided impetus to the bee keeping industry, the season's crop showing an increase from 600 tons to nearly 1,000 tons, and the honey and wax crop being estimated as worth $100,000. The number of colonies at present in the Territory is not far below 20,000. A list is given of the honey trees and plants found in the Islands. The mealy bug {Pseudoooccus citri) has become as serious a pest of the pine- apple as is the pineapple scale {Diaspis hromelice), previously noted (E. S. K., 16, p. 683). Aside from the injury to the plant, the mealy bug injures the fruit directly by its feeding and indirectly by acting as an agent in the spread of the pineapple rot. During the season it was demonstrated that the scale and mealy bug can be controlled in the field and that clean shipments of fruit are possible by proper methods of fumigation. Trial fumigation of plants before setting them in the field indicates that plants will not stand as large a dosage of hydrocyanic gas as will fruit for ship- ment. For plants to be set in the field it is recommended that for every 100 cu. ft. of space, 1 oz. potassium cyanid, 2 fluid oz. sulphuric acid, and 4 fluid oz, of water be used, with an exposure of li hours. For fruit for shipment lA oz. of potassium cyanid for every 100 cu. ft. of air space is recommended. For field treatment an emulsion of kerosene is recommended for the scale and tobacco dust for the mealy bug. A revised list is given of the injurious insects of Hawaii, Keport on the insects which affect the cotton plant in the Hawaiian Islands, D. T. Fullaway {Hawaii Sta. Bui. 18, pp. 5-21, figs. 78 ).— Although cotton has not up to the present time been one of the agricultural industries in the Hawaiian Islands, experiments conducted by the station haA-e given re- markably promising results. This investigation of the insects affecting the cot- ton plant has been conducted in view of the fact that the profit to be obtained from its growth will largely depend upon the extent of the insect injury. In Honolulu, a stem maggot has been found which attacks the plant soon after germination. Although adults have not been bred it is thought to be a common species, as carnations and pigeon peas have been noticed to suffer from similar attacks. A wireworm which attacks germinating cotton is thought to be Simodactijlus cinnamomcus. Agrotis ypsilon is the cutworm which has been observed to attack cotton most frequently. Cotton suffers more or less from Aphis gossypii, and at certain seasons the damage becomes a great handicap to the plant. Adoretus tcmtimaculatus has injured cotton to some extent through attacking the foliage. The mealy bugs Pseudococcus virgatus and P. fllainenfo- sus are serious pests, the former occurring in the Islands on Dolichos lablab, ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 59 poinsettia, oleander, violets, litchi, and klu. P. filamentosus, which is probably the most destructive coccid in the Islands, attacking hibiscus, mulberry, grape, and citrus trees, has been a pest of cotton for several years. The worst insect enemy of cotton is the Hawaiian bollworm {Gelechia gossy- liiclla) which primarily attacks the boll, although the immature worms some- times enter the ovary and devour the young ovules preventing the normal form- ing of the boll, which either di'ops or opens prematurely, before the lint has been formed. In the boll it causes premature opening, rotting, and soiling of the lint. In a planting where no effort was made to control the pest it was esti- mated that 50 per cent of the bolls and about 15 per cent of the seeds were in- fested. For practical reasons the use of artificial remedies is not advised at the present time. The regular destruction of infested boUs by burning; severe pruning, and bui-ning after the last picking in the fall; the collection and burn- ing of all fallen bolls; ginning soon after picking, etc., are recommended. The parasite Clielonus bluckburni li;is been bred by the author from this pest. Heliothis obsolcta has not as yet been found to attack cotton, although it often infests corn and has occasionally been bred from other plants. Its parasites are so efficient that it is not expected that it will become an important factor in cotton production in the Islands. The leaf-folding caterpillar ArchipH postvittanus does some injury to the foliage. The larva of the phycitid Cryptoblabes alirna has been found upon cotton, an undetermined species of the genus Myelois has been bred from infested cotton bolls, and Sinoxylon cpnigerum has been found to bore in cotton stems. Under minor pests the author mentions a thrips as being commonly found in the blossoms, but apparently the source of little injury. A red spider (Tct- ranychus sp. ) commonly found on the foliage of bolls is probably responsible for some spotting, A psocid and 3 coleopterous species are connnonly found about cotton. I'nder beneficial insects found in cotton fields, the author mentions a number of lady beetles, Syrphus flies, and several predaceous hemiptera. The impor- tance of strict quarantine measures with regard to imported seed or cotton stock is emi)hasized. The most promi^^ing field for improvement in conditions is thought to lie in cultural methods. Contribution to the knowledge of the injurious olive insects and their natural enemies, G. Martelli, F. Silvestri and L. Masi {Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. e Ayr. R. Sciioht Sup. Ayr. Portici, 2 {1908), pp. 1-358, fiys. 151). — A collection of ai'ticles from the entomological laboratory at Portici. A note is given on the feeding habits (pp. 3-12) and another on the number of generations (pp. 13-17) of the olive fly. The ectophagus hymenopterous parasites of the olive fly obs-erved up to the present time in southern Italy, and their importance in combating this pest, are discussed at length (pp. 18-82), Dinarmus dacicida, described as new, and Eulophus longulus, Eupelmus uro- zonus, and Eurytoma rosce are the species considered. Tables are included for their separation in larval, pupal, and adult stages. Studies made of the per- centage of olive flies parasitized at different localities in Italy are presented and their economic importance and possibilities discussed. The olive leaf tineid i Prayx oJccUuh) and its parasites are considered at some length (pp. 83-184), considerable attention being given to the chief natural causes which prevent the multiplication of the pest. These are taken up imder the headings lepidopterous. dipterous, and hymenopterous insects. The classi- fication of the parasites of the olive fly is briefly considered (pp. 185-194). A lepidopterous pest belonging to the family LyonetiidiP, which lives in the olive leaves, is described as representing a new genus and species, (Ecophyllembius 60 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. neglect Uft (pp. 105-21(5). Under the title (>1)S(m- vat ions on the Coccidre ()f the Olive and their rarasites in Puglia and Calabria, Lecanium olew. riiiliitpin olew, A.^iddiotus hetuhi, and PoUinia poUhii are considered (pp. 217-2!M!). The fig coecid (Veroplaste.s rusei) and its natural enemies are also discussed (pii. 20(i-8!J8). Garden insects and how to control them, E. D. Sanderson {Trans. Mass. Hurt. Hoe., I'JOl), pt. 1, pp. .ii)-dS). — A paper read before the Massachusetts Horticultural Society, January 1(J, 1909. Our honey bees, K. Sajo {Unsere Hoiiujhieiie. Htuttgart, l'.)()i), pp. lOH, fig.'i. ',1). — This is a small handbook on bees, their structure and habits, and the business of bee keeping. Eri or castor silk, H. M. Lefroy {Agr. Jour. Jndia, '/ (I'JOO), No. 2, pp. Uij- 133, pis. 8). — Eri silk is described as the cocoon of Attacus ricini, probably the domesticated form of A. eijnthia which is found in a wild stage in Assam and in the outer forested slopes of the Himalayas. " Eri silk is domesticated in the Assam valley, where it is grown for local use and, to a limited extent, for export. With Muga silk {Anthcnra assama) it forms what is known in India as 'Assam silk ' as apart from tussur and from nuilberry silk. At the present time, eri is not generally cultivated outside Eastern Bengal and Assam, Rung- l)ur being about its western limit. During the past 2 years it has been ex- perimentally grown at Pusa, and it is being grown also in other parts of India, from seed obtained from Pusa. " Eri silk has pecularities which distinguish it from all other silks cultivated or collected in India. In the first place, the worms require only castor leaves for food ; mulberry is not a food plant. In the second, the cocoon is not a closed one and is not reelable in the same way as are mulberry or tussur silk cocoons; the caterpillar, in preparing the cocoon, leaves one end closed only with converging loops of silk, so that, while nothing can get in, the moth can push out ; but the cocoon is made in layers, is not composed of a single thread and can not be reeled by the ordinary process. On the other hand, the silk has this immense advantage, that the cocoons do not require to be ' stifled,' that is, killed, to prevent the egress of the moth ; in preparing mulberry and tussur silk, the cocoon is killed, since the moth in getting out so damages the cocoon that it can not be reeled so well. Seven or eight broods are obtained yearly, and as the production of eggs is large, a large brood can be secured from a small quantity of initial seed when castor is plentiful, and several crops of cocoons are obtainable yearly. The silk cocoons can be utilized just as cotton is, but yield a cloth far more durable and lasting. Dyed cloth is produced with ease by dyeing the cocoons, the thread, or the cloth." A detailed account of the industi-y is contributed. Sericulture [in Japan], C. Shimooka (In Agriculture in Japan. Tokyo: Govt.. 190S, pp. 30S-32Ji). — The author reviews the history of sericulture in Japan, showing that the origin of the industry belongs to antiquity. In 1906 there were 1.407,7(56 families engaged in silkworm raising. Silk production now forms one of the most important industries of Japan, coming close after rice and barley in importance as an article of domestic production, while as an article of export it stands first in imi)ortance. FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. Chemistry of flesh. A preliminary study of the effect of cold storag'e upon beef and poultry, A. D. Emmett and H. S. CiRindley {Jour. Indus, and Eiigin. Chem.. 1 (JDO!)), Nos. 1, pp. 413-Jf36; 8, pp. 580-597).— This includes two series of studies. FOODS HUMAN NUTKITION. 61 In the first series (pp. 413-436), the results are reported of 3 extended experi- ments, 2 with beef and 1 with fowl. In the case of the beef, uncooked meat held in storage for different periods was used, dfferent cuts being analyzed. In the case of the fowl, fresh, unstored chickens, drawn frozen chickens, and un- drawn frozen chickens were analyzed, the samples in each instance being cooked. In the case of the refrigerated beef which was stored for 22 days, the average data indicate, according to the authors, that there was no loss of water. " The percentage of the water-soluble solids, the soluble, insoluble and total protein, the noncoagulable protein, the nitrogenous and total organic extractives, the forms of ash, the total nitrogen and the total phosphorus, all remained practically unchanged. " The only consistent real changes were a distinct increase in the total soluble and the soluble inorganic phosphorus, being S and 17.9 per cent respectively, and a decrease of 8.3 per cent in the nonnitrogenous organic extractives. "The nutritive value of the meat was unaltered." As regai'ds the beef which was refrigerated for 43 days, there was a loss of water amounting to 1.3 per cent, causing a proportional increase in all the other constituents. This loss of water "produced differences in some instances which was sufficient to overbalance the amounts in the fresh samples." The ratio of the nonproteid to proteid nitrogen was lessened. " When allowance was made for the loss of moistui'e, the additional changes which occurred in cold storage consisted in a definite increase in the soluble dry substance, the nitrogenous, nonnitrogenous, and total organic extractives, the total soluble nitrogen, the soluble inorganic phosi)horus, and a slight in- crease in the soluble coagulable and total soluble protein nitrogen, and also in the insoluble and total nitrogen. " The chemical changes in the 43-day refrigerated meats were greater in number than in the 22-day samples, yet as far as nutritive value was concerned, the former showed an increase in the organic extractives and soluble protein, and but an insignificant decrease in the total protein. " The analyses of the frozen drawn and undrawn chicken showed, when allow- ances were made for the variations in fat and moisture, that there was almost no difference between the two. one being equally as good as the other. " The analysis of the fresh and the frozen drawn and undrawn fowl, obtained from the same lot, showed that the latter changed but slightly and to such an extent that there was practically no difference in the nutritive value of the three, after correcting for the differences in the fat and moisture content." The second series (pp. 580-597) included extended studies of the comparative losses, and the chemical changes resulting therefrom, in the cooking of refrig- erated meat held in cold storage for varying lengths of time. In general, the authors concluded that " many of the differences between cooked meats from the samples which were held in cold storage for 6 and 43 days corresponded to those which were found to exist for the uncooked refrigerated samples. " The cooked meats from the 43-day storage sample lost less in cooking either by boiling or roasting than did those from the 6-day sample, the broths and the drippings in these cases being on the average lower in their percentage content of soluble, insoluble, and total dry substance, of organic extractives, of soluble protein, of soluble ash, and of fat. " The cooked meats from the longer stored sample were higher in their per- centage content of moisture and were therefore juicier, higher in soluble and insoluble dry substance, in nitrogenous, nonnitrogenous and total organic ex- tractives, in fat, in total ash, and in soluble inorganic, total soluble, and total phosphorus. Further, the percentages of total nitrogen, insoluble and total 62 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. protein were practically tbo same as were those for tbe samples from the G-day storage meat. Therefore the cooked meats from the 43-day samples, judging from the chemical composition, were at least as nutritious as were those from the samples stored for the shorter period of time." Report on the nature of ''black spots" on chilled beef, E. Klein (Meat Trades' Jour., 30 {190'.)), 2fos. 1113, p. 23J,; 111 J,, pp. 2G0, 20 1, figs. 2 ) .—Accord- ing to the author's ol)servMtions, the so-called " black spots " are due to a fungus, O'idium carnis. The development of this fungus is described. In the light of experiments with animals, according to the author, the mate- rial of the black spots " is harmless to the animal body. . . . The presence of the mycelium does not in any way alter the normal character of the tissue ele- ments themselves, either those amongst which the mycelium is situated or those beyond its extension." The averag'e amount of salt in Vienna pickled meat, A. Lambert ( Tierdrztl. Zentbl, 32 (1909), Xo. 26, pp. J,0.',-Jil 1).— The average salt content of 95 samples was 6.4 per cent. Disregarding extreme values, the average was 5.3 per cent. Even this quantity is considered excessive as 5 per cent, in the author's opinion, sufficed for satisfactory pickling for the local market. Isolation of the pressor principles of putrid meat, G. Baeger and G. S. Walpole (Jour. Physiol., 38 (1909), No. .',, pp. 3^/3-352, figs. 2 ) .—According to the authors' summary, bases are formed in the putrefaction of horse meat which cause a rise of arterial blood pressure, when injected intra veneously, and which are derived from amino acids by loss of carbon dioxid. "The following have been insolated : Isoamylamiu (from leucin), ;>hydroxy- phenylethylaniin (from tyrosin), and probably phenylethylamin (from pheny- lalanin). Of these the second is the most active." The extractives of fish flesh, U. Suzuki and K. Yoshimura (Jour. Col. Agr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 1 (1909), No. 1, pp. 21-58; Ztschr. Physiol. Chem., 62 (1909), No. 1, pp. 1-35). — This study included the flesh of lobster, eel, and several sorts of fish, fresh and dried. Determinations were made of creatin, creatinin, xanthin, etc., and the presence of various monamino acids was demonstrated. The investigation was conducted along the same lines as is customary in the study of meat extract, the methods followed l)eing described. The extracts varied with reference to the kind and amount of the bodies isolated. The occurrence of hexon bases in quantity in fish and lobster flesh is especially noteworthy. M. Yamakawa and Y. Irie were associated with the authors in the investiga- tion. Artiflcial egg yolk, F. Bordas arid F. Touplain (Ann. Falsi/., 2 (1909), No. 10, pp. 370-372). — The samples analyzed consisted of casein colored with coal-tar dye. Desiccated foods, F. Toggenburg (Schweiz. Wehnschr. Chem. u. Pharm., Ifl (1909), No. 31, pp. Ji77-Ji80). — The process of manufacture of highly desiccated commercial food materials from cereals is described, and analyses are quoted of an oat product of this character and data given regarding the amount of water which such foods will absorb in comparison with ordinary products. A high degree of heat is used in the manufacture of these goods and a decided increase in the soluble carbohydrates was noted. The bleaching of flour, W. D. Halliburton (Jour. Hyg. [Cambridge], 9 (1909), No. 2, pp. 170-180). — Investigations are reported in connection with a general discussion of flour bleaching. According to the author's results with samples of starch and protein (fibrin) to which small quantities of sodium nitrite were added, the nitrite hindered POODS HUMAN NUTRITION. ^3 and lessened the action of amylolytic and proteolytic enzyms, the retarding action being very great in the presence of quite minute amounts of nitrites. " Seeing that nitrous acid and its salts produce no known chemical action on starch, their inhibiting action on its digestion by amylolytic enzyms can only at present be explained by their action on the enzyni. " But in the case of protein there are two possibilities, action on the enzym and action on the substrate (protein)." From further studies of this question the author concludes that " the presence of nitrous acid (even in the comparatively innocuous form of a salt) hinders enzym action. " Previous treatment with nitrous acid alters a protein in such a way as to render it less readily susceptible to the solvent action of digestive juices." Similar results to those with starch were obtained in salivary digestion of sami)les of bleached Hour. In studies with separated gluten the comparative indigestibility of that from bleached specimens of flour was marked. The decrease in digestibility was not proportional to the amoimt of nitrite-reacting material i»resent in the flour. " From this one would judge that the main deleterious action is exerted by the nitrous fumes while in contact with the flour, and the diminution of digesti- bility does not depend on the more or less accidental quantity left behind. . . . " The results obtained by those who have had the opportunity of examining the breads show that the lessening of digestibility of the bread is less marked than it is in the flour. This appears to be partly due to the reduction of the amount of nitrite-reacting material which occurs during baking, and in refer- ence to the protein (gluten) one can only suggest that the process of baking increases the difficulty of digestion of that substance even in unbleached speci- mens, so that any difference in digestibility between a loaf made from it and one made from bleached flour would not be so noticeable. It can hardly be doubted that this, which after all is the most important question from the stand- point of the consumer, has had considerable influence with judges in deciding as they have that the objection to artificial bleaching is more or less theoretical. But knowing as we do the possible practical dangers which might ensue were millers allowed a free hand in the use of the vei-y strong reagent they employ, it is necessary that a strict watch should be exercised to keep its use within the limits of safety." Flour bleach.ing, its relation to bread production and nutrition, J. A. Wesener and G, L. Teller {Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 1 {1909), No. 10, pp. 700-711). — To secure data regarding the effects of bleaching on flour an experiment of 11 weeks' duration was undertaken, in which bread and biscuits made from bleached and unbleached flour were fed to rats. The composition of the flour before and after bleaching was determined and data regarding the yield of bread, the size and quality of the loaf, and other similar information were recorded for the 2 sorts of flour. The authors state that even in the short process of bread making followed the nitrites of the bleached flour were in many instances entirely removed. At the end of the period a number of rats from each lot were dissected. A second test with rats, covering a period of several months, was also made but the data are not reported, the general findings, according to the authors, being substantially the same as in the experiment referred to above. " There were noticed no nutritional disturbances of any kind, and the post-mortem examina- tion showed no lesions which in any way could be attributed to the bread made from . . . [bleached] flour. In addition to the feeding experiments conducted with the rats, we have fed the guinea pigs, which we have always on hand for experimental purposes, bread from bleached flour covering a period of more 64 EXPERIMENT STATION IIKCOKI). than 6 years. Duriiif: tliis tiiuo we liavo nevor once noticed any symptom or sign in the health of Ihe animals which could in any way be traced to the bread made from bleached tlonr. Post-mortem examinations never revealed any lesion which could in any way be associated with the food which they had been receiving." From their experiments and a general summary of data, some deductions are drawn from which the following are quoted: "The essential action of the bleaching of flour is to remove from it a small amount of yellow color which in itself is in no wise a valuable constituent in the flour from a food standpoint, and the presence of which is objectionable because it detracts from the tlour in the eyes of the consumer by whom the demand for flour is created. The best results are obtained by its use only when thorough purification and cleaning are adopted; and it in no way con- tributes to the covering up of an unsound or damaged condition in the wheat. . . . The most searching investigations have failed to show the presence in the commercially bleached flour of any substance that in the minute quantities in whicii it is present is in any way injurious to the bread-making qualities of the flour, or is in any way poisonous or has any toxicological or preservative action, or any action which is prejudicial to digestion or nutrition." The cooking' of bread, H. Marchand {Meun. FraiiQ., 25 (1909), No. 288, pp. 208-210). — Larger numbers of micro-organisms were found, after baking, in loaves weighing '2 kg. than in those weighing 1 kg. On an average a larger amount of starch was converted into soluble form in the smaller than in the larger loaf. Notes on the prog'nosis and treatment of pellagra, C. H. Lavinder {Pub. Health and Mar. Hasp. Serv. U. S., Pub. Health Rpts., 2) (W09), Xo. 37, pp. 1315^1321). — According to the author, "so far as a dietary containing corn is concerned, there is abundant evidence that good corn is not only a wholesome but a harmless food, and not a few writers have pointed out the folly of those who counsel the total rejection of so valuable a cereal. At the same time, entirely wholesome corn is not always easily differentiated fi-om harmful corn. In the light of our present knowledge, therefore, maize should be admitted, it seems to me, into the dietary of certain institutions, like insane asylums, with the utmost caution. As for the use of corn or its products elsewhere or in one's individual diet, that is a matter which is as yet, to some extent, sub judice, and must for the time perhaps be left to individual judgment." Chemical studies of rice and rice products, Alice R. Thompson {Hatvaii Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 51-58). — Analyses are reported of imported Japanese rice, station- grown Japanese rice, and Hawaiian " Gold Seed " rice, both polished and un- polished seed, and also of rice paddy and straw from imported and Hawaiian rice and from rice grown under different conditions. In every case the different nitrogenous constituents were determined. In the rice grain proximate analyses, and in the rice straw and paddy, proximate and ash analyses, are reported. Little variation was noted in the chemical composition of the different varie- ties of rice, and the author is of the opinion that the claim for superiority of Japanese imported over Hawaiian grown rice is not substantiated so far as nutritive value is concerned. The work along this line will be continued. Comparison of the analyses of polished and unpolished grain showed that the unpolished rice contained about four times as much fat as the polished, as well as more protein, crude fiber, and ash. Practically all the nitrogen of the rice grain was found to be i)roteid nitrogen. As regards rice feeding stufTs. the data reported show, according to the author, that " Japan Seed rice paddy has the lowest protein value. The Japan Seed FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 65 rice and the dry-land grown rice contain a little more fat than the Gold Seed, and abont 4 per cent more fiber. Studying the ash constituents, the Japanese rice and the dry-land grown rice contain the highest percentage of potash, the Japan the least jihosphoric acid, the Hawaiian rice the most lime. The mag- nesia is about the same all through. " In one case the dry-land rice variety was grown under wet-land conditions. T'nder these conditions the pi-otein and fiber became less, the lime a little higher, but no other especial change was produced. "The composition of the rice straw is not so definite as that of the paddy. Rice of the same variety varies. "As for its ash constituents, the dry-land variety of straw takes up less lime but much more phosphoric acid than the other rices. " In case the dry-land variety is grown under wet-land couditions, the crude fiber and lime increase and the protein and phosphoric acid decrease. There is not much difference between the Japan wet-land rice and the Hawaiian wet- land rice. " The composition of rice hay is calculated from the analyses of both paddy and straw, knowing the proportion of paddy to straw. Only the dry-land rice hay is at px'esent of practical importance, as it can be most cheaply grown. As it has the highest protein content, it will be of more value as a fodder." Rice, C. SiiiMOOKA (In Agriculture in J hours had little efl'ect on its composition. " The hot-pressed Concord juices were considerably richer in solids than the cold-pressed, and this difference was due to slijiht increase in ash. total acids, and total tartrates, an increase in nitrogen and decided increases in undeter- mined solids, and tannin and coloring matter. " The Catawba grape juice was similar in composition to the cold-pressed Concord, but higher in total acids, total tartrates, and protein. . . . "When grape juice low in tannin' and coloring matter was titrated, litmus indicated from 9G to 98 per cent of the acids ])resent. "When juices high in tannin and coloring matter were titrated, but from HTi to 00 per cent of the acids apparently i)resent were indicated by litmus. After removing the tannin and coloring matter litmus indicated from 9() to 07 per cent of the amounts of acid shbwn by pluMiolplithaleiii. " Litmus is to be preferred to phenolphthalein in the titration of total acid in products containing appreciable quantities of tannin and coloring matter since by its use these substances are not appreciably titrated." Grapes and their products as food for man and animals, C. Grimaldi {Bol. ' Quiiul. 8oc. Afir. ItaL, U, (1909), No. 8, pp. 369-388).— An extended summary and discussion of the manufacture and use of grapes, wine, and other grape products, and similar topics. The examination of Gironde white wines, IU.akez. Carles and Gayon (Ann. Falsif.. 2 (1909), No. 10, pp. 375-378). — Analyses are reported and briefly dis- cussed. Segonnaux wines, A. Descomps (Ann. Falsif., 2 (1909), No. 11, pp. J/OS, J,09). — A number of analyses are reported. Fruit beers (Pharm. ZentralhaUe, 50 (1909), No. 33, pp. 6S.'/).— Fruit beers, called " bees," are described and analyses of a home-brewed and a commercial product reported. The contents of sulphurous acid in beer, A. Bonn (Ann. Falsif., 2 (1909), No. 3. pp. Ji-'i, .'/.5). — The results show the amount of sulphurous acid in l»eer to which no addition of sulphites had been made. The chemistry of hops, R. Siller (Ztsclir. Vntcrsucli. Nahr. a, CtenussmtL, 18 (1909), No. .'f, pp. 2fil-271, figs. //). — This is a contribution to the chemistry of hops and consists chiefly of a study of the bitter substances. The investiga- tion includes a study of the nature of the bitter acids and the resins. Minutes of evidence taken by the royal commission on whisky and other potable spirits with appendices ( London: flort., 1909, vol. 2, pp. 273, map 1). — This volume contains a list of witnesses appearing before the royal commis- sion and the minutes of evidence, while a number of papers are included in the appendices, among others, contributions on analyses of various samples of rum. by J. Heron ; on analyses of Jamaica rums from the docks, by F. L. Teed ; analyses of eaux-de-vie, cognacs, etc., by Fernbach ; analyses of genuine cognac brandies, by P. Schidrowitz ; analyses of whiskies, brandies, rums, gins, and other goods, and a study of pot still and patent still spirits and analytical analyses undertaken to show the changes in spirits during storage in wooden casks and in glass bottles, together with data on the examination of commer- cial spirits and methods of estimating the secondary constituents, by T. E. Thorpe; information regarding the law and practice of the board of customs, by A. J. Tedder ; and other similar topics and summaries of data on pure food legislation. FOODS^ — HUMAN NUTEITION. 67 The caflFein content of coffee and the loss of caffein by roasting, K. Lendkich and E. Nottbohm (Ztschr. Untersuch. Xalir. a. Genussmtl., IS {1909), No. 5, pp. 299-308). — Coffees from various sources were analyzed as to their caffein content before and after roasting in 300 gm. lots in the laboratory. The caffein originally contained in the coffee on the average was 1.46 per cent, calculated to dry substance. The caffein loss by roasting was on the average 5 per cent of the total caffein. The fat and water content of cocoa powders, A. Reinsch {Bcr. Chcm. Untersuch. Amt. Altona, J908, pp. 29-31; «6.s'. in Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmt!., IS (1909), No. .'/, p. 281). — Twenty-five samples of cocoa were ex- amined, 11 showing a fat content of from 13.1 to 20 per cent, 12 from 20.1 to 25 per cent, and 2 from 25.1 to 30 per cent. Among 21 samples of cocoa pow- ders 6 had a water content below 5 per cent, 0 liad from 5.1 to 0 per cent, 5 from G.l to 7 per cent, and 1, 7.34 per cent. The adulteration of mustard, (I. Jorgensen {Ann. Falsif., 2 {1909), No. 10, pp. 372-375). — Determinations are reported of mustard essence and thiosin- namin in different species of Brassica seed, the data being discussed with ref- erence to pure food law requirements. The adulteration of saffron, E. Collin {Ann. Falsi/., 2 {1909), No. 10, pp. 378-383, figs. 2).— An illustrated, histological study of vegetable substances with .M view to the detection of the adulteration of saffron. The chemical composition and analysis of licorice bonbons and similar products, A. AuGUET (.1///;. Falsif., 2 { 1909), No. 10, pp. 387-390). — The examina- tion of such goods is discussed and analytical data reported. Notices of judgment {U. ^'. Dcpt. Ayr., Notices of Judgment 91, pp. 2; 92-93, pp. h; 9.'i-99, pp. 8; 100-101, pp. Ji). — The subjects included are the misbranding of lemon, raspberry, and strawberry extracts, canned peaches, plums, pears, and apricots, beans, water, canned corn, canned tomatoes, sirup, and a cereal, the adulteration of oats, and the adulteration and misbranding of sirup. Official inspections {Maine 8ta. Off. I)isp. 13, pp. 93-100). — Data are given regarding the examination under the state law of a number of samples of coffee, gelatin, sweet oil, and honey. Food and drug inspection {Nevada Sta. Bui. 70, pp. 5-32). — This bulletin contains the text of the pure food and drug law enacted by the Nevada state legislature of 1909 and the standards of purity adopted. The supervision and enforcement of this law are placed in the hands of the director and staff" of the Nevada Station. [Pure food work in Florida] {Fla. Quart. Bui. Agr. Dept., 19 {1909), No. 3. pp. 59-69, 9.'i-107). — The text of the Florida pure food law is quoted and data reported regarding the examination of a large number of samples of alcoholic beverages, drugs, butter, coffee, condensed milk, flavoring extracts, catsup, baking powder, and miscellaneous materials. Beport of the state food commissioner, A, H. Jones {Ann. Rpt. State Food Comr. III., 9 {1908), pp. V 11+316, pis. 2).— In addition to the report of the commissioner summarizing the work of the department, this volume contains the report of the state analyst, T. J. Bryan, the report of the stock food chemist, Lucy F. Doggett, reports of the food and stock inspectors, the text of the state pure food law, tentative food standards, summaries of bulletins issued by the state food commission's office, and similar data. Out of a total of 5,420 foods of different sorts and stock foods, 3,642 were found to be legal and 1,778 illegal. The report of the commissioner and the reports of the chemist contain a considerable amount of data regarding the manufacture and use of different food products. 68 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Foodstuffs [and drug's], I). Hooi'kk (.1/(//. Riit. Indian Mks. Indus. Sect.. J'JOS-'J, pp. 13-16). — Data are given regarding the analyses of Burmese sea- weed (Catanclla impudica), cassava starch, plantain meal, the fruits of a wild date (Phwnix paludo/ia), and a number of samples of rice and drugs. The wild date fruits were tested for sugar, but the (piantity found was so small that iu the author's opinion it could not b«' lu'ofitably separated for industrial purjMjses. Products for foodstuffs and special use, (\ Siiimooka (In Af/riciillnrc in .Iiijiiin. Tokifo: (lort., I DOS, pp. J.ll-llH). — Data are given regarding the aver- age acreage over a jteriod of years and the average yearly i)roduction in .Japan of rice of different sorts and of other cereals, of soy beans, sweet potatoes, j»ota- toes, and some other agricultural crops. Scattered thi-ough this and other sections of the volume may be found nnich information regarding the kind and amount of vegetable and animal food jiroducts used in .Japan, the present food habits as compared with those of earlier times, and similar topics. The balance between inorganic acids and bases in animal nutrition, E. P>. Forbes (Ohio Std. liiil. 21)1, pp. .i.i-').i). — This bulletin seeks to show the bear- ing upon practical animal nutrition of the relationship between those mineral elements of our foodstuffs and of living animal tissues, which in the body give rise to Inorganic acids, and the various means at the disposal of the animal for accomplishing protection from these acids through effecting their neutraliza- tion. The relation of ash constituents to human nutrition in general is also considered. The results of investigations on this subject are reviewed in detail and some of the conclusions of the author are as follows: " [Mineral] acids are formed chiefly by the cleavage and oxidation of the proteids, either of the body or of the food, the sulphur and phosphorus con- tained therein, as constituent parts, being oxidized to the corresponding in- organic acids. . . . •' The continued neutralization of excessive amounts of acids by some of these means, especially by use of the carbonates of the bones, may mold the whole style of development of a gi'owing animal; may cause serious states of malnu- trition and may act as contributory causes of a number of diseases of both man and other animals. . . . •' The practical bearing of the subject is on the feeding of such animals as are reared most largely on cereals, namely, swine and poultry ; especially on the growth of the bones of animals; on acidosis in infants; and on the care of sufferers from rickets, osteomalacia, osteoporosis, bran disease, and diabetes. . . . " It is important not only that there be a considerable excess of mineral bases in the food but also that this excess be maintained at a high level, that is, that aside from the balance between acid and base, the total quantity of ash should be considerable. . . . "The capacity of the animal body to neutralize and eliminate alkali seems to be entirely adequate. In practice, animals do not experience injurious excess of alkali as they do excess of acid. " Consumption of a needless amount of protein unnecessarily taxes the acid- neutralizing capacity of the anmial, and if carried to a sufficient extreme, results either in discouragement of the formation of bone or in malnutrition of the bones. . . . "A high fat-content, or indigestible character of the fat of milk fed to infants suffering from digestive disturbances, causes acid intoxication by withdrawal of alkalis, by way of the feces, in the condition of difficultly soluble calcium soaps. . . . ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 69 "Any such circumstances, as drought, or poverty of the soil in calcium and ])hosphorus, as tend to diminish the content of the forage in these elements, at the same time limits the growth of the bones and favors the development of diseased conditions in the animals consuming them. " No animals which consume fruits, vegetables, milk, or roughage in sufficient proportion to other food are likely to suffer from an excess of mineral acids in the body. Animals fed too little else than meat, eggs, and cereal foods, in- cluding bread, are more likely than others to suffer from an excess of inorganic acids or a deficiency of inorganic liases. " Growing animals, when fed for protracted periods on either cereals or meats alone, suffer from malnutrition of the bones, this ailment being caused by the deficiency of these foods in mineral bases. " Swine, because of their very rapid growth, have especial need for calcium in the food, as is indicated by the unusual richness of sow's milk in calcium. Corn contains less calcium than other common grain foods and on that account is less i)erfectly adapted to serve as an only food for swine. "Clover and alfalfa are especially rich in calcium and hence serve to make good the deficiency of corn in this element." A bibliography is appended. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. [Analyses of Hawaiian fodders], Alice R. Thompson (Hawaii Sta. Rpt. W08, pp. 58, 59). — Analyses are reported of Rhodes grass, cassava waste, Ameri- can wheat hay, and cowpea, pigeon pea, and jack bean green fodder, as follows : Composition of Hawaiian foddrrs. Kind of fodder. Water. Pro- tein. Amid nitro- gen. Fat. Nitro- gen- free ex- tract. Crude fiber. Ash. Potash. Lime. Phos- phoric acid. AIR-DRIED. Rhodes grass ha v . . Do :... Per ct. 11.75 9.87 9.44 83. l.-i 70.00 76.81 Per ct. 6.08 7.25 4.48 3.71 7.11 5.21 Per ct. 0.212 .204 .106 .169 .139 .204 Per ct. 2.31 1.39 1.82 .22 1.65 .48 Perct. 42.51 44.64 46. 14 5.26 7.88 8.44 Per ct. 30.20 29. 21 31.80 5.75 10.72 6.36 Per ct. 7.15 7.64 7.32 1.91 2.64 2.70 Per ct. 1.314 .681 .904 .650 Per ct. 0.730 .805 .375 .290 .428 .780 Per ct. 0.280 FRESH MATERIAL. Cowpea ( Vigna cat- jang) ........ .183 Pigeon pea (Caja- nusindictis) Jacli bean ( Ca7iava- lia enaiformis) .259 .162 " The fat content of the cowpea is lower than that of American cowpeas, but the jack bean and pigeon pea contain a good deal of fat (as estimated by ether extraction). The cowpea has a higher fiber content than the average pea grown in America." [Analyses of feeding stuffs], R. E. Rose and E. P. Greene (Fla. Quart. Bui. .Af/r. Dept., 19 (1909), No. 3, pp. 8Jf-93). — Analyses are reported of rescue grass hay, marsh grass hay, wheat bran and middlings, cotton-seed meal, barley, oats, and mixed feeding stuffs. Commercial feeding' stuffs, R. E. Stali.ings (But. Ga. Dept. .\gr., 1909, No. JfS, pp. 81). — This contains the text of the feeding stuffs law and comments thereon, also rules and regulations prescribed by the commissioner of agricul- ture which relate to the execution of the law. Analyses are reported of bran, 70 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. middlings, and otlicr wlioat products, cotton-stH'd meal, dried hoot pulp, corn chop, oats, hominy, and poultry and mixed foods. Formulas are given for condiniontai stock foods and examples of rations for all kinds of live stock. Inspection of feeding- stuffs, E. L. Baker et al. (New York State Sta. Bui. old, pp. 163-251). — This hulletin contains a list of brands of feeding stuffs licensed for 1000 and reports analyses of 403 samples of feeds which include cotton and linsood meals, malt sprouts, distillers' and brewers' grains, corn brans, gluten, hominy, and comiuiunded feeds, and animal products. " With a large number of the compounded foods analyzed during the past season the proportion of protein and fiber and the general appearance of tlio mixtures, or other reasons, led to a more detailed examination than the mere determination of protein and fat. Not only have the percentages of pi'otein, fat, and fiber been determined, but these mixtures have been studied with reference to the ingredients from which they were compounded. These ex- aminations not only reveal the presence of oat hulls, peanut hulls, rice hulls, ground corncob and weed seeds in the feeding stuffs found in New York markets, but also show that many of these mixtures are misbranded in a way calculated to deceive the purchaser, a deception which must be regarded as intentional." Wheat offals wereoften found adulterated with ground corncob. "The en- trance of oat hulls into the feeding stuffs trade has made it possible to adulter- ate gi'ain mixtui'es in a way that escapes ordinary observation. Often the term 'chop' or 'corn and oat' is a part of the brand name and carries with it the significance that has been attached to it in the past and thus adds to the deception." Molasses feeds were often found to contain weed seeds, oat hulls, oat glumes, and straw. " The writer is informed on good authority that the mill and ele- vator sweepings made in Buffalo are shipped to the manufacturers at a uni- form price of $9 per ton at the place of mixing. After mixing these are sold to the consumer at prices approaching $27 or $28 per ton." A table is given showing the composition and digestibility of buckwheat hulls, corncobs, oat feed, peanut feed, husks, and shells, and rice hulls, which are used in adulterating feeding stuffs. The text of the feeding stuffs law as recently amended is also included. By-product feeding' stuffs, H. P. Armsby {Amrr. Hay, Flour, and Feed Jour., Jo (1909), No. 6, pp. 31, 32). — This is a discussion of the feeding value of by-products. It is pointed out that under the present process bran is a much njore expensive feeding stuff than standard middlings as a source of energy. Lilvowise, linseed meal is more expensive than distillers' grains. The cost per therm of tliose and other by-products is given. American molasses feeds; their manufacture and composition, J. E. Hal- LiGAN {Amer. Ilaij, Flour, and Feed Jour., to (1909), No. 6, pp. 27-29; Jour. InduH. and Enyin. Chem., 1 (1909), No. 7, pp. ^i-'fl-4'i5). — This is an account of the methods of manufacturing molasses feeds. Analyses are given of foreign and domestic brands found on the market. How should dried potatoes be fed? Parow (Ztsehr. Spiritu.tindus., 32 (1909), No. 39, pp. U9, ',50; Deut. Landw. Prcsse, 36 (1909), No. 79, p. 81,2).— Seventy-four different rations containing dried potatoes in the form of flakes or chips are suggested for various kinds of live stock. The self -heating of hay, F. W. J. Boekhout and J. J. <). de Vries (Cenihl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Aht., 23 (1909), Nos. 1-5, pp. 106-108).— From the results of these experiments, which are in continuation of earlier work (E. S. R., 17, i>. 1001), it is evident that water has a great influence on the oxidizing process occurring during the heating of hay and that temperatures under 100° C. favor ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 71 oxidation with free oxygen and tlie formation of carbon dioxid. Pure oxygen does not liaA-e any greater influence upon the oxidizing process than does ordinary air. The heating of hay is due. to oxidation at the beginning, and the rate of oxidation rises with the temperature. Digestion coefficients with sheep, .7. H. Shepaud and A. E. Ivoch ( South Dakota S^ta. Bui. Jl'i, />/>. 525-55'/). — This bulletin reports digestion experiments with 6 grade Merino wethers. The results are given in the following table: Average coefficients of digctitiMlity obtained irith sheep. Kind of feed. Number of trials. Lowland prairie hay (native grasses) Bromus inermis hay Sixty-Day oats Swedish Select oats (Brome grass roughage) . . Emmer or speltz (various roughages) Oat straw Alfalfa hay Hanna barley (various roughages) Manchuria barley ( Brome grass roughage) . . . Durum wheat (Brome grass roughage) Black Voronezh millet (various roughages) . . . Red Orenburg millet (oat straw rousjhage) Minnesota No. 13 corn (Brome grass roughage Upland prairie hay Cord grass hay (Spariina cynosuroides) Slough grass hay (native grasses) Kentucky blue grass hay Western wlieat grass hay Sorghum fodder Corn ensilage Corn stover Protein. Per ct. 42.5 48.3 85.5 77.2 79.6 13.7 77.9 76.6 83.9 78.1 70.1 54.8 77.6 32.0 39.1 41.6 66.6 51.5 53.4 56.7 52.5 Ether Nitrogen- Per ct. 39.9 35.6 79.3 87.9 88.2 31.1 37.4 75.5 80.0 65.0 81.6 88.0 87.4 31.7 50.1 54.0 .53.2 39.4 76.7 66. 4 36.3 Per ct. 56.5 64.4 85.7 82.3 88.2 51.7 71.8 91.4 90.9 92.0 88.1 88.2 96.0 50.7 49.0 54.6 62.2 60.9 64.1 78.4 63.7 Crude fiber. Per ct. 60.1 59.0 49.7 35.5 50.5 71.6 43.8 56.3 54.3 39.8 40.2 24.3 29.3 52.7 56.1 58.8 67.0 68.2 70.8 68.3 72. 1 Protein metabolism with sheep on a ration of pure grasses, O. Hagemann {Arch. Physiol. [Pfliigcr], J28 (1009), No. .'f-5, pp. .^JS-25()).— Digestion experi- ments with growing wethers are reported with English rye grass (Lolium pcrennc), bird's foot trefoil (Lotus coruiculatus). meadow fescue (Festuca pratensis), and meadow foxtail {Alopecurus pratensis). The most striking result obtained was with the meadow foxtail, as will be seen from the following table : Coefficients of diyestiltiiitu of different haijs, olttained with sheep. Kind of luiv. Lolium perenne Lotus corniculatus . . . Normal meadow hay Festuca pratensis Alopecurus pratensis . Normal hay Number of days. Dry matter. Protein. Per ct. Per ct. 59.6 68.7 59.8 75.5 .55.8 63.7 58.1 42.4 66.1 73.7 55.5 62.6 Ether extract. Per ct. 52 6 42.9 64.5 39.6 .38. 8 52.6 Nitrogen- free extract. Per ct. 63.2 64.3 61.7 63.7 71.0 61.8 Crude fiber. Per ct. 52.3 48.5 49.6 58.2 71.0 49.9 Per ct. 53.0 62.5 36.7 37.7 34.3 35.5 On the digestibility of globulin (blood bread) by wethers, O. Hagemann {Arch. Physiol. [I' ft tiger], 12S (1909), No. 10-12, pp. 587-,5^'y).— Defibrinated blood from a slaughterhouse was mixed with different kinds of meal, baked, and then fed to 2 wethers, 600 gm. of hay and 200 gm. of the bread being fed daily to a sheei) weighing about 38 kg. The digestion coefficients of the blood bread were computed as follows: Dry matter S3.4, nitrogen 66.1, ether extract 33.8, nitrogen-free extract 94, and ash 79.4 per cent. The coefficients for a 72 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. sht'i'i) weighing 49 kg. on a daily ration of (JfHt gni. of hay and 300 gni. of blood broad were dry matter TH.a, nitrogen 00.3, etlier extract 01, and nitrogea-free extract S(;.r> per cent. The re.'^piratory exchange in the lungs was estimated by measurements, a detailed report of which is to be published. The resi)iratory quotient obtained was 0.922. According to the computations of the author there was a daily gain of 13.0 gm. protein and 1!).0 gni. fat. Heredity, thought, and transcendental memory from the standpoint of the physicist, G. Eichhorn ( Irrrrhinifj, (icddchtiii.s mid Transzrndnitdic Erin- iKiuiKjcn riiiii Siainli)uiiktr f/cs- I'lnjsilccrK. muttgart, 1!)0D, pp. X + 116; rev. in yature [London], 81 (190!)), Xo. 2082, p. 361; Arvli. IJntu:irkl. Mrrh. Orf/an.. 27 (1909), Xo. 2, pp. 310-312). — An attemi)t to reconcile the explanation of the jiroperties of organisms manifested as inheritance, thought, and memory with other properties of matter by means of the electron theory. On the alleged influence of lecithin upon the determination of sex in rabbits, H. C. Punnett (Proc. Cambridge Phil. Hoc.. 15 (1909), Xo. 2, pp. 92. .'^9).— The author has repeated the experiments of Russo (E. S. R., 21, p. 200). with negative results. In a series of treated does the proportion of males to females was 24 : 23, and in a series of untreated does 54 : 49. On the influence of different nutrients on the number of blood corpuscles in herbivorous animals with simple stomachs, J. Ju.st (Zcntbl. PiiysioL. 23 (1909), Xo. 12, pp. 319-391). — No appreciable increase of either white or red corpuscles was observed in rabbits during the digestion of sugar, fat, peptone, egg albumen, legumin, or water. These results agree with those previously found in other in\estigatioiis on ruminants. On the influence of different feeds on the movement of the gizzard in hens, Mangold and Felldin (Zcntbl. Physiol, 23 (1909), Xo. 9, pp. 302. 303).— This is an abstract of a paper read before the German Physiological Society at (ireifswald. Contractions of the gizzard muscles were more frequent with hard than with soft feeds. The length of the peristole with a feed of potatoes ranged from 20 to 30 seconds, mixed feeds 22 to 2.5 seconds, wheat 18 to 22 seconds, and barley 15 to 18 seconds. The influence of age on the body temperature of geese and ducks, Loer {Arch. Physiol. [PJiiiger], 128 il909), Xo. 10-12, pp. of)-') -.5 59) .—From 3 to 7 months of age the average body temperature of geese was 40.85° C. : from 0 to 12 months, 40.05°; from 2 to 5 years, 40.7 to 40.8°; and at 20 years, 41°. In ducks the average body temperature was as follows: From 1 to 3 months, 41.54° ; 3 to 5 months, 41.83° ; 0 months, 42.11° ; 7 to 9 months, 42.15° ; 1 year, 41.45° ; 2 years, 41.40° ; and 3 years, 42.45°. Loss of live weight in animals during transportation, Herter (Dcut. Landw. Prcssc, 36 (1900), Xo. 78, pp. 829, 830). — This contains data on the loss in weight sustained by animals when sent to market by wagon, railroad, or on foot. The animal husbandry of the colony of Eritrea, E. Marchi (Agr. Colon. [Italy], 3 (1909), Xos. 2, pp. 11-111, figs. 33; 3, pp. 1J,9-183. figs. 9; J,, pp. 229- 268, figs. 10). — This is a statistical and general account of the animal hus- Ij^ndry, which is the chief occupation of the inhabitants of this Italian colony. According to the census of 1905 the number of live stock in the colony was, camels 40.853, horses, asses and mules 29,789, cattle 250.891. and sheep and goats 730.1.32. [Stock breeding in Japan], (\ Shimooka (In Agriciilliirc in .Inpnn. Tokyo: (lort., 1908, pp. 32.'i-338). — Cattle were kept in Japan in prehistoric times and the slaughter of cattle for food and for sacrifice was common until the introduction of Buddhism. The use of milk and butter was kuuwu, but the chief object for ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 73 keeping cattle was for draft purposes. The first step iu modern improvement of cattle was tlie importation of 15 head in 1869. At the present time there are sev- eral native breeds besides the introductions of Ayrshires, Dutch, Simmenthaler, Brown Swiss, Devon, Jersey, and Shorthorn cattle. The horse appears to have been indigenous to Japan. The first authentic record of foreign importation was in 247 A. D., when the King of Korea made a present of several horses to the Japanese court. European horses were im- ported in the sixteenth century. The native breeds are described. Sheep rais- ing was not undertaken until 1817, and for some reason has never been very successful. Goats have been introduced from China and Korea. The rear- ing of swine dates back to antiquity, but was discontinued later because of religious prejudices. In recent years the Government has encouraged the breeding of all kinds of live stock. In 1906 the total number of cattle was 1,190.373, horses 1.465,466, sheep 3.501. and goats 74,750. [Stock breeding in Formosa] , C. Shimooka ( In Agriculture in Japan. Tokyo: Govt., lUOS. Pit. ,io2-.35'f ) . — Stock breeding iu Formosa is not engaged in to any large extent. There are two varieties of horses, the Chinese and Japanese, water buffaloes, and two varieties of yellow cow. A few foi'eign breeds of cattle have been introduced. Swine are quite extensively raised and are of the Chinese type. The goats are small and used as offerings at festivals. Substitutes for skim milk in raising calves, E. S. Savage and G. W. Tailby, Jr. {Xeir York Cornell Sta. Bui. .id!), pp. .',91-517, flg^. 2'/).— This bul- letin reviews the work of other investigators on feeding substitutes for skim milk, and reports nivestigations at this station for the ])ast 2 years. The calves which ^^■ere used in this experiment were at first given whole milk, which was gradually replaced by skim milk or other substitute, and also were fed daily a grain mixture of ground corn and oats, bran, and oil meal, of which they were given all they would eat up clean. Hay was kept before them at all times. Whole milk was estimated to be worth .$1.65 per 100 lbs. and skim milk 15 cts. per 100 lbs. The following table contains the gains made on the various substitutes : (Jains made hy calves on skim milk and skim milk substitutes. Kind of feed given in addition to whole milk, hay, and grain mixture. Number of calves. Skim milk i 5 Schumacher calf meal 6 Lactina Suisse 5 Skim milk 7 Skim milk powder 6 Schumacher calf meal 1 Blatchford calf meal 4 Number ,^,^. Average days. ^°°i°g' -^ Bays. 120 I 52.6 120 19.6 105 Birth. 150 :...do.... 150 ...do.... 150 ...do 150 ...do.... Pounds. 1.76 1.25 .70 1.53 1.-23 1.10 Average cost per pound gain. Cents. 4.8 8.1 11.6 4.8 6.4 9.0 13.4 " It is evident from the results of these experiments and those elsewhere that good, strong, healthy calves can be raised without skim milk or milk of any kind after the first 30 days. " Skim milk, hay, and grain make the best substitute for whole milk in rais- ing calves. A calf fed on skim milk should reach a weight of 300 lbs. at 5 months of age, and the gain should be made at the rate of 1.5 lbs. per day, at a cost of less than 5 cts. per pound. 18556—10- -6 74 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. "If skim milk is iiol ;U buiul, the licst sulisliUite for it seems to be third- grade dried skim milk powder. The average gains made in this experiment were not so large as with the skim milk, but were good. A calf fed on this food should reach a weight of 250 to 200 lbs. at 5 months of age, making an average gain of 1.25 lbs. per day at a cost of less than 0.5 cts. per pound. "A tablespoonful of soluble blood m<>al mixed with each feed served to keep the bowels of the calves in l:»etter condition, and since it is conii)arative].v inex- pensive a wider use of it might be prolital)le." Indian cattle in Jamaica, B. S. (Jossprr (Bui. Dcpt. Agr. Jamaica, n. scr., 1 (1909), Xo. 2, pp. 102-1 1. i, pis. Jf). — The Mysore, (Jugerat, Gir, and Hissar breeds of cattle imported from India are described. All 4 l)reeds appear to be well adapted to the island conditions. The Mysore is an excellent draft animal and is used in place of mules to transport bananas to shipping places. The Gir breed is a good dairy breed, but the Hissar appears to be the most useful of all the humped breeds of Indian cattle which so far have been imported, as it is a general purpose animal. Second annual report of the American Bison Society, 1908-9 (Ann. Rpt. Amer. Bison Noc, 2 ( 1'.I08~D), pp. 85, pi. I, figs. 21). — This report includes an ac- count of measures which have been taken to preserve the American bison, and contains descriptions of some of the herds of pure-bred bison and bison crosses with cattle. Farm management with sheep, F. W. Wilson {Arizona Sta. Bui. 60, pp. J{^2-451, figs. 3). — This contains information for the practical man on the pas- turing, feeding, and general management of sheep. Hog raising' in the South, S. A. Knapp ( U. 8. Dept. Agr., Office »S'ec. Circ. 30, pp. 8, fig. 1). — This circular was written to show how hog raising in the South may be made one of the most profitable lines of animal husbandry, and sum- marizes data for the most part previously noted (E. S. R., 14, p. 480; 19, p. 1170; 20, p. 509). " The best way to make hog raising profitable in the South is to graze the hogs upon pasture preiiared especially for them, supplementing the green food by the addition of a small grain ration. Upon this i)lan hogs can be raised at an average cost of 1* to 8 cts. a pound, depending mainly upon the management of the sows and pigs and upon an economic plan of fattening." Details are given of a cropping plan for economical pork itroductiou. Because of the instability of the weather at killing time large losses would be pre- vented if every market town in the South had an abattoir, sheds for holding hogs, a refrigerating plant, and rooms for curing hams, shoulders, and bacon. Raising' hogs in Colorado, H. M. Cottrell (Colorado Sta. Bui. I'/G. pp. 3-32, figs. 7, ilg)ii. I). — This is a popular summary of information on hog raising under Colorado conditions. The feeds sjiecially recommended are barley, field peas, alfalfa i>asture. and milo maize. " Barley, under irrigation, costs less an acre to raise than corn in the Mississippi Valley States, and will produce more pork. From 500 to 1.000 lbs. of gain can be put on hogs during the season from an acre of alfalfa pasture. It costs, including the rent of the land, from $3 to $0 an acre to raise field peas, and feeders estimate that an acre of good peas, when pastured off, will put 400 lbs. of gain on hogs." The plants recommended for hog pasture are alfalfa, dwarf Essex rape, rye, winter wheat, sorghum, and sweet clover. Methods of feeding and manage- ment and finishing for market are described. " One hundred thousand hogs are needed each month in Denver territory to supply the demand for pork and pork products. ANIMAL PEODUCTION. 75 " The Colorado packer wants a well-tiuished, fat, blocky hog weighing alive from 220 to 250 lbs. During the winter months there is a good, but limited demand for the city whole carcass trade, for well-finished hogs weighing alive from 150 to 175 lbs. each. " Most of the Colorado hogs marketed in the past three years have been un- finished and too light in weight. A well-finished hog will dress 80 per cent; the average at the Denver packing houses in 1908 was 73 per cent. " The chief trouble has been that most Colorado farmers neglect their hogs through the summer, stunting them, and stunted hogs do not finish well." There are illustrations and brief descriptions of a portable hog house, an alfalfa rack for feeding, and the piggery at the Colorado College. Tim.ely hints to horse breeders, C. W. Gay {Penn. Dcpt. Af/r. Bui. i11- ggj), — The object of these trials was to determine the best form in which to feed potatoes to milch cows. The basal ration consisted of 8 kg. of hay, 3 kg. of oat chaff, 3 kg. of brewers' grains molasses, and 5 kg. of peanut cake per 1,000 DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 77 kjr. live weight. The effect of feeding these different nil inns was (initc uniform, as will be seen by the accompanying table. Avcrdjjc ildilii ijirld of inilk iritli a siipplciiiciihirii ration of potatoes. Period. 1 2 3 4 n 6 Number of cows. Supplementary feed. Potato flakes Raw potatoes Potato flakes Dried potato chips Potato chips soaked in water Potato flakes Yield of milk. Kg. 17.03 15.67 15.23 15.12 14.79 14.46 Specific gravity. 1.0316 1. 0321 1. 0320 1.0322 1.0323 1. 0323 Fat. Per cent 3.23 3.19 3.15 3.04 3.11 3.04 Solid.<- not-fat. Percent. 8.81 8.87 8.87 8.93 8.93 8.92 The Swiss Spotted-Cattle Breeders' Association (Latidir. Jahrh. Schiceiz, 23 (1909), No. 6, pp. 3o5-39.i). — This contains the yields of milk, i)ercentages of fat in milk, and other data relating to this breed. The annual yield of milk ranged from 1,750.7 to 5.70(!.5 kg., the percentage of fat from 3.40 to 4.40, and that of solids-not-fat from 12.13 to 14.32. Annual report of the association for the development of the dairy in- dustry of Hoorn, 1908 {\ii:sta(j Vcr. E.rpJoit. I'rocfzHirrJhorrdcrij Hoorn, J908, pp. 59, pi. 1, fig. I).- — This report includes investigations on short cheese, self-heating of hay, feeding experiments with linseed meal, and trials of a new- churn by F. W. J. Boekhout and K. H. M. Van der Zande, previously reported from other sources. The influence of the health of the dairy animal on the nutritive value of milk, Moussu (Hyg. Viandc ct Lait, 3 {1909), No. 10, pp. //7J--J8S).— The author calls attention to the excretory properties of the mammary gland, which is an organ of excretion as well as secretion. Alcohol, ether, chloroform, and l>otassium iodid have been found in milk. If these are in the feed, or other poisons are formed in the body during the lactation period, they may be elimi- nated by the mammary gland. Milk from animals in a diseased or abnormal condition must have less nutritive value and in many cases should be dis- carded altogether. The milk of sheep, J. Alvarado y Albo (.1//7c7( Ztg., 38 {1909), No. .',1, pp. 482, 483). — The author discusses the value of sheep's milk, especially in hot countries, and suggests that it should be studied from the physiological stand- point as most of our knowledge of milk has been obtained from investigations of cow's milk. The relative nutritive value of sterilized, pasteurized, raw, and dried milk, E. C. Aviragnet and M. Pehu (Rev. Hyg. et MM. Infant., 8 (1909), No. 3, pp. 250- 261). — The authors conclude that raw milk of good quality is an ideal nourish- ment, and that pasteurization induces little change in the physical and chem- ical character of milk, while considerable change is induced by sterilization; An opinion regarding dried milk is reserved. [Copper in certified milk], A. Springer and A. Springer, Jr. (Jour. Indus. and Engin. Chem., 1 (1909), No. 9, pp. 676-678 ) .—Certified milk supplied from a certain dairy was found to contain traces of copper. Upon investigation, the authors found that the origin of the copper was from a boiler compound, and had been transmitted to the milk by means of the live steam employed in steri- lizing the milk cooler. Competitive exhibitions of milk and cream, C. B. Lane and I. C. Weld (U. .S'. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Cire. 151, pp. 36). — This circular contains an account of a competitive exhibition of milk and cream he'd at Pittsburg, Pa., 78 EXPERIMENT STATION liKCOHO. uiulor the iUiSpiCOS of tlif ( 'liaiiilicr i>\' ( 'niiiincicr nf Ih.il (li.v ;iii(l ill (•(t()|i('r;ili()ii with the Dairy Division (if lliis Dcpfniincnl. r.csidcs n (Icscriiition of tlic nictiiods of MWiinlins tlx^ jirizcs, :i lisl of the iiri/.c wimicrs. mikI ;i r<<\\y (if tiic rcvisod score cjird for fni'iii dailies, ilic circular cdiilaiiis several addresses ou dairy coutests, the scoring; of milk and cream, and (iliier iirdhlems connected with dairying and dairy legislation. Pure milk for cities, A. IIai.stkad iDaUtj Cons, (iiitl Tnulr Rpts. [U. *SM, t{)0!), A'o. 3G26 p. 7).— This is a reiiort on recent efforts whicli have heen made l)y the health department of the city of Birmingham. England, to comhat the spread of tuberculosis by supplying dairy farmers within 10 miles of the city with free tuberculin and veterinary assistance for testing their cows. The necessity for the control of the milk industry, A. Hougardy {Ann. MM. Vf^t., r>S {1909), Xo. 10, pp. r>G8-ri79). — An account of the danger of using unsanitary milk. Regulations on the sale of milk in r.elgium are given, to- gether with suggestions for making them more stringent. The Lady Talbot Milk Institute (./oin: Drpt. Agr. Victoria, 7 (1909), No. 9. pp. ')'t5-5(}S, fiy^. l.'i). — This is the first annual report of the institute, which was established on the plan of the Gouttes de Lait in France, with the ol^ject of reducing the death rate of infants in the city of Melbourne and surrounding municipal districts due to insanitary milk in Ihe summer months. There is also an account by J. M. B. Connor of the equipment and methods adopted at the model dairy farm which supjilies the milk distributed by the institute. During the 5 months the institute was distributing milk. 300 infants were supplied, of whom only 8 died, a remarkable showing when it is considei-ed that a majority when first put on the milk were already suffering from troubles caused by impure milk. Mountain dairying, L. Funder (Norsk Landmandshlad, 28 (1909), No. 38, pp. 465-467). — An article containing a brief account of present methods of mountain dairying in Norway, with suggestions for their improvement. Danish dairying, 1908, B. Boggild (Tidsskr. Landokonomi, 1909, No. //, /)/). 193-20S). — The usual general account of the conditions of the Danish dairy industry during the year is given. The production and use of milk, butter, and cheese among the natives of Africa, O. Kocii (Tmschdit, 13 (1909), No. 1,2, pp. 869-872, figs. 4).— Brief notes are presented on the primitive methods used in dairy husbandry by the native tribes of Africa. The condensed milk industry, D. S. Burgh <.V. Y. Produce Rcr. and Amcr. Cream., 2S (1909). No. 2.J, itp. 1016, 1018, 1020, 1022, figs. '/).— A short sketch of the development of the condensed milk industry in this country, which began in 1850. In 1880 there were 1,1,0(10,000 lbs. of condensed milk manufactured; in 181)0, 33,000.000; in 1900, 187,000,000; in 1905, 303,000,(M)() ; and it will probably reach 500,000,000 lbs. in 1909. The amount exported amounts to about 25,000,000 lbs. annually, and the amount imported to about 7,000.000 lbs. Figures are quoted to show that by paying better prices for milk, condenseries usually take business away from creameries and cheese factories. Creamery cost. It. C. Potts (N. Y. Produce Rev. and Amer. Cream., 28 (1909), No. 2.5, p. 998). — Estimates are given for the cost of creamery construction and equipment for cooperative creameries such as are in successful operation in Oklahoma. There is an itemized list of the equiinnent necessary for a daily capacity of 1,800 lbs. of butter. The entire cost of such a creamery is estimated to be for equipment $1,180.70, for freight on equipment $100, for cost of install- ing machinery $70, for buildiiig the boiler and refrigerator room $1,600, and for water supply and sewerage $200, making a total of $8,150.70. DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 79 [Analyses of butter], A. Nestrel.iaew {MUehw. ZcnfhL, 5 (1909), No. 10, pp. J,.'i7-Jir)3). — This is a report regarding butter constants as determined in the years 1907-8 at the dairy laboratory at Smeinogorsli, Siberia. The range, classes of frequency, and deviation of these ' constants through the different months of the year are presented in tabular form. The data can be summarized as follows: Range of water content 7.00 to 1G.05 Iter cent, with the mode (or class of greatest frequency which indicates the tyi»e) 11 to 12 per cent. The salt content was mostly under 2 per cent. The range of the acridity of the butter was 1 to 8.53 per cent, and the mode 8 to 4 per cent ; acidity of the biitter fat, range 0.61 to 7.66 per cent, and the mode 1 to 2 per cent; refractive index at 40° C, range 40.5 to 46.1, and the mode 43 to 44 ; Reichert-Meissl number, range 19.65 to 33.14, and the mode 27 to 28; Hehner value, range 84.93 to 90.91, and the mode 86 to 87; range of si)ecific gravity at 100° C, from 0.8638 to 0.8698; Kottstorfer number, range 218.14 to 234.47. and the mode 224 to 225 ; and the iodin number, range 29.92 to 46.45, with 60 per cent of the sami)les between 33 and 40. An abnormal sample of butter from a Cheshire herd of cows, A. Smetham (Analyst, 3Jf (1900), No. /fOO, pp. 30.',, 305).— The source of a sample of butter suspected of having been adulterated with foreign fats was Investigated and the abnormality was found to be due to the lateness of the period of lactation. The following data show variations which may occur in unadulterated butter: Clicmicul constants of butter from i-^arious sources. Source of butter. Reiehert- Wollny figure. Iodin number. Saponifi- cation number. Milk from new milch cows, Feb. 23 Milk from the .same cows. Mar. 13 Milk in advanced stage of lactation Whey butter from all the cows Butter from whey cream and " beestings 36.3 34.4 19.8 30.4 30.9 36.9 39.9 38.2 38.4 36.9 224.0 224. 0 226.8 Camembert cheese problems in the United States, C. Thom (Connecticut St07-rs *S7fl. Bui. 58, pp. 317-374, figs. 6; V. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bui. 115, pp. 5Jf, figs. 6). — This is a report of the progress made in the cooperative work of the Connecticut Storrs Station in connection with the Dairy Division of this Department, and is largely devoted to an investigation of the difficulties to be overcome in the manufacture of European varieties of soft cheeses in this country. The factory equipment and conditions are described in detail and analyses of Camembert cheeses are given. In a study of the quality of milk necessary for the manufacture of Camembert cheese and the use of starters it was found that gassy curds prevalent in Janu- ary, February, and March were due to the presence of the coli-aerogenes group of bacteria. Bacillus lactis acidi failing to develop. For the successful manu- facture of Camembert cheese more attention should be given to the production of the starter in these cold months. " The intrqduction of 0.5 per cent or slightly more pure starter with ripening over night at 50 to 57° F. has produced sufficient ripening to reduce gas formation to a minimum, without raising the acidity test (phenolphthalein) above 0.22 to 0.23 per cent." In new factories the milk should be inoculated with Camembert mold spores, but when once in the factory the mold will propagate itself. Undesirable molds can be kept out only by strict cleanliness in the factory. The best temperature for the factory is from 52 to 58° F., but the humidity of the air in the ripening 80 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, room is more important tlian tomperaturo. The ])oiut of (>(iiiilil)riiiin of vapor tension differs with cheeses of different water content, being considerably higher for cheeses at (".(» per cent water content than for cheeses at 50 per cent, " In one experiment aliout 150 gm. of cheese testing about 65 per cent water. evapo- rated at tlie rate of 1 gm. per day, whereas a similar amount of cheese testing about 10 iier cent less lost weight at the rate of only 0.:] gm. per day in the same room at a relative humidity approximating SS jier cent. Although the tempera- ture was low, the samjjle high in water content showed marked signs of decay in 10 days under these conditions. A relative humidity of 88 per cent was manifestly too high to handle cheese as wet as this. The other was found in excellent condition," It is believed that the limits as to relative humidity are from about 83 to 90 or 92 per cent, the optimum depending upon the temperature selected and the water content of the cheeses. " For cheeses evenly drained and fairly firm at beginning of ripening (perhaps 57 to 59 per cent water) probably the optiuuim would be 8() to 88 per cent relative humidity at 52 to 54° F." Successful ripening depends upon the balance of the activities of the bacteria and mold. Climatic conditions in America are so different from those of France that ripening rooms adapted to French conditions would not be successful here. Of a number of cities studied, San Francisco alone was found to have conditions approaching those of the Camembert district of France, In other places fac- tories must have a better control of the temperature and humidity than those in France. This can be obtained by better insulation of the rooms. Experiments show that Camembert cheese can be cooked or canned and thus a loss may be prevented, which has often occurred in the past when the cheese is overripe. Although good Camembert cheese can be made on the farm the difBculty of making a uniform product is greater when working on a small scale. A bibliography of the literature on the subject is appended. Cheese making with pasteurized milk, C, Martin ( Wiener Landw. Ztg., 59 (1909), No. 78, p. 773).— This is a review of the work of Gorini, Maze, Jenssen, and other investigators on making Parmesan, Roquefort, and other cheeses from pasteurized milk. Making' soft cheese from pasteurized milk, P. Guerault ( Wiener Landiv. Ztf/., .7.9 {1909), No. 7.9, j). 782). — The method of making soft cheese as described is based on the theory of Maze (E, S. R., 17, p. 291) and has been used by the author for the past 2 years. The quality of the cheese made in the summer is much superior to that made from milk not pasteurized. VETERINARY MEDICINE. On the increase of the hemolytic power of serums, D. Embleton and H. B, Shaw (Brit. Med. Jour., 1909, No. 25-',8, pp. 1268-1271, fig. i).— " It appears pos- sible, as a result of the experiments here described, to develop in the serums of animals into which injections have been made of the organs of another animal of the same species, a change which consists in part at least in the increase of the hemolytic power of the serum, an observation which so far as we are aware has not hitherto been made. Other changes which may occur as a result of the experimental introduction of organic extracts are being studied by us by the method of ' absorption ' introduced by Ehrlich and Morgenroth. " Further, as shown by the above experiments, the emulsions of different organs appear to have different powers of checking the hemolytic property of such experimental serums, the kidneys possessing the greatest and the liver the least power, while the spleen and heart occupy an intermediate position, VETERINARY MEDICINE. 81 and are equally or nearly iviually potent; it would appear from one of the experiments that the organs so effective are not limited to those of the guinea pig. The nature of this body or bodies is also being investigated by us. " The form of these experiments may prove of use in determining the strength of the hemolytic power of an experimental serum. Instead of estimating the titer by reference to red corpuscles, this may be done by estimating the titei; in terms of extracts of organ." On the toxicity of castor-bean meal, Mikssnee (Abs. in Rec. MM. V^t., 86 (J 909), No. 9, PI). 33Jf-336). — The author has conducted experiments to deter- mine the amounts of castor-bean meal which are fatal when fed to domestic animals, and summarizes in the following table the amounts found to be fatal when administered at a single meal. Doficfi of cuHtor-heaii meal causing death in domefitic animaU. Species. Fatal doses per kilo- gram. Absolute mean fatal dose. Species. Fatal doses per kilo- gram. Absolute mean fatal dose. Fowl Grams. 14.0 5.5 4.0 2. 3-2. 4 2.0 1.3-1.4 Grams. 18.0 105. 0-140. 0 7.4 16. 0- 20. 0 360.0-460.0 60.0 Sheep Grayns. 1.26 0.7-1 .5 .4 .1 Grams. 30.0 Goat Rabbit 1.5 Duck Calf 16. 0-20. 0 Shoat 1.1 Cow Horse 30. 0-60. 0 Hog Diseases of domestic animals [in Japan], C. Shimooka (In Agriculture in Japan. Tokyo: iiori., 190H, pp. 338-3JiG). — According to the statistics given, the diseases of domestic animals most prevalent in Japan are anthrax, farcy, and rinderpest, while symptomatic anthrax appears to be increasing from year to year. Foot-and-mouth disease, swine erysipelas, and rabies also occur, but hog cholera, sheep pox, and i)leuro-i)nounionia have not been reported. The diseases of the eye in domesticated animals, H. Gray {Vet. Rec, 21 (1909), No. 1082, pp. 678-688). — An account presented at the meeting of the Central A'^eterinary Medical Society at the Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons, April, 1909. The bacteriological diagnosis of anthrax by cultures from, the skin, A. CiucA. «/((/ (J. Stoickscu {Arliira ]'<'t., 6 {1909), No. 2, pp. 71-85; ahs. in Vet. Rec., 22 {1909), No. 1095, pp. 3, J,).— The authors have drawm the following conclusions fi*om the investigations here recorded : "The vegetative form of the anthrax l)acillus does not endure for more than 48 hours within the carcasses of animals dead of anthrax, on account of the putrefactive processes which take place in the cadaver. In the capillaries of the skin, it endures longer, and can there find conditions suitable for sporula- tion later. The spores of the anthrax bacillus in the .-skin resist the action of atmospheric agents and of chlorid of sodium for more than a year. The bacteriological diagnosis of anthrax is always possible by cultures from the skin of putrefied carcasses, stretched upon a piece of wood to dry, and sent to laboratories. This method should be adopted as soon as possible for the diagnosis of anthrax in suspected carcasses when immediate investigations can not be undertaken — especially in summer, when the organs rapidly putrefy d,e- spite all precautions." Vaccination against anthrax, A. Balint {AUatorvosi Lapok, 31 {1908), No. 2-',, pp. 298, 299; ahs. in Uul. Inst. Pasteur, 7 {1909), No. 6, p. 268).— The author has vaccinated more than 6,000 animals with Pasteur's vaccines without failure 82 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. or accidonl, hut iiilciids In rcstirt in the liituiv t(» llic im'tliod of Sohcnihciiu l).v wliich iunmniity can be conferred tlirouKli a sinjile treatment. He reconnnends the inJecticMi separately of Ti cc. of sernni and I cc. of tlie culture. Tlie serum can he used as a curative airent. The chemotactic power of the toxin produced by Sclerostomum bidenta- tum and its larvae on the polynuclear eosinophiles, G. Vallillo iArc]i. Wiss. u. Praia. Ticrhcilk:, J', (/.90.S), A"o. ,7-0". iw- ')0'>-i)2i) ; ('lin. }'rt. [Milan], ^ez. Sci., 31 (1908), No. 6, pp. 257-279; ahs. in Rec. MM. V6t., SO (1909), No. 5, p. IS.'i). — The toxin produced hy ,s'. hiihiitatum possesses a positive chemotrop- isni for the polynuclear eosinophile leucocytes. It has no chemical relation to the toxin produced hy the jjlanders bacillus, which exercises cheniotaxis i)riu- cipally upon the neutrophile leucocytes. The jiray translucent nodules in the luu^s of the horse ai'e not produced hy the .inlanders bacillus hut exclusively by a toxin produced hy »S'. hidoitutiim. Comparative investigations of the nodules and neoplastic lesions of the intestines of the horse in their relation to glanders, I'. Hummel {Arch. WisH. II. I'nikt. Ticrhrilk., J} ( I90S), Xo. J-O', i)i). o.JO-oSO, pis. .', ; ahs. in Rec. Med. Vet., S6 (1909), Xo. o, p. IS.'i). — It is concluded that the nodules and neoplastic lesions of the intestines of the horse are usually of parasitic origin. The lesions of the intestinal wall produced by entozoa are always characterized by the appearance of eosinophiles. Glanderous lesions of the uuicous meml)rane of the intestines appear to be very rare. Contribution to the pathological anatomy of rinderpest, S. Arloing and V. Ball (Arch. MM. Expt. et Anat. Path. [Paris], 20 (1908), No. 6, pp. 693-715, pis. J,; ahs. in Rec. MM. Vet., 86 (1909), No. 9, pp. 333, 33',).— A study of the disease, which ravaged Egypt in 1904 and 1905. The therapeutic immunity reaction in the differentiation of trypanosome species, B. T. Terry (Jour. Expt. Med., 11 (1909). Xo. 6", pp. 802-809 ).—•' It is evident that the guinea pig is an unfavorable animal in which to preserve the virus, if the therapeutic immunity reaction is to be employed in the differentiation of trypansome species, for the experiments clearly show that trypanosomes of common origin, never in contact with medicaments of any sort, may behave like different species after having been preserved in these animals for 1 year." Preliminary note on Trypanosoma eberthi (=Spiroch8eta eberthi) and some other parasitic forms from the intestine of the fowl. C. H. Martin and Muriel Robertson (Proc. Roy. Soc. [London], Scr. B, 81 (1909), Xo. B 5Jf9, pp. 385-391, pi. 1). — In a preliminary investigation tlie authors examined the cecal and rectal contents of 14 fowls of various ages and at various stages of digestion. During the investigation flagellate parasites of 4 types were found in the cecum. In 3 of these types large numbers of individuals were found in which the characters of each group were sharply marked ; at the same time numerous transitional forms were found. The first form, which the authors considered to be T. eberthi, is characterized by a rather elongated body, a very well marked undulating membrane along the edge of which a flagellum runs from the anterior end of the animal to end freely at the posterior end. A second form (Trichomonas condition) is described as a typical Trichomonas of variable size, apparently resembling the form described by Wenyou from the mouse. The third form (Monocercomonas condition) is roughly egg shaped. The fourth form was a sharply marked type, found in small numbers on two occasions, with an anterior and posterior trailing flagellum which can be coiled around the body. It is of very small size, roughly half the size of the smallest first form seen, and of approximately torpedo shape. Every fowl examined was found infected with one or other of these flagellate forms. VETERINARY MEDICINE. 83 lu addition to these forms small, rounded, generally motionless forms were met with in which the typical nucleus and blocks of the first form were seen. Infection is probably only effected by food contaminated by feces containing cysts of the parasite. Trypanosoma ingens n. sp., D. Bruce et al. (Proa. Roy. Soc. [London], Ser. B, 81 (WOD), Xo. B 5/,9, pp. 323, 32.',, pi. i).— This species was found in the blood of a reed buck, a bush buck, and an ox at Xamukekera. Uganda. Experiments and observations on the development of Trypanosoma lewisi in Haematopinus spinulosus, F. S. H. Baldrey {Arch. Protistenlc, 15 {1909), Xo. 3, pp. 32G-332, figs. 2; abs. in Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London], Bui. 9, pp. 323, 32Jf). — The author thinks that the mechanical transmission of T. lewisi by lice is an exception. Toxin formation in trypanosomiasis {Sleeping Sickness Bur. [London], Bui. .'', pp. ,{.>i)-.i2S). — A brief review of the literature on the subject. Further results of the experimental treatment of trypanosomiasis; a progress report to a committee of the Royal Society, II. G. Plimmer and W. B. Fry (/'roc. Roy. Soe. [London], Ser. B, HI {1909), No. B 5J,9, pp. 35.',- 371). — This is a continuation of experiments with the same strains of surra as previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 985). Rats were treated with antimony and several of its compounds, with quassia, and with arsenophenylglycin. Dogs used in experiments with antimony were found to be extremely susceptible both to the disease and to antimony. Further experiments upon the drug treatment of canine piroplasmosis, G. H. F. NUTTALL and S. IIadwen {I'arnsitology. 2 (1909), No. 3, pp. 229-235).— A continuation of work previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 488). " Trypanblau injected subcutaneously into dogs a day before or a day after they have been inoculated with blood containing Piroplasma canis effectually prevents the development of piroplasmosis by destroying the parasites at the onset of infection. Trypanblau given by the mouth is ineffective, since it exerts no apparent influence either upon the parasite or upon the course of the disease. Tryparosan, when injected subcutaneously or when given by the mouth, has no effect upon the parasite and is ineffective as a remedy against piroplasmosis in the dog." The drug treatment of piroplasmosis in cattle, G. H. F. Nuttall and S. Hadwen {Parasitology, 2 {1909), Xo. 3, pp. 236-266, charts 7).—" Trypanblau promises to be an efficient remedy for bovine piroplasmosis, since it exerts a direct and obvious effect upon the parasites. The effect of the drug upon Piroplasma hovis is similar to that which it produces upon the canine parasite. As in canine piroplasmosis, the disappearance of the parasites from the blood may be temporary. The parasites also disappear and reappear in small num- bers (after 2 to 11 days) in animals undergoing natural recovery. In 3 treated animals the parasites reappeared in exceedingly small numbers after .5 to 6 days; in 2 they had not reappeared after 16 and 18 days, respectively. The animals show no symptoms and progress toward recovery. Although doses of 150 to 200 cc. of a saturated watery solution of the dye were used, it is probable that smaller doses will prove efficient. The drug appears to produce no ill effects upon cattle." The discovery of a remedy for malignant jaundice in the dog and for redwater in cattle, G. H. F. Nuttall and S. Hadwen {Proc. Roy. Soc. [Lon- don], Ser. B, 81 {1909), Xo. B 5^9, pp. 3J,8-350).—'SloTe detailed accounts are noted above. Tests concerning tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood, E. C. Schroedeb and W. E. Cotton {U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Bui. 116, pp. 23).— In- vestigations conducted in order to determine whether tubercle bacilli occur In the circulating blood are here reported in detail. 84 EXPERIMENT STATION HKCORD, Duriii;; the roiirse of the iuvestif^iilion tests were iiiiule of II' liiheirulous boviues by transferring their blood as raiiidly as iMissililc Id ihc pcrilimcal cavities of guinea pigs. The results obtained liave licen sununarizcd as ridlows; "We failed utterly to find tubercle bacilli in flic blood of tuberculous cattl(> which we examined microscopically in accordance with the method described and used by Doctor Rosenberger. " The negative results of our microscopic examinations are confirmed by the negative results obtained with 95 guinea pigs, each of which received an intraabdominal injection of blood from a tuberculous cow or bull. "As the number of cattle from which blood was injected into the 95 guinea pigs was 42, and as these cattle represented practically all stages of tuber- culosis from mildly affected recent cases to old and completely generalized cases, we feel that our work shows beyond the remotest doubt that tuberculosis is not to be classified, in any sense of the word, as a bacteriemia." In an appended note mention is made of an independent investigation by Dr. J. R. Mohler, in which the blood of S infected cattle was examined micro- scopically and the blood of each animal injected into fj guinea pigs. Four of the cattle used were slaughtered for meat, but upon inspection were found to be so extensively affected with tuberculosis that it was necessary to condenui and tank their carcasses under tlie Federal meat-inspection regulations. The other 4 were passing tubei'cle bacilli from their bowels. However, no tubercle bacilli were discovered microscopically and not one of the 40 injected guinea pigs contracted tuberculosis. Investig'ations of the tubercle bacillus in cattle, E. Rothhaab (Unter- suchungoi iibcr Tubcrkcl-Bazillcn hcim Rinde. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, J!)08, irp. 25+XLII; rev. in Bui. Inst. Pastcvr, 7 (1909), No. 9, p. 398).— The author confirms the work of Kossel, Weber, and Ileuss (E. .S. R., 15, p. G14) on the characters peculiar to the bovine type of the tubercle bacillus. A bibliography of 34 titles is appended. The anatamo-patholog'ical forins of bovine tuberculosis, H. Vall^e and P. Chausse (Rci: G^n. Med. Vet., 13 {1909), No. 1-',S, pp. 177-185; abs. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 7 (1909), No. 9, p. 396). — During a 2 yeai's' investigation of the forms of bovine tuberculosis, 700 cases were studied. Two forms, the hypei'trophic and the nodular, were distinguished, IG per cent of the cases be- longing to the former and 84 per cent to the latter class. Tuberculous lesions of the bovine trachea, A. Chretien (Hyg. Viande ct Lait, 3 (1909), No. 3, pp. 97-102, fig. 1; abs. in Vet. Rec, 21 (1909), No. 1085, pp. 726-728). — The author calls attention to the prevalence of tuberculous lesions of the bovine trachea and describes their nature. Tuberculosis of sheep, R. Mayer (Die Schaf Tuberkulose. Inaug. Diss., Univ. Bern, 1908, pp. 77, /^L 1; rev. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 7 (190!)), No. 9, p. 396). — Tuberculosis is extremely rare in sheep, being found in less than 0.1 of 1 per cent. The author here describes very completely 9 cases observed per- sonally. The lesions seem to indicate that the affection originates in the ali- mentary canal, the animals being infected while young through cow's or ewe's milk. The bacilli, which are apparently of the bovine type, are rare and often degenerate. A bibliography of 148 titles is appended. Tuberculosis in a panther, Bergeon (Rev. Vet. [Toulouse], 3^ (1909), No. 2, pp. 93-95). — An account of the disease in a 3-year-old panther which had been in captivity for about 16 months, at the Saigon botanical garden. Dissemination of tuberculosis by the manure of infected cattle, A. T. Peters and C. Emerson {Xrhntska Hta. Rpt. inos. pp. 135-1 'iD. — In the inves- tigations here reported 41 animals were used, the majority of which were in VETERINARY MEDICINE. 85 excellent condition, the fact that they were suffering; from the disease being indicated only by the tuberculin test. In 22 of these cases, acid-fast bacilli morphologically similar to the tubercle bacillus were demonstrated by the microscope as present in the manure. Sub- sequent inoculation tests, however, showed that in but 3 of these cases were the cows passing virulent tubercle bacilli, which result indicates that a micro- scopic examination alone is untrustworthy in the determination of the pres- ence of tubercle bacilli in cow manure. Of the 3 animals which wore i)assing virulent tubercle bacilli in their feces, 2 were in good physical condition. In one of these the disease would not have been suspected from her appearance, yet the feces contained large numbers of acid-fiLst rods, some of them virulent tubercle bacilli. The second, a male of exceptionally fine appearance, siiffei*ed from a persistent but moderate cough. The third, a cow, was thin but the symptoms of the disease were not marked. In this case the number of acid-fast bacilli in the feces as revealed by the microscojie was exceedingly large. The authors conclude that " hogs should not be permitted to run in the same pen with cattle, especially if the latter are known to be tuberculous. Dairy products from tuberculous cows, even though there is no infection of the udder, are a source of danger to man. The number of tuberculous cows which show no symptoms of disease but which excrete virulent tubercle bacilli in their manure is sufficiently large to make this an important factor in the con- trol of tuberculosis." The frequence and detection of tuberculosis of the bones in slaughtered animals, (J. Stroii (Ztschr. Fleisch u. MilchJiijff., IH (IDO!)), No. H, pp. 265- 271). — The author here reports studies conducted from 1902 to 1908 at the Augsburg abattoir. The ophthalmo, cuti, and vaginal reaction in tuberculosis, J. Richteb (Ztschr. Infcktionskrank. u. Hyg. Ilaustiere, 5 (1909), No. S-'i, pp. 2.'f3-28S; abs. in Bui. I)is-t. Pnsfrur, 7 (1909), No. 9, p. //OO).— The author thinks that the use of concentrated preparations is necessary, as he finds the undiluted tuber- culin suitable for the ophthalmo, cuti, and vaginal reactions. For the ocular and vaginal tests the best results were obtained from the tuberculol D and tuberculin Dohna ; for the cuti reaction the tuberculin of Iloechst and tuberculin Dohna. He does not think that the local tests should be substituted for the subcutaneous. Application of the precipitin reaction of Bonome to the diagnosis of tuber- culosis and to the differentiation of the human and bovine types of the tubercle bacillus, Dammann and Stkdefeder {Dent. Tlcrdrztl. Wchnschr., 17 ( 1909), No. 2, pp. 17-19; abs. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 7 (1909), No. 9, p. 399).— After repeating the exi)eriments of Ronome (E. S. R., IS, p. 1163), the authors find that they can not recommend the use of his precipitin reaction as a means for diagnosing tuberculosis and much less as a means for distinguishing be- tween human and bovine types of the bacillus. The intradermal reaction to tuberculin, Vallee, Declaire, and Herbet (Bui. t subcutaneous injection of tuberculin to be of absolute; value. From 5 to S per cent of tuberculous animals do not react to the subcu- taneous injection even when those fraudulently injected and those tested within 30 days have been eliminated. Subcutaneous injections should, in his opinion, be supplemented by local tests. A new contribution to the study of the local reactions to tuberculin, J. LiGNifeuKS {Bui. Soc. Cent. M6d. Vet., 86 (1909), No. 8, pp. 1J,6-1 67). —The au- thor here discusses at some length the cuticular, ophthalmic, dermic, local, sub- cutaneous, and Intradermal reactions to tuberculin. Much of the substance of this account is included in the following abstract. New methods of employing tuberculin in the diagnosis of tuberculosis, J. LioNiiiRES (Bui. /S'or-. Cent. Med. Vet., 86 (1909), No. 10, pp. 206-211 ; Jour. Compar. Path, and Ther., 22 (1909), No. 3, pp. 2,77-2//5 ) .—After discussing this subject at some length and considering the results obtained in a number of individnals the author draws the following conclusions : " In practice the thermal I'eaction and the local reaction to tuberculin form a satisfactory means of diagnosing tuberculosis. No single method is sutficient in itself. It is absolutely necessary to employ several, capable of mutually controlling one another, in order to increase the chances of a positive diagnosis. This forms the method of associated reactions. The choice of tests must de- pend on the conditions under which the investigator is working, but the ophthalmic test should always be employed, and, if possible, repeated. The thermal reaction I'esulting from subcutaneous injection should always be sup- plemented by the local-subcutaneous test. " The diagnosis of tuberculosis depends absolutely on the development of a clearly marked positive reaction, of whatever kind. In practice negative re- sults have no significance in face of a single well-marked positive reaction. If, when employing the associated method, several reactions prove positive the operator's confidence in his diagnosis is increased, and he is encouraged to carry out the necessary sanitary measures in their entirety. Doubtful reac- tions are of great importance. They enable us to segregate the animals for the purpose of carrying out further investigations or repeating certain tests under more favorable conditions. The ophthalmic reaction is the best method of detecting tuberculosis in herds of animals which live in the open throughout the year. It can be repeated quite frequently, and each time enables us to reduce the number of doubtful cases, and so, by reducing the total number, to employ other tests. " The local tests which do not influence the thermal reaction, such as the cuticular, dermic, and especially the ophthalmic test, can be employed shortly before the subcutaneous injection ; while local tests which might interfere with the general thermal reaction, such as the local subcutaneous and the intradermic tests, should not be employed in pi-actice if one wishes soon after- wards to obtain the best results from an ordinary subcutaneous injection. All the local tests may give positive results in tuberculous subjects even wheu the animals are simultaneously injected in the ordinary way (that is, subcu- taneously. The ophthalmic test is least affected by a subcutaneous injection, and the intradermic the most. As a general rule, it is desirable to wait a certain time before applying one of the local tests to an animal which has recently received an ordinary subcutaneous injection, but 3 to 4 days after a subcutaneous injection the cuticular, dermic, and especially the ophthalmic reactions may be used with success. The local-subcutaneous and the intra- dermic are much more influenced by a previous injection of tuberculin. Twelve to 14 days, and sometimes much more, should be allowed to lapse if one wishes to insure the best conditions. EURAL ENGINEERING. 87 "One of the simplest, most prnctical, and. most certain of tlie associated methods consists in simultaneously carrying out about 8 p. m. an ophthalmic test, then at the base of the neck making a dermic injection, and finishing up by injecting tuberculin subcutaneously at the same point. The following morning about 5 'or 6 o'clock one begins by looking for the ocular reaction, next observes the local-subcutaneous reaction, and finally takes the temperature. It is much more difficult for tuberculous patients to escape detection under such associated tests than under any single one." Vaccination of cattle against tuberculosis, Kappin (Compt. Rend. 8oc. Biol. [Purifi], 66 (1909), No. 10, pp. J,l(), .',11 ; Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 11,9 {1909), No. 6, pp. J,08--'ilO). — Favorable results are said to have been obtained from the vaccination of bovines with bacilli modified through the use of sodium fluorid. Ovariotomy in the goat, P. J. Oceann {Ahs. in Vet. Jour., 65 (1909), No. IfOS, pp. 318, 319). — An account of the operation, which has the following ob- jects in view : " In order to cure the goaty smell of milk — ovariotomy is the simplest, least costly, and quickest method in its effect; in order to incite milk secretion and lengthen its continuance, which lasted on an average from 13 to 15 months in the goats operated on . . . ; in order to favor fattening and profit on the flesh, which becomes better in quality and without bad taste and goaty smell ; in order to favorably influence the physiological milk-forming elements — while the quality of butter and casein increases, the lactose is diminished." Experiments with specific serums in immunizing against hog cholera, A. Stadie (licrliii. Ticrdrztl. Wchnsclir., 25 {1909), No. 6, pp. 113-123; al)s. in Bui. Inst. Pasteur, 7 {1909). No. 6, p. 268). — Cattle, sheep, and hogs were used in the attempt to obtain an immunizing serum, but the serums obtained failed to give satisfactory results in practice. A study of a serious anem.ic disease among horses, W. B. Mack (Amer. Vet. Rev., 36 {1909), No. 2, pp. 222-2Jfl, charts 2).— A paper presented at the nineteenth annual meeting of the New York State Veterinary Medical Associa- tion at Ithaca, August, 1909. A more detailed account has previously been noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 5S4). A note on Argas larvae which attack fowls in Persia, C. Carre {Bui. tioc. Cent. Med. Vet., 86 {1909), No. 8, pp. 172, 173). — Argasids appear to be very widespread at Teheran where they occasionally cause considerable loss of poultry. Regulations governing entrance to the veterinary inspector examination (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Anim. Indus. Circ. 150, pp. 11). — The regulations relat- ing to the matriculation examination and course of instruction required in veterinary science at veterinary schools and colleges to educate and qualify persons for the civil-service examination for the position of veterinary in- si)ector in the Bureau of Animal Indnstrj- of this Department are here pro- mulgated. These regulations include a list of the institutions at present accredited to supply graduates eligible to enter these examinations. RURAL ENGINEERING. A report on irrigation laws and litigation in Nevada, H. Thurtell and G. H. True {Nevada Sta. Bui. 69, pp. 7-57),— This bulletin gives the history of irrigation legislation in the State of Nevada, beginning with a law enacted in 1866 providing for the recording of claims to water, summarizes the filings under this law and a subsequent law enacted in 1889, reviews litigation regarding irrigation, and gives a synopsis of the present law, which was enacted in 1903 88 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. and has been ameiuled since that time. The piinciiKil jirovisions of the present law are as follows: "(1) All natnral water conrses anil natural lakes, not in private ownership, belong to the public, and are subject to appropriation for a beneficial use. "(2) The rijjht to the use of water so appropriated for irrigation shall be appurtenant to the land irrigated and beneficial use shall be the basis, the measure, and the limit of the right. "(3) The office of state engineer is created. "(4) The state enginetr shall prejiare l'(/r each sti-eani a list of the appro- priations of water according to jjriority. "(5) The state board of irrigation shall divide the State of Nevada into water districts and may appoint water commissioners to divide the water according to the adjudications." Provision No. 4 has been interpreted to empower the state engineer to deter- mine what rights are in existence and the l)nlletin describes this determination for the Walker River, which was the first to be decided. Irrigation in Idaho, J. Stephenson. Jr. (U. S. Dept. Agr., Office Expt. Stas. Bui. 216, pp. 59, pi. 1). — This is one of the series of reports on irrigation in the different States and Territories of the arid region, prepared especially for pro- spective settlers on the irrigated lands in those States. It discusses climate, water supply, agricultural resources, irrigated lands, and the various irrigation projects which ai*e providing the water supplies for these lands. Drainage of irrigated lands in the San Joaquin Valley, California, S. For- TiEK and V. .M. Cone ( f '. N. Dcpt. Agr.. Office E.ipl. Stas. Bill. 217. pp. 58, pis. 2, figs. 9). — This bulletin gives the results of experiments in reclaiming lands at Fresno and in the Modesto and Turlock irrigation districts, which w^ere for- merly productive but which had been injured by the rise of ground water and the accumulation of alkali. The experiments reported form a part of the cooperative irrigation and drainage investigations carried on by the Office of Experiment Stations and the State of California. In the Fresno district, lands which were formerly in highly productive vine- yards, valued at $350 per acre up, had ceased to produce crops and were held at values as low as $15 and $20 per acre, and used for pasture. In the Modesto and Turlock districts a similar injury was beginning to be done, although these lands had been under irrigation but a few years. The experiments were under- taken for the purpose of working out methods of keeping down the level of the ground w^ater and removing from the soil the alkali which had accumulated on account of the heavy evaporation with the ground water near the surface. At Fresno the ground water rises from about the first of the year to the first of May and from that time until the end of the year falls again. It remains, however, within less than 4 feet of the surface for about half the year, thus submerging the roots of plants and hindering their growth or destroying them entii'cly. The experiments consisted of putting in tile drains leading to sumps, from which the drainage water was pumped, with the object of holding the ground water level below the root zones of plants, and the application of water to wash the accumulated salts from the soil into the drains and thus have it carried out through the pumps. Such experiments were carried out on tw'o tracts, one of which had ceased to bear any vegetation and the other of which was rapidly becoming so wet that crops were dying. In both cases the condi- tions were so far relieved that good crops were grown. The report discusses methods of putting in the drains, giving data as to cost. On the basis of these experiments, which cover quite small areas, recommendations for the treatment of all the affected areas in the Fresno district are made. RURAL ECONOMICS. 89 The work in the Modesto and Tnrlock districts, discussed lu the report, was done principally by the district organizations, with the advice of this OflSce, and consisted in the digging of open ditches to take away surplus water and hold the level of the ground water below the danger limit. The method of digging these ditches and cost data are given. Drainage of irrigated lands, C. F. Brown ( U. 8. Dcpt. Agr., Farmers^ Bui. 371. pp. 52, figs. 19). — This supplements Farmers' Bulletin 187, previously noted (E. S. K., 15, p. 934) on the drainage of farm lands, and reports studies carried on in Utah with a variety of soils and conditions on the drainage of irrigated lauds which had been seriously injured or rendered wholly unpro- ductive by the seepage of irrigation water or by the rise of alkali, or by both combined. The work was conducted under the supei vision of the Drainage Investigations of this Office in cooperation with the Utah Station, and a por- tion has been previously noted in Bulletin 99 of the Utah Station (E. S. R., 18, p. 1166). Details are given as to the plans, construction, cost, and results of the drain- age of the various irrigated tracts, together with a brief description of methods employed in other States and a discussion of the principles and practice under- lying the drainage of these lands. It is stated that not less than 150,000 acres of irrigated land in Utah have been ruined or seriously injured by seepage or alkali, and will require drainage in oi'der to restore them to a productive state, while in all the other irrigated States from 10 to 20 per cent of the land which has been under irrigation for 10 years or more requires drainage. The experiments reported indicate that drainage of these lands is profitable. The cost varied with the conditions, but in most cases was about $15 per acre. " Success is dependent upon correct plans and proper construction of drains. Careful and systematic surveys aud subsoil examinations should never be omitted. The form of drain or section of ditch should be chosen with reference to its efficiency in the particular soil formation and water conditions. "The subsequent care and treatment of drains and lands will also determine the ultimate success. . . . Drainage systems in arid countries, where irrigation is practiced, require watching and treatment after they are laid. The care is necessary in relation to surface waters, and the treatment of lands necessary when they are affected with alkali." Pumping plants for irrigators, G. E. P. Smith (Arizona Sta. Bid. 60, pp. 399--'ill. fld^- •?^- — This discusses the sinking and curbing of wells, pumps, strainers, and power iihints. RURAL ECONOMICS. Replanning a farm for profit, C. I>. Smith and J. W. Froley ( V. H. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. 370, pp. 36). — This bulletin suggests six different farming systems for a run-down 80-acre farm in central Illinois, with the estimated expenditures and returns of each type. The total income of the whole farm in 1908, estimating crops at average jirices, was less than $450 per year, whereas the estimated gross incomes from the different types of farming proposed, after deducting the cost of fei-tilizers or feeding stuffs, range from $862 to $2,334 per year. The results of the inquiry are summarized as follows : " Habit frequently continues a type of farming in a community long after that type has become unprofitable. "Changes in the farm system are often deferred (1) because of lack of knowledge of how to replan the farm, (2) because of lack of funds in carrying out new plans. (3) because new fences, buildings, or equipment are called 18.556—10 7 90 KXl'ElllMENT STATIOK RECORD. fur iu the new iihiii, and (4) boenusc a c-liaiip' rrcciiiciii l\ icqnin-s a ivadjusl- lueiit of many of the usual ways of thinkiuK and ddiii}^. "In rephinning the farm. holi» may be obtained from visits to successful farms, from farm literature, agricultural ])ai)ers, the state experiment st.itions, the agricultural colleges, the United States Department of Agriculture, and from agricultural experts. " The farm cau be as successfully planned as other businesses are, provided the plans are made to cover average conditions over a period of years. " Profitable farming results from good farm plans comprehending every fea- ture of the farm carefully coordinated and effectually carried out. "A good farm plan provides (1) a reasonable i-eward for the capital and labor invested and (2) the maintenance or increase of soil fertility, and (3) it must be v,-ithin the comin-ehension and ability of the owner to carry out. "The income from the same farm cau often be doubled or trebled without increased exi)ense by adopting a system of farming suited to the land, the locality, and the owner." Landowner and tenant, J. N. McBride {Breeder's Oaz., 56 {1909), 'No. 13, p. 686). — The evils of the present tenant system on farms are pointed out in this article, and the organization of farm stock companies between landowner and tenant with the rights of each carefully defined by contract is advocated. It is believed that this plan would secure to the tenant the rewards of his invest- ment and the maximum value of his labor, while the landowner would receive the maximum return on the land, maintain the fertility of the soil, and retain an equal voice in the management of his own farm. The problem of small landownership, L. X. Modona {Atti R. Accad. Econ. Agr. Georg. Firense, 5. ser., 6 {1909), No. 3-.'t, pp. 319-408). — This article reviews the history of legislation in France, Belgium, Denmark, England, Norway, Australia, New Zealand, and Italy with regard to changes in land owning and particularly with reference to small holdings. The progress which has been made b.v the governments of the different countries for the encouragement and protection of small landowners and their families is described in detail. The study of the American homestead system and its adoption with certain modi- fications to meet rural conditions iu Italy and other European countries are advocated. The results of legislation in the different countries are shown to have improved agricultural conditions, prevented rural depopulation, and pro- moted national welfare. An extensive bibliography relating to agrarian legislation in various countries is included. The operation of the small holding's act during- 1908 {Jour. Bd. Agr. [London], 16 {1909), No. 7, pp. 575-579). — "The result of the first year's work since the small holdings and allotments act, 1907, came into operation, has been that 23,285 applications have been received by county councils for 373,601 acres ; that 13,202 applicants have been approved provisionally as suitable : that the estimated quantity of land required for the suitable applicants is 185,098 acres; that 21,417 acres have been acquired by county councils, of which 11,346 acres have been purchased for £370,965, and 10,071 acres leased for total rents amounting to £11,209; that the land acquired will provide for about 1,500 of the applicants; and that 504 of them were in actual possession of their holdings on December 31, 1908." Government loans in Bussia, J. W. Ragsdale {Daily Cons, and Trade Rpts. [U. 8.1, 1909, No. 3619, p. 6). — The principal stipulations of a new project for furnishing credit for agricultural and agrotechnical purposes in Russia are reported. The ministry of agriculture is to be allowed $1,030,000 annually for 10 years as a special fund from which loans will be made for: (1) Agricultui-al im- EURAL ECOXOMICS. 91 provements such as draiuing, irrigatiou, and clearing laud; (2) improveuieuts lu such special branches of rural economy as horticulture, sylviculture, and cattle breeding and the organization of mills, dairies, and establishments for the working of timber; and (3) construction of elevators, warehouses, kilns, etc., for facilitating the export of the products of rural economy. These loans can be made through zemstvos, rural and credit associations, and various agri- cultural organizations to an amount not exceeding 75 per cent of the cost of the proposed improvement at 4* per cent interest. On loans for the improve- ment of roads only 2 per cent interest is to be charged. The loans may run from 5 to 30 years and are secured by mortgage of lands if the loan exceeds $500, or if less by a simple bill of exchange. The insurance of farm laborers against accidents at their work, I. Baxdini ET Ai.. (Bol. Quind. Soc. Agr. Ital., 14 (1909), No. 18, pp. 899-905).— Objections raised by Professors Gioda and Ferrari to the plan of insurance proposed by I. Bandiui (E. S. K., 21, p. 492) are published in letters to the editor, together with the reply of I. Bandini who not only answers the objections, but also gives additional reasons for a flexible system of insurance based upon assessed valua- tion of farms and adapted to the agricultural conditions and practices in the different provinces of Italy as compared with the obligatory and uniform plan proposed by the government. The proposed law of E. Conti regarding accidents at agricultural labor, P. Ferrari (Atti R. Accad. Econ. Agr. Georg. Firenze, 5. ser., 6 {1909), No. 3-4, pp. 261-288). — This article discusses some of the more important features of the law proposed by Senator E. Conti regarding obligatory insurance of farm laborers against accidents at their work, points out wherein the law should be modified as regards its methods of fixing the rates of premiums, and calls attention by means of statistics and discussion to the results secured under the voluntary system by the mutual insurance societies of Vercelli and Tuscany. The insurance of farm laborers in Switzerland against accidents at their work, J. Aguet (Bol. Quind. Soc. Agr. Ital., 1', (1009), No. 11, pp. 838-841).— This article presents a brief summary of legislation in Switzerland with refer- ence to the insurance of laborers against sickness and accident, including the provisions of the kiw relating to agricultural laborers. The important features of the Swiss laws are compared with the provisions of the law proposed by Senator E. Conti, which favors obligatory insurance. Experience in Switzer- land has shown the advantage of optional insurance, and this system is urged for Italy as more just and less burdensome to employing farmers than obliga- tory insurance. Agriculture in Japan, C. Shimooka (Tokyo: Govt., 1908, pp. X+455). — This volume discusses the geography, governmental administrative system, popula- tion, land tenure system, condition of agriculture, agricultural products, govern- mental provisions for agricultural research and education, the encouragement and protection of agriculture, and the commerce in agricultural products of Japan. A table of Japanese terms relating to money, weights, and measures with English equivalents is included. The sections dealing with most of these topics are abstracted separately elsewhere in this issue. The cultivation of tobacco from the economic point of view, D. Vigiani (Atti R. Accad. Econ. Agr. Georg. Firenze, 5. ser., 6 (1909), No. 3-4, pp. 309- 318). — Statistics on the cost of raising tobacco in different parts of Italy, the net returns to the producer under the systems of independent farming and farm- ing on shares, and the economic advantages to farmers in the cultivation of tobacco are discussed in this article. Crop Reporter (U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Stalls. Crop Reporter, 11 (1909), No. 10, pp. 65-72), — Notes and statistics on the condition of crops in the United States 92 EXPERIMENT STATION KKCOHD. and foreign countries, and tlie farm \ahu's of imijortant pi-oducts and tlie range of prices of agricultural products in tlie chief markets of the United States are reported, together with data on the production and consumption of manu- factured fertilizers alistraeted on page L*(i of this issue. Crop Reporter: Index to Vols. 8-10 (U. S. Dcpt. At/r., lUir. Htatis. Crop Re- porter, Index, Vols. 8-JO, pp. 15). According to the autlior Its function is '• to get nations to complete their crop- reporting systems, to get them to harmonize the data to the end that the institute may gather from the nations the facts regarding their crops, sum- marize them, and disseminate them promptly to all the world." The progress that the institute has made in bringing about these results is briefly described and it is believed that it will be in a position to liegin its regular official service in January, 1910. [Bibliography of agriculture], Adi;laiuk II. Hasse (Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, Pub. 85 (Me.), pp. 11-21; (N. II.), pp. 9-12; (Vt.), pp. 11-lJ,; (N. Y.), pp. 25-41; (R. I.), i}p. 23-27; (Mass.), pp. 21-28; (Cal), pp. 12-1,8; and (III), pp. 33-104). — The Index of Economic Material in Documents of the States of the United States, which is being issued by the Carnegie Institution of Washington, contains a bibliography relating to agriculture and agricultural societies. The States for which the material has been published are Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, New York, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, California, and Illinois. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Agricultural education in America, W. Macdonald (Neic York, IDOH. ))p. VII -\- 162, pi. 1). — This gives a brief survey of the legislation by the National Government respecting agricultural education witli the results that have grown out of it, and has been prepared for the particular purpose of influencing a similar development in the Transvaal, from which country the author came to the University of Minnesota for a graduate course in agriculture. The book is a dissertation for the degree of doctor of science, and deals principally with the U. S. Department of Agriculture, agricultural endowments, the rise of Cornell University, farmers" institutes, and agricultural education in Minnesota. Provisions relating to agricultural education, C. Shimooka (In Agrieultnrc in Japan. Tokyo: Govt., IDOS. pp. Slio-SSS). — A brief description is given of the system of agricultural education in Japan. This includes 2 university colleges of agriculture, 6 technical institutes or agricultural high schools, 78 common schools of agriculture for middle class farmers, 101 common schools of agricul- ture for small farmers, and supplementary and miscellaneous instruction in agri- culture, including local agricultural institutes, peripatetic lectures, primary agricultural schools, and schools for the training of teachers of agriculture. The teaching of agriculture in the high school, F. M. Giles (Sehool Rev., n ilHOD), No. 3, pp. 15-'/-165). — This paper recommends tlie use of elementary agriculture as an introduction to high-school science for the following reasons : (1) It meets the interest of adolescent pupils far better than the traditional science courses derived from the colleges; (2) it conforms better to the peda- gogical order of the practical organization of facts before their philosophical organization; and (3) it secures to a larger degree the approval of school patrons. From these bases the author concludes that the agricultural instruc- tion should explain environment rather than give technical skill, and that its educational value is as marked for city as for rural schools. Agriculture in the high school, S, A. Harbourt (Jour. Ed. [Boston], 10 (1909), No. 16, pp. 1(30, 431). — From the exi)eriences and results of four years' teaching of agriculture in the Andover (Ohio) High School the author concludes that the work has increased the interest of pupils in other school subjects, led AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. 93 to practical farm experimenting by tliom, cultivated practical judgment, and de- veloped moral principle. Nearby farmers are now imderdraining and liming their land, treating seed potatoes for scab, improving dairy herds, pruning or- chards, building good roads, and caring for farm machinery. " One can not buy a secondhand agricultural book in Andover." They are kept for reference in the home library. Public school agriculture, 1909 (Mass. Agr. Col., Dept. Agr. Ed. [Pamphlet], pp. 82). — This course in elementary agriculture, prepared by a committee of five appointed by the Conference on Agi-icultural Science at the Massachusetts Agricultural College in 1908, consists of a series of practical exercises, for each of which appropriate materials and directions are suggested. There are 54 of these exercises, covering such topics as types of soil and subsoil, plant roots and root nodules, effect of humus and lime in clay soil, determination of the per- centage of water and air in soils, testing soil solutions for acidity or alkalinity, soil temperatures, capillarity and evapoi*ation, soil drainage, transpiration in plants, study of various seeds, corn germination, variations in plant growth, im- provement by selection, home gardening, grafting, pruning, and budding, plant enemies and diseases, prep;iriiti(in of Bordeaux mixture, milk testing, and milk bacteria. Agriculture for common schools, M. L. Fisher and F. A. Cotton (New York, 1909, pp. XXIII-\-3Sl, figs. 93).— The contents of this book are arranged under 5 main sections — soils, farm crops, horticulture, animal husbandry, and dairying. The last section includes a chapter on bees and 2 chapters on poultry. There are also 3 appendixes, presenting (1) digestion tables, (2) reference books, and (3) education and agriculture. The last named is a short chapter suggesting how the teacher can best use neighborhood material for adding interest and ef- fectiveness to the teaching of reading, si)elling, arithmetic, and geography. Practical agriculture, .J. W. Wilkinson (New York, Cincinnati, and Chicago, 1909, pp. 383, figs. 165, dgms. 2, maps 5). — This is a new text on agriculture for the common schools. In addition to the usual topics and illustrations, it has chapters on the history of agriculture, special herb and leaf crops, nut crops, civic improvement, roads and road improvement, fuel and light, and country life conveniences. An appendix contains tables of feeding standards, weights and measures, dates for crop planting, score cards for corn and cotton, and a list of apparatus and supplies for simple experiments and laboratory work. A glossary of the more unusual terms follows the appendix. The school garden book, C. M. Weed and P. Emekson (New York, 1909, pp. IX+320, pi. 1, figs. 107). — This is intended as a general guide for teachers in directing school garden work and in utilizing its educational, economic, and social values in the training of children. The botanical structure of flowers is clearly illustrated. The home-gardening habit is the objective point in all the instruction given. Part 1 consists of 12 chapters under the general title. The Garden Month by Month, beginning with September, and contains cultural directions and descriptive matter concerning the principal flowers and garden vegetables. Part 2, entitled Garden Exercises for Pupils, is devoted to sug- gestions for carrying on the various gardening operations. Suggestions for garden work in California schools, E. B. Babcock (Cali- fornia Sta. Circ. 46, pp. 5-.'t6, figs. 13). — The author reviews briefly the progress of the children's garden movement, gives illustrations of successful school garden work in California, outlines a scheme successfully carried out at Chico, Cal., for the business management of school gardens through the organization of a school b;ink, and gives general suggestions to teachers who are beginning school-garden work as to the creation of public sentiment for the work and as to details of the work in small rural or ungraded schools and in large rural or city schools. 94 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Ill tlio small niral schools it is roconinioiulod tiiat liotli individnnl i)lats and coniimmity plats bo dovclopoil, the foriuor to bo devoted to plant i)ropagatioii and oxperiineiital plant iniprovoniont. and the latter to fertilizer tests, a collection of native plants, and a model kitchen jiarden. It is also sn;;j,'estod that as the pupils advance in garden work they be encouraged to start homo gardens. liists are given of crops snitable for experimental plant improvement, including field crops, vegetables, and garden fruits. For the work in large rural or city schools a graded scheme is adapted from Circular (50 of this Office, previously noted (E. S. R., 16, p. 935). Lists are given of plants 'that will thrive with large amounts of water and of others that will thrive with little water, also directions as to where to obtain seeds and bulbs. There are further instructions for teachers beginning garden work as to selection of location, laying out of gardens, preparation of soil. ]ilanting seeds, bulbs, shrubs, and trees, furrow irrigation, cultivation, time necessary for garden work, means of carrying on garden work during vacation, and how to secure special preparation for teaching nature study in California. The circular closes with a bibliography of publications referred to in the text, and a list of publications of the California Station. Agricultural extension (Indiana .S7ff. Cirr: 16, pp. //J, fips. 33). — A descriptive circular containing general information relative to the work of the experiment station and school of agriculture, including a brief outline of the work of each, department and summaries of recent publications. MISCELLANEOUS. Annual Report of Hawaii Station, 1908 {Hawaii Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. 8Jf). — This consists of the organization list, a summary by the special agent in charge as to the investigations of the year, and reports of the entomologist, horticul- turist, and assistant chemist and of the experimental work with field crops, all of which are abstracted elsewhere in this issue. Twenty-second Annual Report of Nebraska Station, 1908 {Nebraska Sta, Rpt. 1908, lip. XXIV-{-J58). — This contains the organization list, a review of the work of the station during the year, a financial statement for the federal funds for the fiscal year ended June 30, 190S, for the state funds for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1908, and for the remaining funds for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1908, and special articles abstracted elsewhere in this issue. Sixteenth Annual Report of Washington Station, 1906 (Washington Sta. Rpt. 1906, pp. 32). — This contains the organization list, a report of the director on the work of the year. Including reports of heads of departments of which a portion of that of the chemist is al)stracted on page 34 of this issue, and a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 190G. Seventeenth Annual Report of "Washington Station, 1907 (Washington Sta. Rpt. 1907, pp. 20). — This includes the organization list, a report of the director on the work of the year, a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1907, a summarized report by the director on the work of the station for the past 14 years, and a list of the publications availal)le for distribution. Eighteenth Annual Report of Washington Station, 1908 (Washington Sta. Rpt. 1908, pp. I.')). — This includes the organization list, a report on the work of the station during the year, and a financial statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1908. Publications of the United States Department of Agriculture and how they are distributed (L. S. Dcpt. Agr.. Dir. f'i(hs. C'irc 6. pp. 3). — ^This gives an explanation as to the methods of distributing the various classes of publi- cations of this Department. NOTES. Alabama College and Station. — J. C. C. Price has been apiioinreil assistant in horticnltnre. California University. — In connection with the short courses recently com- pleted at Davis, the first Farmers' Week was held, beginning October 25. A special feature was a conference on rural life, at which W. A. Beard, of the recent Commission on Country Life, acted as chairman. The total attendance at the Farmers' Week and the short courses was about 200. Colorado College.— A building 60 by 120 ft. is under construction for the department of civil and irrigation engineering, and is expected to be completed at an early date. B. O. Longyear, professor of botany, is also to act as professor of forestry. Georgia College. — An appropriation of $125,000 was made by the last legis- lature for maintenance during the ensuing biennium. Of this sum, $10,000 is for extension teaching, which with funds available from other sources will supply about $14,000 a year for this purpose. As a result of these appropria- tions departments of chemistry and veterinary medicine have been organized, the college staff is being increased, and much needed equipment is being added. W. A, Worsham, jr., who is a graduate of the Universitj- of Georgia, and has received the M. S. degree at Harvard University, has been appointed adjunct professor of chemistry; and Dr. A. G. G. Richardson, formerly con- nected with the Bureau of Animal Industry, of this Department, has been appointed professor of veterinary medicine. J. E. Hite, formerly of the Tennessee Station, assumes charge of extension work, with Thomas A. Early in charge of school extension, A. Maclaren in charge of dairy extension, and S. A. Minear in charge of horticultural exten- sion work, and R. L. Nixon as assistant in the organization and direction of institute work. This will give a staff of five men devoting their time exclu- sively to extension work in the State. There has been a hearty response to the extension work thus far organized, and it is planned during the winter to hold a series of itinerant schools at the conclusion of the cotton school, the stock- men's short course, the farmers' conference, and other meetings to be held at the college in January. Hawaii Federal Station. — Funds have been allotted fi"om the Territorial income tax to erect a new office building for the station. It is proposed to provide in this building rooms for the library, storage of bulletins, and ofBces for five or six members of the staff. The old office building will then be turned over to the joint use of the chemist and entomologist, and the quarters now used by the agronomist will be used for storage purposes. An arrangement has just been completed for starting a rotation experiment of 60 acres on the island of Molokai. Tliis experiment is to be under the direction of the station and the work done by the owner of the laud. The laud will be at the disposal of the station until the experiment is concluded. 05 96 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Idaho Station. — \V. L. Cailyle, foniiLTly of tlic Colorado College and Station, has been appointed dirertor, and entered ui)on his dnties January 1. Minnesota University and Station. — A. V. Woods, assistant chief of the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department, has been aiipointed dean and director to succeed J. W. Olseu, resigned, and will enter upon his duties about February 15. O. M. Olson, deputy superintendent of farmers' institutes at the Washington College, has accepted a position with the extension department of the college of agriculture. Nebraska University and Station. — Charles S. Allen and William G. Whitmore have been reelected regents, and Frank I^. Haller, of Omaha, has been elected to fill a vacancy on the board. G. Herbert Koons, adjunct professor of agri- cultural botany, has also been appointed assistant in agricultural botany in the station. New Mexico College and Station. — F. L, Bixby, connected with the Irrigation Investigation of this Otlice, has been appointed professor of civil and irrigation engineering in the college and irrigation engineer in the station, and entered upon his duties January 1. Ohio State University. — Owing to the increased enrollment in the regular courses in domestic science and the resulting lack of room and equipment, the home makers' short course in domestic science has been discontinued for the present year. Extension schools continuing for one week are being held in 35 counties in the State, under the appropriation made by the last legislature. O. C. Cunningham has been appointed instructor in dairying. Oregon College. — The department of industrial pedagogy, authorized by the board of regents in January, 1908, but held in abeyance through lack of funds, was given concrete form last August when E. D. Ressler, for 7 years president of the Oregon State Normal School, was appointed professor in charge. The first semester is being devoted to instruction in the county institutes and to the general promotion of industrial education in the State. Classes will be organ- ized in the second semester in the pedagogy of elementary agriculture, domestic science and art, and the mechanic arts. A summer school of 7 weeks will also be organized for the benefit of public school teachers who desire opportunity to fit themselves to teach the industrial subjects. Clemson College, — President P. H. Mell retired early in January, and will reside in Atlanta, Ga. Walter M. Riggs, director of the mechanical and elec- trical department, has been appointed acting president. West Virginia Station. — O. C. Beck, an 1899 graduate of Columbia University, has been appointed assistant chemist and entered ui)ou his duties December 1. Wisconsin University and Station. — Itecent aijpointments include the following assistants : Miss Emily M. Bresee and J. C. Jurrjens in the feed and fertilizer inspection, J. Johnson in horticulture, J. M. Napier in agronomy, P. P. Peterson and W. W. Weir in soils, W. W. Sylvester and F. White in agricultural engi- neering, and W. II. Peterson in agricultural chemistry. American Society of Animal Nutrition. — The first annual meeting of this society was held in Chicago, November 27, in connection with the International Live Stock Exposition. About 40 college and station workers were in attendance. The secretary reported an increase in the membership to 92, representing 33 States. The presidential address by H. P. Armsby dealt with The Food Supply of the Future. Some of the principal features of this address are noted editorially. A brief report on aflnliation with other societies was made by H. J. Waters. The society voted to authorize the president and the committee on affiliation to make such arrangements toward affiliation as they saw fit. NOTES. 97 Chairmau F. B. Mumford, of the committee ou methods of reijortiug results of feeding experiments, recommended that bulletins of the stations which report results of investigation should be issued in a series distinct from those prepared especially for the use of the practical farmer. This recommendation was con- curred in by the society. Dr. N. S. Mayo related his practice when preparing bulletins of a popular nature in Cuba of submitting his manuscript to the criticism of a practical farmer, stating that in t^his way many valuable sug- gestions were obtained. A paper was presented by H. R. Smith, of Nebraska, ou How are Feeding Ex- periments to be of Greater Value to the Farmer, this being devoted chiefly to the discussion of meat production. The author reported recent experiments wherein he had obtained favorable results in feeding alfalfa and corn to steers. Farmers in the corn belt were advised to devote one-fourth of their land, now in grain, to the raising of alfalfa. B. W. Morse, of this Oflice. made a few remarks concerning cooperation in nutrition investigations, and read two papers by Dr. F. G. Benedict, of the Carnegie Institution, and Dr. C. F. Langworthy, of this Oflice, on Suggestions for Experiments in Studying the Protein Requirement of Animals. The authors of these papers called attention to the discordant results of investigations on protein requirement. These were believed to be due to factors which had been overlooked but which can be taken into consideration in future experiments by having a well-matured plan. The relation of protein to carbohydrates and the influence of mineral matter were thought to be factors which hitherto had not been given suHicient consideration. It was suggested that it would be of great advantage if a number of stations would cooperate in this work, each investigator working on the same plan, but with different animals and with different feeding stuffs. The pig was recommended as an excellent animal with which to conduct nutrition investi- gations, provided the technique in carrying on the work could be improved. Such experiments would also throw light on problems connected with human nutrition. Preliminary experiments with small animals were also advocated as they are much less expensive to feed and care for and the effect on inherit- ance of any system of feeding can be obtained much more quickly. The ques- tion of cooperative experiments was referred to the committee on experiments. Officers were elected for the ensuing year as follows : President, H. P. Armsby; vice-president, C. F. Curtiss; secretary-treasurer, D. H. Otis; registrar of elections, J. T. AVillard ; committee on experiments, the president ex-officio, H. W. Mumford, J. H. Skinner, H. J. Waters, H. R. Smith, T. L. Haecker, and B. B. Forbes; committee on terminology, H J. Waters, H. W. Mumford, W. J. Kennedy, P. F. Trowbridge, and H. S. Grindley ; committee on reporting results, F. B. Mumford. D. H. Otis, and H. R. Smith ; and the committee on affiliation, H. J. Waters, L. C. Hall, and H. Hayward. It was voted to have the proceed- ings printed in full. The next meeting will be held in Washington, D. C. in connection with that of the Association of American Agricultural Colleges and Experiment Stations. International Live Stock Exposition. — The tenth exhibition of live stock, held in Chicago, November 27 to December 4, amply illustrated how materially the show has raised the standards of breeding, feeding, and judging during the past decade. Judged by the number and quality of the animals exhibited, the sales of pure-bred stock, and the large attendance at the meeting of the Breed- ers' Association held during the week, popular interest in pure-bred stock has never been so great. The entries numbered 3,908, filling all the available .space, and in most classes the quality of stock was superior to that of previous years. The prizes offered aggregated .$75,000. Nearly all sections of this coun- try were represented, together with numerous exhibits from Canada and other 98 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. forcij^n i-ountrios. ami including for the (irst time an t^xliibitor and i>ri7-e winner from Argentina. The apiiearance of the stock in the arena was nnich improved by the novel expedient of dyeing the arena sawdnst green, therelty improving the light and simulating outdoor conditions. The death of the secretary-treasurer of the association. .MortiuK-r Levering, occurred during the show. To succeed him li. H. Heide was elected secretary aud H. G. I.,eonard treasureiv.- The agricultural colleges and expeiimcnt stations fully maintained their positiou of leadershii) at the exposition, liguring largely in the prize winnings and in the list of .judges. Their entries were especially strong in the fat-stock classes, and in the single bullock show they made a surprising record by win- ning all the chami)ionships. There was the usual large attendance of their students and teachers, 10 institutions being represented, and the Missouri Uni- versity alone sending 30r> men. In the student judging contest, 7 colleges were represented, Iowa wimiing with a score of 4,940 out of a possible 5,000, followed by Ontario, Ohio, Kansas, Nebraska, Missouri, aud Texas. The Iowa team won first on cattle aud hogs, that of Missouri on horses, and that of Ohio on sheep. A comparison of the scores with those of ])revious years showed that 5 men exceeded the highest previous individual record, and 6 of the 7 teams the highest previous team record. The largest number of breed entries was in the Shorthorn classes, where there were 295 entries of Shorthorns in the breeding aud 48 in the fat ckisses. There was a special class for milking Shorthorns, 50 per cent being allowed for beef and 50 for milk production. In the Shorthorn steers the Kansas College took first prize on calves and fifth on two-year-olds, aud Iowa stood second on calves. In the yearling class Minnesota took the first prize, Ohio the fourth. In the Shorthorn association special, Kansas stood first and Iowa second in the senior calves class, and Missouri w'on two prizes in the junior calves. The Angus breed ranked next to the Shorthorn in the number of entries and captured the single steer championship, the reserve championship, the cham- I)ion herd, and the champion group the get of one sire, and also won 7 out of the 10 prizes offered in the dressed carcass contest. The Galloway types exhibited indicated that much improvement has been made in their quality as a beef breed since their first introduction to this country, and 2 prizes in the slaughter test went to this breed. The Polled Durham entries showed an increase to 52, and the Red Polls were also represented in greater numbers than ever before. In the fat-stock classes there were a large number of exceptionally good steers. The Kansas College won the grand championship with a pure-bred two- year-old Angus steer, King Ellsworth, bred in Illinois and exhibited last year at the show when he weighed 1,400 lbs. He was purchased a year ago by the college and fed a ration of corn, bran, oil meal, and alfalfa hay, increasing his Aveight to 1,750 lbs. The, reserve champion was also owned by the Kansas Col- lege. In the Angus steer contest, Kansas won first on two-year-olds, with ^Minnesota second, Ohio third, Nebraska fourth, and Purdue fifth, aud also first and fifth on yearlings, with Nebraska second, Iowa third, and Minnesota fourth. On calves Minnesota was first, Nebraska second, and Kansas third, the last named also taking the breed championship and that for a pen of three. The colleges also took a large number of prizes In the Galloway steer classes, and in the Polled Durhams Iowa won first in yearlings, calves, and herd, and second in two-year-olds. The grades and crosses were judged from butchers" standards by the cham- pionship judge, William Heap, of Manchester. England. The standing of the colleges in these classes was also noteworthy. On two-year-olds Iowa won sec- NOTES. 99 ond ami fourth, Missouri third; senior yearlings, Nebraska first; junior year- lings, Iowa first and third, Ohio fifth ; senior calves, Missouri first, Purdue fifth ; junior calves, Iowa third and fourth ; pen of three, Iowa second and third, Missouri fourth ; pen of three, get of one sire, Kansas first, Iowa second. The value of the car-lot exhibit was much increased by the feeding data which were available. The Shorthorns won the championship in both the fat and feeding cattle classes and for the first time the champion load, these being yearlings weighing 1,190 lbs., and selling for $15 per hundredweight. This lot was wintered on a ration of corn on the cob with some bran, a little oil cake, and roughage consisting of clover, alfalfa, and timothy. They were carried through the summer in a 20-acre feed lot, with oil cake as a supplementary feed. Cotton-seed meal was tried at one time, but as it was not relished a re- turn to oil cake was made. Six weeks before the show brown sugar was fed, each steer being allowed 1 lb. daily, and 4 weeks prior to shipping they were given a daily ration of oats. The prize car lot of 15 short-fed yearlings were Angus, which made a gain of 5,025 lbs. at a cost of $9.59 per hundred- weight. The feed consumed in addition to pasture was stated to have been 360 bu. old corn, 450 bu. new corn, 75 bu. crushed oats, 1 ton oil meal, and (5 tons clover hay. The premium car lot of two-year-olds were Herefords which gained 4,900 lbs. at a cost of $9..30 per hundredweight. In addition to pasture they con- sumed 3,785 lbs. snapped corn, 4,599 lbs. corn-and-cob meal, 2,095 lbs. linseed meal, and 3,335 lbs. alfalfa hay. The prize winners in the car-lot feeding cattle were mostly from Colorado. In the cattle slaughter test 7 out of 10 prizes went to the Angus breed, 2 to the Galloway, and 1 to the Red Polled. The first prize in the class for animals one year old and under two was won by the Universitj^ of Nebraska on a grade Angus with a live weight of 1,390 lbs., dressing 65.8 per cent, and selling for 14.25 cents per pound. The first and second prizes for animals two years old Mud under three were also wonby the University of Nebraska, and other prizes in this contest were won by the Iowa College and the Ohio State University. The display in the fat classes of sheep w^as of high character and showed a growing interest in mutton sheep in the corn belt. Many prizes were won by the Wisconsin, Wyoming, and Ohio universities. In the dressed carcass contest all the prizes were won by the Wisconsin University except the second prize, which went to the Iowa College. The Southdown was the only breed repre- sented in this test. The first prize yearling dressed 63.48 per cent of the live weight and sold for 10.25 cts. per pound. The first prize lamb dressed 60.64 Iter cent live weight and sold for 51 cts. i)er pound. A notable feature of this contest was the uniformity in rating on foot and on the block, the lambs that won first and second in the carcass test having won first and second in the open classes for Southdown lambs. The Wyoming University showed a novelty in a Highland-Cotswold cross. This was cut for inspection, as were the best 5 sheep in both yearling and lamb classes. The forequarter proved to be too heavy, and the percentage of fat to lean far too excessive. The pea-fed lot of year- lings submitted by the Wisconsin University won first as in the past 2 years. After an interval of several years the breeding classes for swine were re- established this year. Prizes were obtained by the Iowa College and the Ohio State and Purdue universities. In the dressed swine contest the prize went to a Poland China, which dressed 87.42 per cent, the Iowa College winning third on a Duroc Jersey that dressed 86.27 per cent. The Ohio State University had the only exhibit of fat Large Yorkshires, and showed 3 barrows of the curly coated Lincolnshire breed — the first brought to this country. Two of these were slaughtered and dressed 77.8 and 77.11 per cent respectively. The Iowa Station showed a number of pens of swine that had been used in experimental work which illustrated the efi'ect of feeding different rations. 100 EXPERIMENT STATTOX HKCORI). In the special classes for collej^e and station slocl<, Kansas won tirst on two- year-olds, followed by Iowa, Missouri, and Ohio; and also first on yearlinjis, with Nebraska second. Iowa third, and Minnesota fourth. On calves Missouri won first and third, with Kansas second, and Iowa fourth; and the cliiniipion- ship for a single animal and a pen of five went to Kansas. Local Short Courses for Farmers and Teachers in Tennessee. — The 'Nanhvillc Banner of November 27 states that the State Commissioner of Agriculture in Tennessee has inaugurated a system of itinerant short courses for farmers and public school teachers and officers. It is expected that the instruction given will enable teacliers to give elementary instruction in agriculture in their own schools. European Horticultural Departments. — According to The Gardeners' Chroniele, an enactment signed by the King of Belgium. November 0, establishes a spe- cial department of horticulture in that country. The councilors in whose hands the work of organizing the department has been placed are Messrs. E.de Meyer, E. Henriouille, and I^. Jooseus. This is believed to be the first definite depart- ment devoted exclusively to the interests of horticulture ever organized. By a legal enactment taking effect September 9, a technical commission of horticulture was organized in the French ministry of agriculture. This com- mission is to be comiiosed partl.v of members ex-ofiicio, including leading officials in the ministry of agriculture and other administrative departments of the government, as well as the president of the National Horticultural Society of France and the director of the National Horticultural School of Versailles, and partly of members to be appointed by the minister of agriculture. It is to meet subject to the call of the minister of agriculture and pass upon all questions submitted to it for examination. Miscellaneous. — At the recent Dry Farming Congress at Billings, Mont., a reso- lution was adopted urging " that a Weather Bureau expert be detailed to each experiment station for the purpose of investigating soil moisture and tillage, in order that records may be obtained by which precipitation and evaporation may be determined." At the recent Dry Farming Congress at Billings. Mont., a resolution was adopted urging " that a Weather Bureau expert be detailed to each experiment station for the purpose of investigating soil moisture and tillage, in order that records may lie obtained b.y which precipitation and evaporation may be determined." Dr. Albin Braf, royal imperial minister of agriculture of Austria, has re- signed to become royal imperial privy counsellor, and has been succeeded by Dr. Josef Ritter v. Popp, section chief in the ministry of agriculture. W. Batesou, professor of biology at the University of Cambridge, has ac- <;epted the position of director of the newly established .John Innes Horti- <;ultural Institution. d EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD, Editor: E. W. ALLEN, Ph. D., Assistant Director. Assistant Editor: H. L. Knight. EDITORIAL DEPARTMENTS. Agricultural Chemistry and Agrotechny — L. W. Fetzer, Ph. D. Meteorology, Soils, and Fertilizers— W. H. Beal. Agricultural Botany and Vegetable Pathology— W. H. Evans, Ph. D. T7- ij ri 13. 1. Schulte. FieldCropsjj Q j^^^.j^j^^ Horticulture and Forestry — E. J. Glasson. Foods and Human Nutrition — C. F. Langworthy, Ph. D. Zootechny, Dairying, and Dairy Farming — E. W. Morse. Economic Zoology, Entomology, and Veterinary Medicine— W. A. Hooker. Rural Engineering . Rural Economics — J. B. Morman. Agricultural Education — D. J. Crosby. CONTENTS OF VOL. XXII, NO. 2. Editorial notes: - P^g«- Government r. administration in relation to the agricultural colleges and experiment stations 101 Recent work in agricultural science Ill Notes 198 SUBJECT LIST OF ABSTRACTS. agricultural chemistry — agrotechny. The so-called nitrogen-free extract substances, Konig and Sutthoff Ill The nature of the kutin contained in crude fiber, Sutthoff Ill Determination of starch by means of trichloracetic acid, Biourge 112 The sugars in asparagus, Tanret 112 The occurrence of pinene in lemon oil, Chace 112 Determination of sodium benzoate in ketchups, Hillyer 112 Carbonophosphates in milk, Barille 112 A volumetric method for casein in milk. Van Slyke and Bosworth 112 A rapid method of determining the percentage of casein in milk, Robertson. . . 113 The influence of cold on constants of fat, Wagner and Bohrisch. ... 113 The influence of preservatives on the Reichert-Meissl number, Grimaldi 113 Butter, margarin, lard, cocoa butter, and coco fat, Matthes and Streitberger. . . 113 The value of the silver number for butter fat, Matthes and Streitberger 114 The determination of fat in cheese by the Babcock test, Sammis 114 A modified Kjeldahl connecting bulb, Jennings 114 Report of the provincial laboratory at Roulers, Van den Berghe 114 Work in milk chemistry and dairying for the first half of 1909, Grimmer 114 Studies of the slime-producing lactic-acid bacteria, Burri and Allemann 114 The hydrolysis of salicin by the enzym emulsin, Hudson and Paine 114 Racemic glutaminic acid during put'-efaction, Neuberg 114 I n CONTENTS. rage. The chomical composition and biological role of an oxydase, Euler and Bolin. 115 The influence of copper sails upon alcoholic fermcntatinn, Seiss 115 Influence of manganese on Saccharomyces eUipsoideus and S. apiculatus, Seiss.. I J5 The nucleic acid of yeast, Levene 115 An experimental study of bagasse and bagasse furnaces, Kerr and Percy. ..... 115 Sugar and com sirup as raw materials for confectionery and ])reserves, liosck-y. 1 17 A uniform nomenclature for the products of sugar manufacture, Strohmer 117 METEOROLOGY — WATER. Meteorology, Kleinschmidt 117 Brief list of meteorological text-books and reference books, Talman 117 Meteorological observations at the Massachusetts Station, Ostrandcr and 1 )anion. 1 1 7 Weather observations 117 Physical and meteorological service, Jaubert 117 Meteorology and climate [of New South Wales] 117 On the composition of atmosj^heric air, Claude 117 Analysis of air, Miquel 117 Apparatus for the purification of air J 1 7 The duration of hailstorms 1 18 A test of hail protection, De Beaucham]) 118 Some observations on dew ponds, Martin 118 Dew ponds 118 Fluorescent substances in waters, Dienert 118 Methods used for measuring fluorescence in waters, Dienert 118 The use of the acoustele in hydrology, Dienert 118 Study of the subterranean waters of Paris, Miquel 118 Potable and drainage waters of Paris, Miquel 118 Pure water in town and country 118 Drinking water on trains 118 Changes in drinking water due to the metal of distributing conduits, Ferrier. . 119 The Yallahs smell, Ashby 119 Regulations regarding potable waters 119 Present standards as a guide to the wholesomeness of drinking water, McLean. 119 New bacteriological standard for water analyses, Starkey 1 19 Investigations on permeability of soils for bacteria, Ditthorn and Luerssen ... 119 Fundamental principles of sewage purification on land, Hering 119 Standards of purification for sewage effluents, Thompson 119 Organic colloid substances in sewage waters, Rolants 119 Sewage sludge disposal at Brockton, Mass 119 Conditions and object of agricultural hydrotechnical work in Russia, Jilinsky. 120 SOILS — FERTILIZERS. Report of the soil chemist and bacteriologist, Lipman et al 120 Partial sterilization and the production of plant food, Russell and Hutchinson. . 121 The accumulation of green-manure nitrogen in light sandy soils, von Seelhorst. . . 122 Relation of native legumes to soil nitrogen of Nebraska, Alway and Pinckney. . 122 Soil nitrogen, Wrightson 122 Some effects of nitrogen-fixing bacteria on nonleguminous plants, Bottomley. . 122 The fixation of nitrogen by soil bacteria. Hall 123 Nitrogen-fixing bacteria and nonleguminous plants, Bottomley and Hall 123 Important bacteria in Jamaica soils, Ashby 123 The regeneration of the nitrogen-fixing power of bacteria, Bredemann 123 The identity of nitrogen-fixing Clostridia, Pringsheim 123 The fertility of the soil, Puttemans 123 Analyses of soils 123 The natural regeneration of worn-out cocoa soils, Jardine 123 The uncultivated soils in Denmark 123 On the earth temperature at Osaka, Okada 123 The water economy of the soil, Quante 124 Soil moisture in crop production 124 Soil acidity, Kelley 124 Effects of salts on soils, Taylor 124 Factors influencing the phosphate content of soils, Whitson and Stoddart 125 Fertilizers for Wisconsin farms, Woil 125 On the value of barnyard manure in agriculture, Vibrans 125 CONTENTS. Ill Page. The fertilizing value of pigeon manure, LoUi 125 Top-dressing sugar beets with liquid manure, Kausek 125 Top-dressing of the sugar beet with liquid manure, Kuhnert 125 The water capacity of peat litter and its determination, Tacke and Minssen. . . 125 The nitrogen problem in crop production, Russell 125 Manufacture of air nitrate fertilizers, Bordewich and Webster 125 The nitrate deposits and industry in Chile, Lema 126 Calcium and sodium nitrates, Urban 126 Investigations on denitrification, Doyarenko 126 Comparative value of nitrate of soda and sulphate of ammonia as manures 126 Application of sulphate of ammonia on light soils 126 The physiological characteristics of ammonium salts, Prianishnikov 127 Experiments with different organic nitrogenous fertilizers, Doyarenko 127 Nitrogen and nitric acid, Carl 127 Fixation of atmospheric nitrogen 127 The manufacture of air nitrate, Schonherr 1 27 The manufacture of calcium carbid 127 On calcium cyanamid, Prianishnikov 127 The loss of nitrogen in the storage of calcium cyanamid, Yakushkin 128 Dicyandiamid, Yakushkin .- 128 Potash silicate, Barcia y Trelles 128 Sand cultures with various potash minerals, Doyarenko 128 Sand cultures with raw phosphates, Shulov 128 The action of podzol soils on raw phosphates, Doyarenko 129 Phosphorus and humus in relation to Illinois soils, Hopkins 129 Florida phosphates, Vogt 129 Russian superphosphates * 1 29 The reduction of bones by alkalis, Sokolov 129 The free lime and soluble phosphates in basic slag, Morison 129 On the behavior of aluminum and iron phosphate, Prianishnikov 129 The influence of calcium carbonate on calcium phosphates, Prianishnikov 130 Lime experiments, Prianishnikov 130 The definition of marl, Stewart 130 The agricultural ut ilization of the town garbage in Breslau 130 Fertilizers, Cathcart 130 Fertilizers as sold, 1909, McGill 130 Fertilizers in South Australia 131 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. The role and function of mineral salts in the life of the plant, Deleano 131 The transfer of calcium and magnesium ions from plant cells, Niklewski 131 The biology of chlorophylls, Stahl 131 A study of chlorophyll bodies, d'Arbaumont 131 Synthesis and chlorophyll assimilation, Lefevre 132 Influence of radium radiations on the functions of plants, Hebert and Kling. . . 132 The relation between carbohydrates and the formation of anthocyanin. Combes. 132 Oxidases and peroxidiastases, Brocq-Rousseu and Gain 133 The occurrence of urease in higher plants, Takeuchi 133 An experimental study of acclimatization, Harshberger 133 Studies in symbiosis, Bernard 133 A bibliography of mycological literature, Lindau and Sydow 133 FIELD CROPS. Dry farming: Its principles and practice, MacDonald 133 Seed time and harvest time of crops grown in Bengal 134 Notes on some introduced plants of southern California, I, Parish 134 Report of the animal husbandman, Minkler 134 Irrigation of alfalfa, Fortier 135 Barley cultivation in Ireland, McMullen 135 Twenty-three years' field trials with six-rowed barley, Mortensen and Hansen. 135 Results of experiments with domestic and foreign barleys, 1908, Neumann 135 Report of society for encouragement of culture of brewing barley, Kreiss et ai. 135 Caravonica cot ton 136 The results on the flax experiment farms of Silesia in 1908 136 The so-called white wild oats and what they are, Griddle 136 IV CONTENTS. Page. The fi(;l(l pea in Wisconsin, Moore and Dehviche 136 Some seed potato questions in 1909, Jolinson 136 Potato cuUiire in northern Wisronsiu, Sandsten and Dehviche 137 The influence of carbon disulphid on the development of the sugar beet ... 137 Beet crop estimator, Bensel 137 Invest if^ations and progress of the manufacture of sugar. Bock 137 Work at the tobacco stations, Mathewson et al 137 Reports of the Deli Experiment Station at Medan, Vriens 138 Supplement to "The Best ^\^leats," De Vilmorin 138 [Culture, breeding, and variety tests of wheat, oats, and rye], Kilgore et al 138 Changes in grain kernels under the influence of climatic conditions, Raum. . . . 138 The grain production of the world in 1909 140 The eradication of farm weeds with iron sulphate, Moore and Stone 140 HORTICULTURE. Report of the botanist, Halstcd, Owen, and Shore 140 Report of tlic horticulturist, Blake and Farley 141 Report of fruit branch of Department of Agriculture, Ontario, Hodgetts et al. . 142 The decay of cabbage in storage: Its cause and prevention, Harter 142 Cold storage for Iowa-grown apples, Eustace and Beach 142 Report on grape shipments, Stubenrauch 143 Development of the leaf perimeter in relation to the yield of grapes, Sacca 144 Grape culture, Kirk 144 Handbook of grape growing and wine making, von Babo and Mach 144 Protection of fruit trees from rodents, Ballou 144 Pecans, Hutt 144 The coconut, Prudhomme ■ 145 Official catalogue of sweet-pea names, 1909, Cuthbertson 145 FORESTRY. Silvical leaflets 145 Trees every child shcnild know, Rogers 145 Illustrations of conifers, Clinton-Baker 145 Bamboo in the Dutch Indies, Loeber, jr 145 The collection of data relating to the principal Indian species, Caccia 145 A method of studying growth and yield of longleaf pine in Texas, Chapman. . . 145 The failure of silver fir regeneration in the central Murg Valley, Stoll 145 Fertilizer experiments with forest trees, Kuhnert _ 146 On the thinning of thick beech regenerations and beech seedings, Tiemann . . 146 Cooperative experiments in forest planting, Phillips 146 Our national parks, Muir 146 Forest reservation in Burma in the interests of the water supply, Rodger 146 The selection system in Indian forests, Caccia 146 Commercial aspects of the forests of the Dominican Republic, Woodward 146 The estimation of forest revenue, Arnould _. 147 Forest mapping and timber estimating as developed in Maryland, Besley 147 The standardizing of log measures, Ziegler ._. 147 Wood preservation — a determining factor in forest management, Weiss 147 Shakes and shake making in a California forest, Shinn 147 DISEASES OP PLANTS. The control of malnutrition diseases of truck crops, Harter 147 Effects of conditions of growth on susceptibility to fungus diseases, Duggar 148 A contribution to the cytology of Synchytrium, Kusano 148 Some differential characters of Merulius lacrymans, Beauverie 148 Recent studies on the specialization of grass rusts, Eriksson 148 Studies on the stem rot of cereals, Krtiger 148 The proper reference of the smut of Bromus secalinus, Magnus 148 The reputed relation of Myxomonas to root diseases of beets, von Faber. . 148 Distribution of the cause of root disease through beet seed, Busse and Ulrich . . 149 Chrysophhjctis endobiotica and other Chytridiacese, Johnson 149 The dry rot of potatoes, Longman 149 Notes on a scab fungus of potatoes, Eichinger 1 49 Observations on powdery potato scab {Spongospora subterranea) , Johnson 149 CONTENTS. V Page. Leaf curl or bacterial ring disease of potatoes, Brandl 150 The ring disease of potatoes, Coleman 150 A new rust of orchids in greenhouses. Griffon and Maublanc 150 Orchard fungus diseases, Rolfs -. 150 A disease of neglected peach trees, Rolfs 150 [Some peach diseases], Blake and Farley 150 A coffee disease in Guatemala, d'Herelle 151 Some diseases of cacao, von Faber 151 Diseases of cacao. Hart 151 Some Botrytis diseases of Ribes, Wulff 151 Some diseases of grapes and rust diseases of plants. Griffon and Maublanc 151 A species of Discosia on living bull pine seedlings, Heald 151 Abnormalities in Hevea brasiliensis, Fetch 151 The immunity and susceptibility to disease of woody plants, Miinch 152 Instructions for spraying. Chandler 152 Copper in vineyard soils 152 ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. Game laws for 1909, Palmer, Oldys, and Brewster 152 Report on the use of virus for extermination of rats, Young 152 Plague among ground squirrels in Contra Costa County, California, Rucker 153 The birds of Ontario in relation to agriculture, Nash 153 Some indigenous insectivorous birds, Curnow 153 Crustacea and Arachnids, edited by Harmer and Shipley 153 Classification of the Strongylidae, Railliet and Henry 153 Bibliography of Canadian zoology for 1907, Lambe 153 Bibliography of Canadian entomology for the year 1907, Bethune 153 Economic entomology in the United States, Silvestri, trans, by Rosenstein. . . 153 A portable outfit for the study and transportation of ants, Buckingham 153 Relation of lepidoptera to the fertilization of Asclepiadacese, d'Herculais 153 Revision of the Attidae of North America, Peckham 153 Observations on two species of Hyalopterus, Hayhurst 154 Some new and little known Coccida^, Cockerell and Robbins 154 Contribution to a study of the Coccidse of West Africa, Marchal 154 Scale insects from West Africa, Marchal 154 The parasitic fungi of scale insects in the West Indies 154 The apple sucker and its treatment, Theobald 154 The genus Chermes in its relation to forestry, Macdougall 154 Studies on the Trichoptera of Wisconsin, Vorhies 154 Fourth report on suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, Worthley 154 The Hawaiian cane bud moth — some allied species and natural enemies, Swezey 155 The habits and Injury of the asparagus fly in the vicinity of Paris, Lesne 156 Biological investigations of Glossina palpalis, Roubaud 156 Distribution of certain biting flies in the Federated Malay States, Pratt 156 Report on the mosquito work for 1908, Smith 156 Mosquitoes and malaria in Dehra Doon, India, Thomson 157 Bark beetles of the genus Dendroctonus, Hopkins 157 New South American Hymenoptera, Schrottky 159 Nutritive exchanges in the bees during the 4 seasons, Parhon 159 The Ichneumons of Great Britain, Morley 159 The oviposition of Aphelinus mytilaspidis, Marchal 159 Report of the entomologist, Smith 159 Report of the government entomologist for the year 1907, Lounsbury 160 Some insect pests of last season, Thomsen 161 A study of three injurious insects 161 Some insects injurious to cabbage, cucumbers, and related crops, Chittenden. . 161 Prays oleellus and other insects of the olive in Calabria, Del Guercio 162 Protection of woodlands in Ireland, Forbes 162 Spraying for San Jose scale, Blake and Farley 162 Fumigation of apples for the San Jose scale, Quaintance 162 Important insecticides: Directions for their preparation and use, Marlatt 163 Methods of exterminating the Texas fever tick, Graybill 163 The poultry tick, Scholl 163 Silkworm culture in the Transvaal, Gunn 163 VI CONTENTS. «> FOODS — HUMAN NUTRITION. PnffO. F()0(1« and condimonts, Iheir preparation and adultoration, Jollos 1(13 Theoretical and ])ractical treatise on frauds and adulterations, Monier et al.. . I(i3 New lef:;islation and enactments regard i n;^' fraud and adulteration, Ronx Kit Report on the work of inspectors of foods, IDOti-lOO.S, J'.uclianan i()4 Food analyses, Juritz 1()4 Quality in wheaten Hour, Humphries 164 Diabetic bread from soy beans and gluten. Chevalier 164 The milling and baking industries, Maurizio 164 Electric meat curing yjrocess 164 Refrigeration in the meat industry 164 Official inspection of slaughterhouses and meat products, Geudens 164 The efficient inspection of Chinese pork. Green 164 The sardine industry, Lemy 164 Edible marine Crustacea, Bouvier ; 64 Shellfish 165 Production and trade in eggs 1 65 Local sugar consumption in regard to local production 165 Judging brandy drops and similar sorts of confectionery, Forster 165 Distilled liquors, Quebec, McGill 165 Note on the manufacture and composition of kirsch liqueurs, Roux and Bonis. . 165 Free tartaric acid in the wines of the Loire-Inferieure, Andouard 165 Analyses of Gard and Camarque wines for 1907 and 1908, Astruc and Mahoux. . 165 Analyses of wines in accordance with the pure food law, Cocco-Ortu 165 Official control of wines in Australia, Nourry 166 Vinegar from milk, Filaudeau and Vitoux 166 Data on the production of caffein and thein-free food products, Kippenberger. . 166 Deleterious ingredients of food, Smith 166 Preservatives in food materials. — Their detection and effect, Bergey 166 [The application of formaldehyde to meat], Buchanan and Schryver 1 66 Harmfulness of headache mixtures, Kebler, Morgan and Rupp 166 Prices of food products and other commodities 1 07 Inquiry regarding the price of foodstuffs carried on in 70 schools, Levasseur. . . 107 Modern kitchen equipment on a large scale, Sternberg 1 07 Cookery books, Oxford 1 07 365 orange recipes, [Lane] 107 Care of food in the home, Abel 1 07 Practical dietetics, Thompson 1 07 Report on national vitality, its wastes, and conservation, Fisher 168 Theory of nutrition based on energetics, Bircher-Benner 168 The applicability of the mass-energy law to living matter, Friedenthat ! 68 Regular ration of French army: Composition and energy value, IMaillard 168 Army diet 168 Analysis of prisoners' diet, Kreis 168 A study of malnutrition in the school child 168 Towards social reform, Barnett - 168 [An old age home] 168 The aetiology of pellagra, Lavinder 1 69 Agricultural aspects of the pellagra problem in the United States, Alsberg 169 Proteins. — The relation between composition and food value, Armstrong . . 169 Influence of sodium chlorid on the digestion and absorption of protein, Paderi . 169 The influence of carbohydrates and fats on protein metabolism, Cathcart 169 Lowering the rate of metabolism, Stehelin 170 The Harvey lectures, 1906-7 IVO Organization, work, and publications of Food and Nutrition Investigations 170 ANIMAL PRODUCTION. Animal nutrition problems in relation to the exi)eriment stations, Langworthy. 170 'ine problem of age, growth, and death, Minot 171 The "presence and absence" hypothesis, ShuU 171 Inheritance of yellow color in rodents, Hagedoorn 171 Canary breeding.— A partial analysis of records from 1891 to 1909, Galloway. . . 172 Note on partial leucosis in a hen. Finch 1 72 The role of inorganic phosphorus in nutrition. Hart, McCollum, and Fuller 172 The relative value of feeding stuffs, Shutt 1 72 Registered feeding stuffs 172 The Wisconsin feeding stuff law, Woll ^ 1 72 CONTENTS. VII Page. A guide to the domesticated animals (other than horses), Lydekker 1 72 Guide to the specimens of the horse family (Equidae), Lydekker 173 On the science of hippology, Nicolas 1 73 The Xellore cattle, Gearhart 1 73 Rations for fattening swine, Carmichael ] 73 Preparation of corn for hogs, Kennedy and Robbins 174 Swine breeding in Germany , with special reference to economic problems, Crone . 1 76 Baldamus' illustrated book of poultry breeding, Beeck 176 Chickens, and how to raise them, Johnson 176 Notes on the behavior of the domestic fowl, Hadley 177 The marketing of eggs, Hawkins 177 Studies of natural oyster propagation at Bamegat, 1908, Nelson 177 DAIRY FARMING — DAIRYING. Milking machines: Effect on germ content of milk, Harding et al 178 Milking machines and clean milk, Hall 1 79 The production and handling of clean milk, Winslow ] 79 The score card in dairy regulation, Glover ] 79 Disinfection of dairy premises and employees after scarlet fever, North 1 79 Directions for the home pasteurization of milk, Rogers. . . '. ] 79 Leucocytes in milk : Methods of determination and effect of heat, Campbell 1 79 Bacterium lactis acidi and its sources, Esten 180 The projjagation of pure starters for butter and cheese making, Hastings 181 The ])ro; lagation of pure starters, Farrington and Hastings 181 Slime-producing lactic-acid bacteria in Emmental cheese, Burri and Thoni 181 The bacterial flora of Emmental cheese in different stages of ripening, Thoni. . 181 The participation of obligate anaerobic spore-forming putrefactive bacteria in the normal ripening of Emmental cheese, Burri and Kiirsteiner 182 Monilia nigra as the cause of black spots in Emmental cheese, Burri and Staub . . 182 The manufacture of whey butter, Koestler and Miiller 182 VETERINARY MEDICINE. Laboratory methods for the experimental study of immunity, McCampbell 182 Studies in immimity 1 82 A text-book upon the pathogenic bacteria, McFarland 182 A new bacteriological method of meat examination, Conradi 183 Thepresenceof the Giirtnergroup of organisms in the animal intestine. Savage. . 183 The pathology of the suprarenal glands of domestic animals, Folger 183 The farmer's veterinarian, Burkett 183 Stock diseases [in New Zealand], Reakes 183 Bacteriological diagnosis of anthrax by skin cultures, Ciuca and Stoicesco 1 83 Demodex folliculorum, Gmeiner 183 The cutaneous and ophthalmic reactions in glanders, Dietrich 184 Studies on trypanosomiasis, Breinl and Nierenstein 184 Comparative studies of tubercle bacillus of man and domestic animals, Zwick. . 184 Tubercle bacilli cultivated on glycerinated beef bile, Calmette and Guerin 184 Bacteriolysis of tubercle bacilli, Deycke and Much 184 Tuberculosis and its detection 184 The combined tuberculin test for cattle, Littlejohn 185 Researches on the immunization against tuberculosis, Vallee 185 Vaccination of cattle against tuberculosis with nonvirulent bacilli, Klimmer. . 186 Report upon the bacteriology and pathology of garget in cows. Savage 186 The prevention of milk fever 186 The transmission of East Coast fever by inoculation of the spleen, Meyer 186 Cattle plague in China, Keylock 187 Diurnal variations in the temperatures of camels, Cleland 187 Echinorhynchus gigas of pigs, Dimock 187 Hereditary or transmissible diseases in horses, Marshall 187 Cryptogamic poisoning in horses, McCarroll and McMullen 187 Investigations of the enzootic eerebro-spinal meningitis of the horse, Marcq — 187 The immunity of horses against horse sickness, Theiler 187 Some observations upon sidebone, Zimmerman 188 Government certification of stallions, Cameron 188 Infectious diseases following bench shows, Phillips and Garrahan 188 Echinorhynchus canis:, Kaupp 188 The presence of a leucocy tozoon in dogs in Tonkin, Mathis and Leger 188 Tumors in the common fowl, Tyzzer and Ordway 188 VIII CONTKNTS. Page. A Microfilaria of Iho fowl, Malhis and T/'p;or 188 A try])ani)soino of Ihe fowl, Mat his and J/'tjor 189 Studios on Hi)irochetosis of fowls caused by S pirnc.Jixta gaUhiarum, IJlaizot 189 The occurrence of ppirochetosis of fowls in Somaliland, Brumpt 189 The ectoparasites or the red grouse, Shipley 189 The tapeworms of ihe red grouse, Shipley and Bygrave 189 The threadworms of the red grouse, Shipley 189 Internal parasites of birds allied to the grouse, Shipley 189 [Notes on endoparasites], Henry 189 RURAL ENGINEERING. Review of ten years of Irrigation Investigations, Teele 189 Organization, work, and publications of Irrigation Investigations ] 90 Organizat ion, work, and publications of Drainage Investigations 190 The alluvial lands of the lower Mississippi Valley and their drainage, Morgan.. 190 The St. Francis Valley drainage project in northeastern Arkansas, Morgan 190 Farm drainage, Norgord 190 Cement and concrete fence posts, Bainer and Bonebright 191 Silo construction, Carrier 191 Combination laundry and dairy house, Bridgman 192 RURAL ECONOMICS. Relation of the farmer to the present high prices of cereals and l^read, Oswald . . . 192 What we must do to be fed, Hill 192 Railroads and agriculture, Richards 193 Practical farm economics, Ogilvy 193 The legal status of farm crops, Snyder 193 Agricultural statistics. — Chattel mortgages, Duff 193 [Agricultural laborers in the United Kingdom], Askwith 193 The German agricultural labor problem, Rohrbeck 194 The care of sick and injured employed in agriculture and forestry, Schumacher. 194 Experiments in the settlement of forest workers, Rohrig 194 Producers' associations and cooperative societies in France to January 1, 1909. . 194 [Mutual agricultural credit banks in France in 1908], Ruau 194 Cooperative credit in Bengal 194 Rural New England, Ladd 195 Competitions for the Leon Faucher prize in 1908, Levasseur 195 Rural settlement and agriculture 195 Crop Reporter 195 Imports of grain in the cereal year 1908-9 195 International Institute at Rome, Lubin 195 AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION. Progress in agricultural education, 1908, Crosby 195 Statistics of land-grant colleges and experiment stations, 1908, Spethmann... 196 The farmers' institutes in the United States, 1908, Hamilton 196 The agricultural and industrial educational movement in the South, Cook... 196 Education and economic development, Ellis 196 School of Domestic Economy and Education of the Province of Bergamo, Balp . . 196 Corn Day annual for the public schools of Illinois, Blair 196 What one class in agronomy did, Clute 196 The fly-aways and other seed travelers, Fultz 196 Forestry in nature study 197 Farm forestry, Akerman 197 Dumb animals and how to treat them, Whitehead 197 MISCELLANEOUS. Annual Report of the Office of Experiment Stations, 1908 197 Annual Report of New Jersey Stations, 1908 197 Experiment Station Work, LIII 197 Accessions to the Department Library, July-September, 1909 197 LIST OF EXPERIMENT STATION AND DEPART- MENT PUBLICATIONS REVIEWED. Wisconsin Station — Continued. Research Bui. 1, June, 1909.... Research Bui. 2, June, 1909.... Circ. Inform. 1, July, 1909 Circ. Inform. 2, Aug., 1909 U. S. Department of Agriculture. Farmers' Bui. 127 (rev.). Farmers' Bui. 373 Farmers' Bui. 374 Farmers' Bui. Farmers' Bui. Farmers' Bui. Farmers' Bui. 375. 376. 377. 378. Stations in the United States. Arkansas Station: Page. Bui. 104, 1909 190 Colorado Station: Bui. 148, June, 1909 191 Connecticut Storrs Station: Bui. 59, Aug., 1909 180 Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Station: Div.Ent.Bul. 6, Oct. 25, 1909. 155 Iowa Station: Bui. 106, Sept., 1909 174 Bui. 107, Oct., 1909 184 Bui. 108, Sept., 1909 142 Kansas Station: Feeding Stuffs Bui. 4, Nov. 1, 1909 172 Louisiana Stations: Bui. 117, Aug., 1909 115 Massachusetts Station: Met. Buls. 249-250, Sept.-Oct., 1909 117 Nebraska Station: Circ. 1, Sept. 1, 1909 146 New Jersey Stations: An. Rpt. 1908 117.120,130,134, 140, 141, 150, 156, 159, 162, 177, 197 New York State Station: Bui. 317, Sept., 1909 178,179 Tech. Bui. 10, Sept., 1909. ... 112 Ohio Station: Bui. 208, Aug., 1909 144 Bui. 209, Aug., 1909 173 Virginia Station: Bui. 182, June, 1909 191 Bui. 183, June, 1909 137 Virginia Truck Station: Bui. 1, Sept. 24, 1909 147 Bui. 2, Sept. 29, 1909 161 _ Bui. 3, Sept. 30, 1909 136 Wisconsin Station: Bui. 177, July, 1909 137 Bui. 178, July, 1909 136 Bui. 179, Julv, 1909 140 Bui. 180, Aug., 1909 125 Bui. 181, Sept., 1909 181 Note. — The publications of the United States Department of Agriculture may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C, to whom all remittances should be made. The price of Experiment Station Record is SI per vol- ume, and there will be two volumes each year. The prices of other technical publi- cations are given above. The publications of the State experiment stations are distributed from the stations and not from the Department. 172 125 172 181 163 135 197 167 152 166 163 Food Insp. Decision 110 165 Bureau of Animal Industry: Bui. 117 (5 cents) 179 Circ. 152 179 Bureau of Chemistry: Circ. 46 Circ. 47 Bureau of Entomology: Bui. 83, pt. 1 (25 cents) 157 Bui. 84 (20 cents) 162 Forest Service: Silv. Leaflets 46-50 Bureau of Plant Industry: Circ. 39 Bureau of Statistics: Crop Reporter, vol. 11, No. 11, Nov., 1909 Weather Bureau: Brief List of Met. Text and Ref . Books Office of Experiment Stations: Circ. 86 Circ. 87 Circ. 88 Circ. 89 Spec. Circ. [Doc. 1210] An. Rpt. 1908 (40 cents paper, 60 cents cloth) 170, 189, 190, 195, 196, 197 Library: Bui. 73 (10 cents) 197 112 114 145 142 195 117 190 190 190 170 197 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Vol. XXII. February, 11)10. No. 2. The distinction between government and administration in the management of educational institutions is not always as sharply drawn or as carefully observed as it should be. There is frequent confusion in the minds of governing boards as to their duties and those of the president of the college and other officers; and this con- fusion leads to an assumption of tlie duties of the executive by the board, which the latter is not fitted by training or experience .to discharge. The result is detrimental to good organization and effi- cient administration, and leads to no end of internal difficulty. In a broad way it retards the development of the proper spirit and the conception of an institution for higher learning. This difficulty is by no means new in our agricultural colleges and experiment stations. There has been reason to expect, however, that it would pass away as the institutions grew in years and in expe- rience and the example of the whole system became crystallized into a method of procedure. AA^iile this has been the case quite generally, there continue to be evidences of the evils which result from an improper attitude and a false conception on the part of persons selected to govern these institutions. The matter is so vital to the progress and welfare of the colleges and stations, and to their general standing in the educational world, that it seems worthy of considera- tion. As state institutions the agricultural colleges and experiment sta- tions stand in unusually close relation to the public. In many ways besides through their appropriations they feel the pulse of the people, and their proper development depends upon an enlightened public opinion. Being creatures of the State, they are often regarded as subjects for special control and direction from a variety of sources, in order that they shall carry out the will and the ideas of the people in all matters. The necessity for a broad and consistent policy and a just conception of the position and requirements of such institu- tions is not always fully realized by the public, and the recognition of these matters depends in a general way upon the education of the people of the whole State. The people's part in the government of educational institutions is exercised through the governing boards, sometimes elected by popular vote, and more often appointed by the governor. It is on the assump- 101 102 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. tion that such boards will serve as the governing body of the insti- tution, lending stability and continuity to it, guiding its develop- ment, and standing between it and the people, that the appointment of a Ijoard of trustees rests. On no other assumption as to their func- tion are boards needed, for the institution must of necessity have exec- utive officers to whom the details of administration are in all pro- priety committed, and these officers might be made directly responsi- ble to state officials for the use of funds and the carrying out of the laws enacted by the people. Freedom and latitude must be accorded the administrative officer if efficient and progressive work is to be done. Upon the attitude of the men comprising the board and their con- ception, not only of the institution but of their own functions as officers, depends in a very vital way the usefulness of the board as a wdiole to the institution. Members sometimes feel that as they are the trustees of the people it is their duty to see that the public's ideas are being carried out, not only in effect, but at all stages in the work- ing out of the details. Their office is assumed to carry large respon- sibilities of directorship and administration, and this leads members to undertake duties for which expert officers are necessary and have been provided. Their efforts at control in detail are usually spas- modic for lack of time, as they are further inefficient from lack of expert knowledge. They lead the board into an impossible position, resulting in ill-considered action and often in injuries to the institu- tion and to individuals. These are not theoretical considerations but are based on actual ex- perience. They indicate that a sharper distinction between the duties of government on the one hand and of administration on the other is very desirable from every point of view. The real function of the board of trustees or regents is to govern the institution, to determine its general policy and to select a presi- dent to whom the administration of its affairs is committed. It will have discharged its highest function when it has selected an admin- istrative officer, appointed a corps of workers, and made arrange- ments by which these men can render the best possible service of which they are capable. In carrying out this function the board will naturally appoint offi- cers, on the nomination of the president, fix salaries, approve the plans of work and the budget of expenditures, and audit the accounts. It should also jjrovide means, pecuniary and physical, for meeting the needs of the institution; and it may investigate complaints of admin- istration which come to it in an official way. In the interest of good administration it is its duty to support and sustain the president in carrying out the approved policy of action, as long as he is retained EDITORIAL. 103 in that office; and it should at all times stand firmly behind the insti- tution, defending it against unfair or captious criticism and the inter- ference of political or other influences not worthy to be considered in the management of an educational or scientific institution. In this field lies its greatest usefulness. If it discharges these duties it will have given strength and dignity to the administration, and done all that can be wisely expected of it. AMien a board as a whole, or through committees, goes beyond this and undertakes to run the institution in detail, it oversteps the bounds of its official province, and trouble always results. This view of the board's functions, while accepted at some insti- tutions, is radically departed from at others, usually with the best of intentions, but nevertheless to the embarrassment of the head of the institution. Instead of adding to their efficiency and the economy of the funds, it constitutes one of the present weaknesses of such institutions. Boards often feel, for example, that as the personnel of the college is one of the most important factors in its development, its selection should be one of their chief functions ; and they are not always mindful of the difficulties, mistakes, and injustice which such a course entails. In the case of dismissals they do not appreciate how serious a blow may be struck to academic integrity and to the dignity of the teacher's position, as Avell as to the good name of the institution. The selection of the heads of the various departments requires an expert executive, familiar with the requirements of the positions and fitted by association and experience to pass upon the academic quali- fications of men. It is for such duties that the board of regents chooses a president, and upon his fitness and judgment in selecting and attracting strong men to the institution will the strength of its various departments in large measure depend. Ability in this direc- tion has been described as the highest quality of the trained college executive. To sustain him in attaining this ideal is one of the highest functions of the board of regents. In other cases, the trustees have themselves undertaken to pre- scribe and revise courses of study, regardless of the teaching force, and have insisted upon the elimination of branches which did not appear to them to be practical. Such action is not only unwise on general principles, but it leads to the grave danger of making the courses too specialized and of overlooking the fact that these colleges are for education as well as for manual training. The grade and general scope of an institution can be indicated without taking the curriculum out of the hands of the experts employed to devise and arrange it with reference to the attainment of desired ends. Cases have arisen in which administration by committees of the board has been carried to such an extent as largely to rob the presi- 104 EXPERIMENT STATION KEt'ORD. (U'lil of authority and j)ow('r in caryin^i; out the licncial j)olicy of the institution, and to place him in an undi^nihcd position before his facuhy and the people of his State. Such practice is the end of or, necessity for security and permanency in the staff is more generally recognized than formerh^, there have recently been several instances of violation of this principle of justice and efficiency, and of unwise activity on the part of the board in relation to the sta- tion staff. In one case the director and several members of the staff "were dismissed without notice, and positions on the staff were filled by the board without the assistance of a director in selecting the men. The board itself was obviously not competent to choose men for such positions. The result was that in less than a year several of the new men were dismissed ; and in continuation of the former policy the 20872— No. 2—10 2 108 EXPERIMENT STATION KEC'ORD. resignations of other old employees were called for. No station could escape the effects of such a course. Its work is materially set back, and the station is given an undesirable roi)utation among men avail- able for filling such positions. In another case a conscientious and successful director Avas forced to resign by the attitude of his superiors, and because this was gen- erally resented by the staff as being an injustice and a blow at faith- ful service, other dismissals followed. Such a course will inevitably cripple the station for years to come, and will interrupt lines of in- vestigation which have been in progress for some time. The morale of the whole institution is affected, as w^ell as its standing among sci- entific institutions. Quite recently the director of a station has been forced to resign under conditions which are especially disconcerting. He was ob- viously a man of the type needed in station management to-day, with good scientific training, considerable experience in station work, business ability, active and energetic, and sympathetic toward agri- culture and its needs in the State. In the short time he had been director he had brought about decided improvement in the organiza- tion, business, and work of the station, and in its relations to the agricultural interests of the State. For the first time the station had had an existence as an entity, with a solidaritj- and a spirit among its staff which were already counting for much. To the outsider the station seemed to be well administered and on the road to a far greater usefulness than ever before. The president strongly indorsed the management of the station and recommended the director for his zeal and ability. The board had reelected him at its annual meeting some months previous. In view of all these facts, the summary dismissal of this man in the middle of the year came as a great surprise to those familiar with the general conditions, and this surprise was not dispelled by the char- acter of the charges formulated. No important definite criticism of his management of the station was brought forward, but it became evident that the real difficulty lay in his personal relations with indi- vidual members of the board who had attempted to take the station management into their own hands. The surprising thing is that the personal equation should have so far overshadowed the generally good condition of the station with the board as a whole, as to permit of his dismissal against the recommendation of the president and other advisers. It is this which gives the case its broader interest, for no station can exist unto itself, and confidence in the stability of station posi- tions based on competent service was rudely shaken. That so im- portant a position as that of director should be subject to personal prejudice, regardless of the general condition and welfare of the sta- EDITORIAL. 109 tion, makes it clear that we have much to gain in the recognition of principles of good government as applied to these institutions. It is an indication of an attitude which is dangerous, and which unless curbed by public sentiment or by changes in the kind of men ap- pointed on such boards is sure to make trouble for any director. The director must be able to get on with the board as a whole, and must satisfy it of his ability to administer the station atfairs in a competent and sympathetic manner. He must be judged by the general results, in a broad way. To subject him to the dictation of individual members of the board between meetings places him, or any member of the staff, in an impossible position. The station work can not be efficiently administered on such a basis, Xo two men would ever run a station in the same way, and there is alwa3'^s abundant material for criticism in detail. Criticism may be helpful if sympathetic, and suggestions of lines of work or of features of investigation should be welcomed and given respectful considera- tion at all times. But an attempt to force the station into an under- taking which is not properly within its field, in order to serve the purposes of individual members of the board, suggests the need of reform in the attitude of the board, rather than a change in the type of man for director. Membership on the board is a position of trust, and implies a duty, not merely an honor. It is a compliment in the sense that it expresses the confidence of the people. The honor will depend on the attitude of the board as a whole, and upon the manner in which the duties properly belonging to it are discharged. Such a position is an op- portunity to serve the people in one of the highest capacities, for the wise development of its educational and research institutions is one of the highest services which can be rendered. It is not to be taken lightly. The discharge of this trust calls for breadth of view, an open mind, and freedom from personal or political bias or narrow con- siderations of personal advantage. It calls for the exercise of a proper perspective in dealing with matters, and a just sense of pro- portion. Mistakes and errors of judgment are made at all institu- tions, but the relative importance of these when considered in their broad relations to the activities of the institution as a whole deter- mines their seriousness. A man like an institution is not to be judged by his mistakes alone, but by what he accomplishes. We have many excellent men on the governing boards of the agri- cultural colleges and experiment stations, men who are actuated by the highest motives of patriotic and conscientious service, and who imderstand well the directions in which their services will be most useful. The time is also passing happily when politics often inter- rupt the continuity of the board, or seriously influence its action 110 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. with roferenro to the personnel of the station. But there is still need, in some eases, of a higher standard for the composition of these boards, based on the service which Avill be; re(inired of their mem- bers and their great importance in the proper development of these institutions. In some cases the state laws and even the state constiiitions have placed undue limitations on the kind of men to be appointed to the board, and have thus robbed it of a breadth of representation which is very desirable. In some cases only men engaged in farming are eligible to appointment, and there is no provision for an officer hav- ing familiarity or connection wdth educational work. It not infre- quently happens that a majority of the members are not college graduates and are without previous opportunity for coming into touch with the traditions and practices of such institutions. The restriction of the duties of the board to those of the general government of the institution in no sense detracts from the impor- tance of that body, or the necessity for selecting men carefully for it. The fact that it deals with matters in a large way and looks to experts of its own appointing for advice and for the carrying out of details, makes its action none the less fundamental. The weight of its in- fluence in. giving continuity and in maintaining proper public senti- ment and in securing appropriations for the institution's work gives it a place of first importance. A high sense of the obligation which membership in the governing board implies is equally as essential as a definition of function. Ap- pointments are often too lightly made and accepted, and as they do not carry monetary consideration are greatly underestimated in im- portance or in the duty they imply. Acceptance of a trusteeship implies an agreement with the people to give the best of a man's ability, and to devote the time necessary to attending meetings and discharging intelligently the duties of membership. A neutral or passive attitude, or failure to attend regular meetings, deprives the public of an active and aggressive representative. It is a failure to recognize a public duty which has been voluntarily assumed. The appointment of competent, broad-minded, public-spirited per- sons on the boards of these institutions is of very great importance, and is worthy of far greater public interest than it usually receives. It is fundamental, because such boards have it in their power to largely determine the course of development of these institutions and their standing in the educational system. Xo executive officer should be obliged to spend his energy in attempting to numage his board. The appointment of men having the necessary qualifications may w^ell receive the active attention of bodies and organizations which have the welfare of these institutions at heart, and are seeking to promote their progress. RECENT WORK IN AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE. AGKICULTURAL CHEMISTRY— AGROTECHNY. The so-called nitrogen-free extract substances in foods and feeding stuffs, J. KciNiG and W. SuTTHOFF (Landw. Vers. Stat., 10 {1D09), No. 5-6, pi). S.'iS- 403). — This article deals chiefly with a study of those bodies which are gener- ally included under the term " nonnitrogenous extractive matter " minus the true carbohydrates. In connection with this work studies were made of the various starch deter- mination methods with a view to obtaining one which dissolves the least possi- ble amount of substances other than starch during the process. It was found that the Mayrhofer direct method yielded the best results although it can not be employed in all cases because in some instances it yields a cloudy and un- filterable solution. Next to this are preferred the inversion steam pressure and the acid inversion methods, but in both of these deductions must be made for the pentoses produced during the process. The Lintner method (polarimetric) yields good results even with substances having a low starch content. The chief ditficulty lies, with all these methods, in the different conceptions which workers have in calculating the starch content. Among the thus far undetermined constituents of the "nonnitrogenous ex- tractive matter " the author states that there are bodies with a high carbon content and which probably belong to the " lignin group." By extracting sub- stances free from starch and soluble carbohydrates with dilute sulphuric acid, bodies were obtained whic"h had a higher carbon content than either cellulose (44.4 per cent of carbon) or pentosan (45.5 per cent of carbon). A portion of this extract is soluble in water only under steam pressure or in Konig's glycerin-sulphuric acid mixture, but the portion soluble in water has a lower carbon content than that soluble in glycerin-sulphuric acid. This is slightly higher than that of the lignin in the " crude fiber." Digestion experiments with sheep showed that the digestibility of the crude fiber carbon group is nearly always more than that of the group extracted by sulphuric acid and glycerin and considered physiologically is on a par with cel- lulose. The carbon content of the digested " total nitrogen-free extract " is usually higher than that of the digested nitrogen-free crude fiber, and evidently more cellulose than lignin is digested. The authors show that the analysis of fodders as conducted at present gives us no clue as to the lignin content par- ticularly where this term is to mean bodies which contain more than 45.5 per cent of carbon. These bodies are probably present in a more condensed condi- tion like the hemihexosans, cellulose hexosans, etc. The authors conclude that the use of the term " carbohydrates " for food- stuffs and fodder rich in " crude fiber " is not warranted while the name " non- nitrogenous extractive matter " is confusing and imparts the belief that these bodies are easily soluble in water. The nature of the kutin contained in crude fiber, W. Sutthoff (Ztschr. Untersuch. Nahr. u. Genussmtl., 11 (1909), No. 11, pp. 662, 663). — With "kutin" obtained according to Konig's method, the author on saponifying with a 20 per 111 112 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. cent pdlMssiiiiu liydi-fixid solutidii ;iii and r>C>° C. On acidifying the soap sohition an acid was also obtained, solnbh' in iielroienni ether bnt which crystallized with great ditl'culty. More of this acid, however, was obtained than of the alcohol. The acid had a niclliiig point of ."50° C. An elementary analysis of both substances was made and it was found that on comparing the carbon content of each with that in the total kutin the ratio of the acid to alcohol must be 10 : 1. The alcohol contained either 17 atoms of carbon, or a mixture of alcohols containing from 10 to 18 atoms of cari)on in the molecule. The acid is a mixture of bodies, as it docs not crystalliz(> easily, and has an indefinite melting point, and further l)ecause an ester whose alcohol contains IT atoms of carbon and its acid 10 to the molecule must contain more than an equal amount of the former. On comparing the above this was not apparent. Determination of starch by means of trichloracetic acid, P. Biourge (Abs. in Chcm. Ztg., 33 (1909), No. 103, Rcpert., p. .'t ',(>). —The starch is dissolved in trichloracetic acid in a closed flask and heated for 2~> minutes at 1 atmosphere. It is then filtered and the filtrate made uji to a bulk of 110 to 12.^ cc, clarified with clay, and polarized in a 200 mm. tube. The value thus obtained agrees sufficiently well with the true results for quick analytical work. The rotation of starch is taken as 200° but if the value aD=197° is used, the results are much more exact. The presence of other carbohydrates interferes with the results and these must be removed with barium hydroxid and alcohol. The sugars in asparagus, G. Tankkt (Bui. Sac. Chhn. Frwiice, Jf. so:, 5 (1909), No. 16-17, pp. 889-895; Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 1J,9 (1909), No. 1, pp. .',8-30; abs. in Chem. ZeritbL, 1909, II, No. 8, pp. 633, 63'/).— The new sugars, asparagose and pseudo-asparagose, were isolated from the root and green berries. They were not found to occur in the j'oung sprouts or in the ripe fruits, in both of which only reducing sugar occurs. The occurrence of pinene in lemon oil, E. 'Si. Chace ( U. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Chem. Circ. Ji6, pp. 2-'t, figs. 2). — As the result of extensive investigations carried on in Sicily as to the manufacture of lemon oil, it is stated that the contention of the Bureau of Chemistry of this Department that certain Sicilian lemon oils were adulterated, either by the addition of turpentine or by some manipulation in the method of manufacture, is substantiated. The circular contains a discussion of methods of analysis and reports the results obtained in the examination of a number of samples of lemon oils. According to the author, the only reasonable conclusion from his investigation " would seem to be that where pinene is found in lemon oil, using only ordinary means of distillation, it is prima facie proof of adulteration, whether or not the physical constants of the oil are abnormal." Determination of sodium benzoate in ketchups, W. E. Hillyer (Jour. Indus, and EngUi. Chem., 1 (1909), No. 8, pp. 538-o'fO). — This method is based on the differences in solubility of silver benzoate and silver nitrate in ethyl alcohol. Carbonophosphates in milk, A. Barille (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 1J,9 (1909), No. 5, pp. 356-358; abs. in Jour. Soc. Chem. Indus., 28 (1909), No. 17, p. 957). — The author assumes the pi'esence of carbonophosphates proved by the fact that calcium carbonate and dicalcium phosphate are precipitated when milk is heated at 50° C. for 24 hours. Carbon dloxid is also liberated at this temperature and is jirobably produced by the decomposition of the car- bouophosi)hates. A volumetric method for the determination of casein in milk, L. L. A'an Slyke and A. W. Bosworth (Neio York 8tute Hta. Tech. Bui. 10, pp. 231-2.'i9, AGEICULTUEAL CHEMISTRY AGROTECHNY. 11$ pi. 1). — Tlie Mattbaiopoulos method (E. S. R., 20, p. 705) has beeu modified and simi)llfied iu so far that the results may be obtained more rapidly and are more accurate. The metliod consists of diluting 17.5 cc. of milk with about 80 cc. of distilled water in a 2()0 cc. flaslj. The milk is then neutralized with sodium hydrate until a pink color is obtained with pheuolphthalein. (The authors find it ad- vantageous to use a specially prepared color standard for this purpose.) The casein is then precipitated at 65 to 75° F. with a standard acetic acid solution (79.5 cc. normal solution diluted to 1,000 cc), adding this in 5 cc. amounts, and agitating after each addition. When 25 cc. have been added the casein is examined as to its flocculence and as to whether the fluid above it is compara- tively clear. If this is not so 1 cc. more of acid is added and the process is continued until the desired result is obtained. The number of cubic centimeters of acetic acid solution used is recorded as (A). The flask is then filled up to the 200 cc. mark with distilled water, well shaken, and filtered through a dry filter into a dry beaker. The filtrate must be clear. Then 100 cc. of filtrate is pipetted off and titrated with a standard alkali solution (79.5 cc. normal solution hydroxid diluted to 1 liter) until a pink tint constant toward phe- uolphthalein is obtained. The number of cubic centimeters of alkali used is A recorded as (B). The calculation is ^^—B= Percentage of casein in the milk. A rapid method of determining the percentage of casein in milk, T. B. Robertson {Jour. Itidufi. and Eiiyiii. Cliciii., 1 (I'JOU), No. 10, pp. 723-72.5). — The metho. pii. SI, 82; abs. in Ztschr. Unter.sucJi. \alir. u. (Iciiustontl., JH (1<)0!)), \o. (i, p. .387).— On the basis of a large number of analyses the authors declare the silver number to be of lim- ited value in testing for the purity of butter fat. The determination of fat in cheese by the Babcock test, j. L. Sammis (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chcm., 1 (1909), No. 8, p. 60.'/). — This is a method for hasten- ing the execution of the test, in which 8 to 10 gm. of cheese are weighed into a Babcock cream bottle, 10 cc. of water at 05 to 70° C. added, and upon this 17.6 cc. of sulphuric acid, 1 cc. of the acid Ix'ing added at a time at the begin- ning of the operation, with mixing and shaking after each addition. A modified Kjeldahl connecting- bulb, ('. A. Jennings (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chcm., 1 {1909), Xo. 10, pp. 737, 738, fig. J).— This consists of the ordi- nary bulb with an external opening in the bulb and a neck continuous with the same. The object is to eliminate the necessity of disconnecting the tube from the bottle when fluids are to be brought into the flask. Report of the provincial laboratory at Roulers, J. Van den Berghe {L li;mass(' tlu> avorafio flue gas analysis yiokled S).01 per cent carl>()n dinxid, ;>.s:! iht coiit oxynen, and 0.17 per cent carbon nionoxid, a total of I'.KOI per cent. Tins is 2 per cent le>'*s than the theoretical t1j:nres, or tlie quantity which niijiht exist if caii)oii compounds and oxyj^en were the only constituents of the f^as aualyztHl. The rate of combus- tion (pounds of bagasse per square foot of yrate surface per hour) varied be- tween 44 and 197, and the author assumes that under proper conditions the rate should never be under 100. The air supply to the pound of bagasse \vas ou the average 33.4 cu. ft., which witli a moisture content of 52 per cent in the bagasse is equivalent to 16.03 cu. ft. i»er iiound as fired. The l)lower supplinl on the average 24.7 per cent of the air. In regard to the relation of furnace tem])erature to air excess it was found that with an average air excess of S5 per cent the average furnace temperature was 1,475°, or with an average excess of 272 per cent 1,140°, showing that the furnace temperature varies inversely with the air excess. "An air excess of 50 per cent or less is sufficient for bagasse." In studying the control of the air supply, the influence of the stack damper, the ash-pit doors, and the speed of the blower were considered. With an increasal air excess and wide-opened dampers there was much increase in stack temperature, but the latter may also be due to an overload of bagasse on the heating surface. According to the results in this series it is evident that the stack temperature may be used to advantage in controlling the air. In 50 per cent of the furnaces tested the stack temperature was above 600° F, Those of the Louisiana fui'nace temperatures, which could be measured by a 700° F. thermometer, averaged 540° F., whereas in only one of the Cuban houses was the temperature above 600° F. The cause for the difference in stack temperature was found in the different areas of heating surface. From the results of the tests in the Louisiana houses it was seen that the high stack temperature was always present when the furnace had an overload of heating surface. In addition to the furnace tests an evaporative test was made with a 318 H. P. boiler (rated) in order to establish the evaporation value of bagasse. The weights of bagasse employed were obtained by difference, that is, by subtract- ing w^elght of juice from total amount of cane employed. With an overload of 24 per cent firing, based on the builder's rating, an equivalent evaporation of 2j lbs. of water per pound of bagasse was found. The amount of moist fuel fired (52.1 per cent of water) was G,017 lbs. per hour, and the temperature of the furnace was on the average 1,200° F. Comparing these i-esnlts with those obtained in one of the test series, which had a normal evaporation of about 3 lbs. per square foot of heating sur- face, it is shown that the evaporation by the bagasse was 6.1 lbs. of water per square foot, which is an excess. Calculating on a normal basis, " not more than 1.5 lbs. of bagasse should be burned per square foot of heating surface per hour." The boiler capacity per ton of cane for 24 hours is less in Louisiana than in Cuban or Hawaiian houses. " Not less than 1.5 boiler H. P. should be provided per ton of cane for 24 hours." Burning oil and bagasse together " may i-esult in higher furnace temperatures than with either of them alone, also in better combustion if the furnace is of proper design, but care must be taken to prevent overloading the heating surface. "A good working furnace depends more upon the proportion of heating surface to grate surface, rate of combustion and other matters of design, and operation than upon the form or type. METEOROLOGY WATER. 117 "Higher tenipei-atnros are produced in the sepai-ate oven than in the ordi- nary grate type. " In the ordinary grate type much of the advantage of the oven type may be secured by increasing the distance from grate to l)oiler." Sugar and corn sirup (starch, glucose) as raw materials for the confection- ery and preserves industries, L. K. Boseley (Internat. Sugar Jour., 11 (1909), No. 127, pp. S.'iS, S.'i-'f). — A summary of the requirements for the above-named products in the confectionery and preserving industries, based upon experiments by the author. A uniform nomenclature for the products of sugar manufacture, F. Stroh- MER (Ztsclrr. Vcr. Deut. Zuckcrindus., 1909, No. 6Jf.'i, II, pp. 778-782). — A plea for the unification of terms and descriptions of the products of the sugar industi'y, METEOROLOGY— WATER. Meteorology, E. Kleinschmidt (JaJirh. Nainnc, 2) {1908-9), pp. 112-133). — Pi'ogress in aerology, solar radiation, composition of the atmosphere, atmos- pheric electricity, terrestrial magnetism, weather forecasting, and other meteor- ological subjects, is reviewed as usual. Brief list of meteorological text-books and reference books, C. F. Talman (17. S. Dept. Agr., Weather Bur., 1909, pp. 76),— This is a list of about 150 works suitable for general, scientific, and university libraries in the United States, and " intended to provide a ready means of complying with the many requests received by the Weather Bureau from teachers, students, and others for the titles of books dealing with meteorology and its several branches." Meteorological observations at the Massachusetts Agricultural Experi- ment Station, J. E. Ostrandee and C. M. Damon (Massachusetts 8ta. Met. Buls. 2't9, 250, pp. Jf each). — Summaries of observations at Amherst, Mass., on pres- sure, temperature, humidity, precipitation, wind, sunshine, cloudiness, and casual phenomena during September and October, 1909. The data are briefly discussed in general notes on the weather of each month. Weather observations (New Jersey Stas. Rpt. 1908, pp. 86-89, 298-301).— Tables are given which show daily and monthly precipitation at the New Jersey Station farm during the year ended October ol, 1908, monthly precipitation since January 1, 1896, monthly maximum and minimum means of temperature since 1896, and rainfall, temperature, and sunshine during the growing season, April to September, for the State, for the period from 1889 to 1908. Physical and meteorological service, .J. Jaubert (Ann. Ohserv. Muriic. (Observ. Montsouris) [Paris], 9 (1908), No. 3-4, pp. 373-//22).— Tables of observations on temperature, pressure, precipitation, humidity, wind, and evaporation for the year ended November P>0, 1908, are given. Meteorology and climate [of New South Wales] (Off. Yearbook N. S. Wales, 1907-8, pp. 15-23).— This article summarizes in tables and text the principal meteorological and climatic conditions of New South Whales. On the composition of atmospheric air, (i. Claude (Compt. Rend. Aead. Sci. [Paris], 1.1,8 (1909), No. 22, pp. l.',5Ji-1456, fig. 1; abs. in Beibl. Ann. Phys., 33 (1909), No. 20, p. 1050). — Apparatus and methods employed in the determina- tion of the rarer constituents of the atmosphere are described. Analysis of air, P. Miqukl (Ann. Ohserr. Mitnie. (Observ. Montsouris) [Paris], 9 (1908), No. 3-J,. pp. ,?//3-257 ) .—Numerous analyses of the air of parks, tuu- Qels of underground railways, dwellings, public monuments, etc., are reported. Apparatus for the purification of air (Rev. Sci. [Paris], 7/7' (1909), II, No. 5, p. 1U).—A brief account is given of au apparatus and process proposed by 118 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. C. Kicliet, based uiK)n interruptions of the How of the current of air while in contact with viscous li(iui(ls, {glycerin and soap solution, or simply water. The duration of hailstorms (Rcr. *S'(/. [Paris], p' (1!)0!)), II, 'So. 11', p. 533). — This is a note on a report by IMnniandon on a largo number of observations from 1886 to 1908. While a lar.ce inimber of the storms observed were of short duration some of them lasl(>d as lonj^ as an hour. Storms of long duration were observed at all altitudes from 300 to 1,200 meters. No general cause is assigned for such storms. A test of hail protection, re Beauchamp (Compt. Rend. Acad. 8ci. [Paris], J/,9 (1909). No. 1, p. 73; abs. in Jour. Agr. Prat., n. ser., 18 {1909), No. J,9, p. 767). — An attempt to dissipate hailstorms in a region near Vienna subject to great damage from this source by means of high towers carrying metal con- ductors connecting with copper plates in contact with the ground water i^^ briefly described. Some observations on dew ponds, E. A. ISIartin {Geogr. Jour., 3Jf {1909), No. 2, pp 174-195, dgms. 7; ab.s. in Nature [London], 81 {1909), No. 2085, pp. J,58, J/59). — This article reports a series of observations in Sussex on methods of construction and conditions determining the filling of dew ponds. The observa- tions indicate that dew furnishes a comparatively small part of the water col- lected in these ponds, particularly in case of ponds on the lower lands. During the winter, rain, snow, and mist as well as dew contribute to the water supply. In summer and in times of drought the water supply is derived from mist, fog, and dew. Dew ponds {Agr. Students' Gaz., n. scr., U, {1909), No. .',, pp. 105-107).— This is a concise summary of information regarding the nature, construction, and use of dew ponds. Fluorescent substances in waters, F. Dienert {Ann. Observ. Munic. {Obscrv. Montsouris) [Paris]. 9 {190S), No. 3-',, pp. 322-325, fig. i ) .—Apparatus and delicate methods for studying fluorescent substances in waters are described. Methods used for measuring fluorescence in waters, F. Dienert {Ann, Observ. Munic. {Observ. Montsouris) [Paris], 9 {1908), No. 3-1,, pp. 326-328, figs. 2). — Apparatus and delicate methods for this purpose are described. The use of the acoustele in hydrology, F. Dienert {Ann. Otiscrv. Munic. (Observ. Montsouris) [Paris], 9 {1908), No. 3-4, pp. 315-321, figs. 2).— The con- struction of the Daguin acoustele, an acoustic cornet, is described and its use in locating undergi'ound water is explained. Study of the subterranean waters of Paris, P. Miquel {Ann. Observ. Munic. (Observ. Montsouris) [Paris], 9 (1908), No. 3-1,, pp. 303-^05).— Detailed ex- aminations of a number of samples are reported. Potable and drainage waters of Paris, P. Miquel {Ann. Observ. Munic. {Observ.' Montsouris) [Paris], 9 (1908), No. 3-J,, pp. 258^0//).— Bacteriological and chemical examinations of samples of water from reservoirs in Paris and its environs and from fountains, schools, and the Seine, as well as of sewage, are reported. Pure water in town and country (Va. Health Buh, 1 (1909), No. 1',, pp. 363- 376, figs. 6). — It is stated that the purpose of this bulletin is to explain the conditions which are necessary for the maintenance of a good water supply and those which lead to contamination and impurity of water. Simple means of protecting springs and wells from pollution are described. Drinking water on trains {Va. Health BuL, 1 (1909), No. 10, pp. 284, 285).— The water supply on railroad trains in Virginia was found by the state board of health to be satisfactory but objections were made to the manner of handling ice. It is stated that the railroads have ample regulations for such matters but that they are disregarded. METEOROLOGY WATER. 119 Changes in drinking water due to the metal of the distributing conduits, O. Ferkier (Rev. Sci. [Paris], 7/7 (1909), II, No. 8, p. 21,8).— li is shown that water coutaiuing a small amount of mineral matter more readily attacks lead and iron pipes than that containing a large amount of mineral matter, and it is proposed to overcome the danger from this source by adding a small amount of lime to the water. The Yallahs smell, S. F. Ashby {Bui. Dept. Agr. Jamaica, n. ser., 1 {1909), Nos. 1, pp. Ji2, J,.3; 2, pp. 73-92, pis. 3). — Chemical and bacteriological studies of the waters and muds of the Yallahs salt ponds near Kingston, Jamaica, are reported, showing that the offensive odor of these ponds is due mainly to hydrogen sulphid produced by Mlcrospira wstuarii. Regulations regarding potable waters (Rev. Sri. [Paris], J/7 (1909), II, No. 16, p. 50.'i). — The regulations promulgated by the government of France with regard to the potable waters to be used in the mariue service are given. Are present day standards of analysis reliable as a guide to the wholesome- ness of drinking water? C. J. li. McLean (Jour. Roy. Sanit. Inst., 30 (1909), No. 9, p. 39 'i).- — It is pointed out that "there is seldom any connection between the purity or impurity of water supplies in rural or small urban districts and the existence or prevalence of typhoid fever," and it is held that " absence of typhoid fever in the rural and small urban districts, with impure or polluted water (according to modern standards), is a proof of the nonreliability of such standards." New bacteriological standard for water analyses, T. A. Starkey (Jour. Ron. Sanit. Inst., 30 (1909), No. 9, pp. 391, 3.9,2).— The author proposes the " labyrinth " or *' zig-zag " method for isolating members of the colon-typhoid family, and believes that " if representatives of the colon-typhoid group beyond about the mid-point toward the typhoid end are present, then the water is actually dangerous; it matters not in what quantity of water they are found." Investigations on the permeability of soils for bacteria, F. Ditthorn and A. LuERSSEN (Gsndhts. Ingcn., 32 (1909), No. >,l, pp. 6S1-6SG, figs. 2).— This is a study of the efficiency of soil filtration as a means of purifying water. Fundamental principles of sewage purification on land, R. Hering (Engin. Ncivs, 61 (1909), Nos. IS, pp. J,93-.',96; 21, pp. 583-586; 22, pp. 605, 606).— Conclusions based chiefly u])on results of inspection of European works, but also on observations on works in this country, are summarized and the relation of the different factors involved in sewage purification is reduced to an equa- tion— p=b a t, in which 6 is the bacterial surface in square feet, a the air supply in cubic feet per day, and t the time in minutes. These A'ary directly with the number of persons furnishing the sewage. Standards of purification for sewage effluents, J. T. Thompson (Jour. Roy. Sanit. Inst., 30 (1909), No. 9, pp. 1,07, //08).— The general principles and the adaptations to local conditions are discussed. Organic colloid substances in sewage waters, E. Rolants (Rev. Hyg. et Pol. Sanit., 31 (1909), No. 8, pp. 775-78-'/). — The investigations reported indicate that there was an increase of the proportion of colloid substances to total oxidizable matter in the septic tank but a decrease on the bacterial beds. The proportion of organic nitrogen to organic carbon in the colloid substances decreased in the septic tank and in the passage through the bacterial beds. A brief bibliography of literature relating to this subject is apppended. Sewage sludge disposal at Brockton, Mass. (Engin. Netcs, 62 (1909), No. 10, p. 251, fig. 1). — A brief accoiuit is given of the use of manure spreaders for the handling of the sludge and of the history of sludge disposal at Brockton since the works were started 15 years ago. The sludge is given to farmers in the 120 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. vicinity for a period of r» years in consideration of its immediate" removal from the plant at the time of cleaning the slnd^re beds. The material lias been very couvenieutly and elliciently handled i)y means of manure spreaders. It has been used as a fertilizer on corn, potatoes, millet, and other grasses with very good results. With corn it appeai-s to give good results when used alone. With other crops better results are obtained when potash and phosphoric acid are added. While the composition of the material varies with the season, the moisture ranging from !"> to .50 per cent, an average of several analyses shows moisture 16.22, jihosphoric acid 0.78, potassium oxid OSA, nitrogen 1.4.5, calcium oxid 0.3. and insoluble matter, sand, etc., 70.13 per cent. The conditions and object of agricultural hydrotechnical work in Bussia, J. JiLiNSKY (Conditions ct But des Travaux IJydrotechniques Agricoles en Russie. St. Pctershurg: Govt., WOS, pp. 22).— A brief general statement. SOILS— FERTILIZERS . Report of the soil chemist and bacteriologist, J. G. Lipman et al. (New Jersey Stas. Rpt. I'JOS, pp. Si-i-J?).— This report contains accounts of investiga- tions on ammonia formation in soils and culture solutions ; moisture conditions as affecting the formation of ammonia, nitrites, and nitrates ; soil bacteriological methods and culture media ; behavior of Azotobacter in culture solutions ; and soil inoculations with A. beycrincki. The studies of ammonia formation in shale and sandy loam soils and in culture media of different kinds showed among other things that the addition of dextrose as a rule retarded the formation of ammonia or hastened its trans- formation into other forms of combination. The addition of peptone, on the other hand, hastened the formation of ammonia. With peptone alone there was decidedly more rapid formation of ammonia in the shale soil than in the sandy loam soil. The addition of dextrose alone apparently did not cause a very great increase in the number of bacteria in the soil, whereas the addition of peptone alone caused an enormous increase. When dextrose was used with the peptone the increase was checked to an appreciable extent. The addition of starch and filter paper did not exert the same depressing effect as the dextrose. In experiments with a gravelly loam soil it was found that saturation of the soil with water greatly increased the rate of ammonification. From the results in general " it would seem . . . that the suppression of the aerobic decay bacteria and the more vigorous growth of the anaerobic putre- factive bacteria lead to the production of more ammonia in the peptone solu- tions. . . . The amounts of ammonia produced in the soil itself are a function of the bacteriological activities and soil conditions, in this particular instance largely moisture and aeration conditions. . . . Varying moisture conditions favor the production of more or less ammonia as they fa\or or depress the activities of the ammonifying bacteria. At the same time, they probably produce changes in the bacterial flora which are not merely quantitative, but at times also qualitative." Saturation of the soil api>arently increased the activity of urea bacteria as well as putrefactive bacteria. The studies of the effect of the addition of dextrose with varying amounts of moisture on ammonification gave inconclusive results. A decided decrease in nitrates, i)articularly in certain soil samples, was observed which is attributed to the transformation of nitrate into proteid nitrogen. SOILS FERTILIZEES. 121 Determinations of tlie numbers of liacteria in soil under different conditions indicated not only an enormous increase in tlie presence of peptone but also an approximate relation between the number of bacteria and the amount of am- monia produced. In experiments on red shale and clay loam soils with peptone, urea, dried blood, and albumen, it was found that ammonification was most active in the clay loam soil in case of the peptone and in the shale soil with urea and dried blood. As measured by ammonification the urea, peptone, dried blood, and egg albumen were available in the order given. Minor studies on nitrification, denitrification, and nitrogen fixation in the same soils, and on media for quantitative estimation of soil bacteria, as well as miscellaneous data concerning the growth of Azotobacter in culture solu- tions are also reported. The latter studies included the influence of small amounts of calcium carbonate, acid potassium phosphate, previous treatment of the soil, and varying amounts of mannite on 'the nitrogen fixation of Azoto- bacter. Soil inoculations with A. hcyerincki in soils on which corn was grown gave results which are summarized as follows : " Ground limestone hastened the de- composition of the inert humus compounds and made available a larger supply of nitrogen to the corn crop. Applications of ground limestone at the rate of 4 tons per acre proved even more effective than applications of 2 tons per acre in hastening the decomposition of the inert humus compounds. Applications of sugar, starch, and ground filter paper depressed the yields of dry matter and of nitrogen in the corn crop. Inoculation with A. bcycrinchi in the presence or absence of organic substances depressed rather than increased the yields of dry matter and of nitrogen in the corn crop." The effect of partial sterilization of soil on the production of plant food, E. J. Russell and H. B. Hutchinson (Contrib. Lab. Rothamsted Expt. Sta., 1909, pj). lll-lJf.'f, pis. 2, figs. -}; ret>rinted from Jour. Agr. Sci., 3 {.1909), Wo. 2, pp. 111-l^Jf, pis. 2, figs. Jf). — The soil used in these investigations contained mod- erate amounts of nitrogen, organic matter, and calcium carbonate. It was par- tially sterilized, either by heating to 98° C. or by adding 4 per cent toluene. In the latter case the toluene was either allowed to evaporate at the end of 3 days by spreading out the soil in a thin layer or it was left in the soil during the whole of the experimental period. In a few of the experiments the soils were heated to 125° to kill all organisms. After treatment the soils were moistened and kept for definite periods at ordinary laboratory temperatures in bottles stopped with cotton wool. Observations were made on the production of ammonia and unstable nitrogen compounds, changes in humus and total amount of nitrogen, and on nitrification, and the part played by bacteria in these transformations. The effect of the treatment on the productiveness of the soil was studied in pot experiments with rye. The results showed that partial sterilization increased the amount of am- monia produced and the increased productiveness of soils so treated is ascribed to this increase of ammonia, " The excess of ammonia is the result of increased decomposition of soil sub- stances by bacteria. " Hiltner and Stiirmer's discovery that the bacteria increase rapidly after partial sterilization, and finally become much more numerous than in the origi- nal, untreated soil, is confirmed. The increase in number proceeds pari passu with the increase in ammonia. " The new bacterial flora arising after partial sterilization is a more potent decomposing agent than the original flora, but tbe individual species have not 122 EXPERIMENT STATION EECOED. become more, but apparently less potent. The increased decomposing power of the new flora is associated with its numerical superiority over old flora. " The rates of decomposition and of bacterial increase in the toluened soil were found to be adversely affected by the addition of the original untreated soil. The original soil therefore contains some factor which linuts bacterial action. " Chemical hypothesis having been found unsatisfactory the factor is shown to be biological. Large organisms (protozoa) were found in the untreated, but not in the partially sterilized soils, at least two of which are known to destroy b.Mcteria. " These large competing and destructive organisms are killed by heat and most of them by toluene, and can then serve as food for bacteria. In both these directions the effect of partial sterilization is beneficial. "As the effect of partial sterilization in increasing productiveness is shown on so many soils, and apparently always in the same way, it may be expected that these competing and destructive protozoa are of common occurrence and constitute an important factor in soil fertility. " In relation to plant growth partially sterilized soils are peculiar in that they supply not nitrate, but other nitrogen compounds such as ammonia, to the plant. The nitrifying organisms will develop if they get into the toluened soil, but they did not work in the heated soils. With this difference in the course of nitrogen nutrition may be correlated the difference in nitrogen content of the plant and in the character of growth." Experiments on the accumulation of green manure nitrogen in light sandy soils, C. VON Seeliiorst (Mitt. Deut. Landw. GcselL, 2-J (1909), No. 33, pp. 512- 516). — This is a report of a continuation of experiments with large vegetation tanks (E. S. R, 19. p. 319; 20, p. 316). The results reported show that in the case of wheat about the same amounts of nitrogen were removed in the drainage and in the crop, but that this was not true in the case of rye and barley. With barley on soil which had received a late green manuring the greater part of the nitrogen removed from the soil was found in the crop. With rye on soil receiving an early green manuring the greater part was found in the drainage. Larger losses of the nitrogen of the soil were observed in the case of potatoes than with cereals and this is accounted for by the larger proportion of nitrogen removed in the drainage. The amount taken up in the crop was the same with potatoes as with cereals. On the relation of native legumes to the soil nitrogen of Nebraska prairies, F. J. Alway and R. M. Pinckney (Jour. Indus, and Engin. Chem., 1 (1909), No. 11, pp. 771, 772). — Analyses are reported which show the distribution of nitrogen in typical Nebraska prairie soils at different depths down to 6 ft., and the probable relation of the nitrogen content of the soil to the natural vegetation, particularly the leguminous plants, is discussed. It was found that the nitrogen in one of the soils to a depth of 6 in. varied from 0.25 to 0.317, with an average of 0.2S4 per cent, and it is estimated from the data obtained that the soil contained about 10.000 lbs. of nitrogen per acre to a depth of 2 ft. It is estimated that the natural growth of legu- minous plants on this soil furnishes about 10 lbs. per acre of nitrogen annually. The indications are that the nitrogen content of the soil has long since reached an equilibrium. Soil nitrogen, J. Wrightson (Agr. Gaz. [London], 70 (1909), No. 1854, P- 30). — In this article it is contended that leguminous plants are not the only fixers of atmospheric nitrogen. Some effects of nitrogen-fixing bacteria on the growth of nonleguminous plants, W. B. Bottomley (Proc. Roy. Soc. [London], Ser. B, 81 (1909), No. B SOILS FERTILIZERS. 123 548, pp. 287-289; Centbl. Bakt. [eic], 2. AU., 25 {1909), No. 5-9, pp. 270-272; abs. in Chem. Zentbl., 1909, II, No. 9, p. 742). — The nitrogen-fixing power of Pseudomonas alone and combined witli Azotobacter (both obtained from root tubercles of Cycas) was studied in culture experiments and in pot tests with barley, oats, parsnips, and hyacinths. The results as measured by the increase of nitrogen in the culture solution and by the growth of the plants indicated in the author's opinion a decided fixation of nitrogen by the combined cultures. The fixation of nitrogen by soil bacteria, A. D. Hall {Nature [London], 81 {1909), No. 2073, p. 98). — Discussing the above experiments, the author main- tains that the results of the experiments were not conclusive because there were no tests of Azotobacter alone and no means of accurately measuring the experimental error. Nitrog'en-fixing bacteria and nonleguminous plants, W. B. Bottomley and A. D. Hall {Nature [London], 82 {1909), No. 2095, pp. 218, 219).— This is a further discussion of the reliability of the conclusions drawn by Professor Bottomley noted above. Important bacteria in Jamaica soils, S. F. Ashby {Bid. Dept. Agr. Jamaica, n. ser., 1 {1909), No. 2, pp. 92-96, pi. 1). — Studies of the rate of nitrification and nitrogen fixation in 3 different soils are reported, as well as tests of a cul- ture prepared by Bottomley for increasing the assimilation of nitrogen by sugar cane. This culture was found to contain Clostridia but not Azotobacter and was without effect when used on sugar cane. The regeneration of the nitrogen-fixing power of bacteria, G. Bredemann {Centbl. Bald, [etc.], 2. Abt., 23 {1909), No. 1-5, pp. 41-47).— A controversial note replying to Pringsheim (E. S. R., 20,. p. 18). The identity of nitrogen-fixing Clostridia, H. Pringsheim {Centbl. Bakt. [etc.], 2. Abt., 24 {1909), No. 18-22, pp. 488-496).— This is a controversial ar- ticle replying to criticisms of the author's work by Bredemann (noted above). The fertility of the soil, H. Putticmans (Ann. EscoUi Polytcch. Mo Paulo, 9 {1909). pp. 301-344, pi. 1, figs. 10). — This article reviews the present knowl- edge and theories with regard to soil fertility, discussing the physical, chemical, and micro-biological factors determining it. A bibliography of 41 references is appended. Analyses of soils {Rev. Asoe. Rural Uruguay, 38 {1909), No. 8, pp. 586-589, dgms. 2). — Physical and chemical analyses of several samples of soil from the Campana model farm in Uruguay are reported with a description of the char- acter of the soil at different depths. The natural regeneration of worn out cocoa soils, W. C. Jardine {Dept. Agr. Trinidad, Bid. Agr. Inform., 1909, n. ser., No. 63, pp. 81-88).— The utilization of the natural vegetation for restoring the fertility of such soils is discussed. The uncultivated soils in Denmark {Rev. Sei. [Paris], 47 {1909), II, No. 5, pp. 142, 143).— This is a brief note on the activities of the Landes Society of Denmark in the reclamation of swamp and other unproductive soils. On the earth temperature at Osaka, T. Okada {Tokyo Hug. But. Kizi [Proc. Tdkyo Math. Pliys. Soc.], 2. ser., 4 {1908), No. 21, pp. 427-438; abs. in Beibl. Ann. Pliys., 33 {1909), No. 14, p. SOO).— Hourly observations of temperature at the surface, and at depths of 0.1, 0.3, and 0.0 meter during 1901 to 1906, and monthly mean temperatures at the surface and at depths of 0.3, 1.2, 3, and 5 meters from 1895 to 1904, are reported. On the basis of these observations and of determinations of the moisture content of the soil studies were made of the diurnal and annual variation of the temperature of the soil, diurnal and annual heat exchanges of the soil, and thermal conductivity of the soil. The specific heat 20872— No. 2—10 3 124 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. of the soil at depths of 0.3 and 1 meter with a watei* content of 0.074 gm. per cubic centimeter as a mean of 5 measurements was 0.204 gram-calorie per cubic centimeter, hence the thermal capacity of the soil per unit volume was 0.4. The diurnal variation of the temperature became almost insignificant at a depth of 60 cm. The extreme temperatures for each month at the different depths, as well as the constants as analyzed by the Fourier series, are given. At a depth of 5 meters the minimum temperature was observed in May, the maximum in November. The analysis by the Fourier series indicates that the soil studied may be taken roughly " as a homogeneous substance, and that the differential equation for linear flow of heat with a constant diffusivity may be applicable for any stratum of the soil at that locality. . . . " The amount of the diurnal thermal exchange of the Osaka soil is 42.3 gram- calories per unit area* in average. It is subject to a very great variation in the course of a year, being greatest in May and least in January. The diurnal heat content varies wuth season and weather condition. . . . " The thermal conductivity of the Osaka soil diminishes regularly with the depth. . . . " There is a marked annual variation in the diffusivity of soil. The maximum occurs in March and the minimum in August in the surface layer ; the maximum takes place in July and the minimum in August in the second layer ; the maxi- mum occurs in July and the minimum in November in the third layer ; and the maximum takes place in February and the minimum in September. This periodic variation of the thermal diffusivity of soil is probably due to the annual variation of the soil temperature and of water contained in pore spaces of the soil." The water economy of the soil, Quante {Filliling's Landw. Ztg., 58 {1909), Nos. 16, pp. 592-605; 17, pp. 609-627). — This article reviews investigations bear- ing on the subject and discusses the importance of water in plant growth on different kinds of soil, as well as the influence of cultural methods on the water content of soils. Soil moisture in crop production (Mark Lane Express, 102 (1909), No. Jf067, p. 25.i). — This is a note on a paper read by F. H. King at the meeting of the British Association at Winnipeg. The paper discussed water as a plant food and as a carrier of plant food in the soil and plant, as well as the amount of water required to produce a ton of dry matter in different crops. Omitting evaporation, this is stated to amount to 200 to 400 tons. It is estimated that, including evaporation, 3.6 to 4.3 in. of water are required to produce 12 bu. of wheat or 20 bu. of barley. Soil acidity, W. P. Kelley (Amer. Pert., 31 (1909), No. -J, pp. 22-24) .—This article discusses briefly the various methods which have been proposed for the determination of soil acidity as well as the origin of the acid condition and practical methods of correcting acidity. Effects of salts on soils, C. S. Tayloe (Dept. Agr. Bengal, Quart. Jour., 2 (1909), No. J,, pp. 281-287). — This article describes the types of alkali soils occurring in Bengal. These include not only the so-called usar and reh soils, which have been formed by the accumulation of salts resulting from decomposi- tion of the soil constituents in place, but also the nitrate soils and those which have been rendered saline by frequent inundations of brackish water. Atten- tion is directed mainly to the latter class in this article, and it is shown that their sterility is not due entirely to excess of saline substances but partly at least to the fact that they are almost absolutely devoid of bacteria and contain very small amounts of nitrogen. Determinations of the soluble salts in such soils at different depths are reported. SOILS FERTILIZERS. 125 Factors influencing" the phosphate content of soils, A. R. Whitson and C. W. Stoddart (Wisconsin Sta. Research Bui. 2, pp. 4I-6O). — This contains two arti- cles which have been noted from other sources ( E. S. R., 20, p. 1114 ; 21, p. 218 ) . Fertilizers for Wisconsin farms, F. W. Woll* ( Wisconsin Sta. Bui. 180, pp. 3--i6). — This bulletin calls attention to the increasing need of fertilizers in Wisconsin and discusses methods of conserving soil fertility, the care of stable manure, and the purchase and use of commercial fertilizers. A report is also given of the results of inspection during. 1909 of 31 brands of licensed fertilizers prepared by 11 manufacturers. On the value of barnyard manure in agriculture, O. Vibbans (Bl. Zucker- riibcnbau, 16 {1909), Nos. 7, pp. 106-110; 8, pp. 12.^-127; 9, pp. 131-13',).— A. general discussion. The fertilizing value of pigeon manure, A. Lolli (Staz. Sper. Agr. Ital., 42 (1909), No. J,-6, pp. 356-360; ahs. in Chcm. Zcntbl., 1909, II. No: 10, pp. 856, 857). — The author discusses the value of commercial pigeon manure on the basis of its content of phosphoric acid (1.7 per cent), potash (0.15 per cent), and nitrogen (3.97 per cent), with moisture 7.8 per cent. The results of counts of seeds in the manure are also given. Top-dressing sugar beets with liquid manure, A. Kausek (Mitt. Deut. Lancltv. GeselL, 2.', (1909), No. 32, pp. 502-507).— Good results with liquid manure as compared "ith nitrate of soda are reported. The author advises keeping the manure heap moist and collecting and applying the liquid manure separately. Top-dressing of the sugar beet with liquid manure, A. Kuhnert (Mitt. Deut. Landw. Gesell., 24 (1909), No-. 36, pp. 5^9, 550).— The results of the experiments here reported confirm those of Kausek noted above. The water capacity of peat litter and its determination, B. Tacke and H. MiNssEN (Ztschr. Moorkultiir 11. Torfvericert.. 7 (1909), No. 3, pp. 141-149).— In the experiments reported in this article it was found that drying decreased the absorptive capacity of peat litter and that the coarser the air-dry material the less the absorption. The method used in making the tests of absorptive power is described. The nitrogen problem in crop production, E. J. Russell (Jour. Roy. Agr. Soc. England, 69 (1908), pp. 104-114)- — This article is based mainly upon investigations made at Rothamsted and discusses the sources of nitrogen avail- able to the farmer, including nitrogen compounds in the soil, purchased manures, purchased feeding stuffs, nitrogen fixed by bacteria alone and in symbi- osis with leguminous plants, and losses of nitrogen on the farm due to drainage and to bacterial action. The value of a rotation adapted to the maintenance of the nitrogen supply is pointed out. Manufacture of air nitrate fertilizers, H. Bordewich and W. H. H. Webster (U. S. Dept. Com. and Labor, Bur. Manfr., 1909, pp. 16, figs. 2). — This report briefly discusses the fertilizer trade of the United States, the nitrate fertilizer factories in Norway, and the cyanamid industry in Canada. It is stated that " the imports of materials largely used in the manufacture of fertilizers, and of fertilizers not included under other names, amounted to $12,205,710 in 1907 and $11,968,537 in 1908. Sulphate of ammonia to the value of $1,847,772 and nitrate of ammonia to the value of $425,573 were also im- ported in 1908. A small part of the nitrate and from one- half to two-thirds of the sulphate were employed in making fertilizer. The extent to which the Chilean nitrate fields are drawn upon by the United States is shown by thet imports, which increased from $8,855,753 in 1904 to $13,595,458 in 1907 and $12^277,464 in 1908. That the value of nitrates imported from Chile is perhaps imderestimated is shown by the annual reports of United States Consul Alfred 126 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. A. Wiuslow, of Valparaiso, wlio gives the declared exports of nitrate of soda from Chile to the United States for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1907, as $16,699,723, and for 190S, $14,765,250. " Exports of fertilizers from the United States to other countries amounted in value to $8,590,711 in 1907 and to $10,970,931 in 1908. Adding to the value of the imports of nitrates the value of materials imported and largely used in the manufacture of fertilizers and the value of fertilizers imported and declared as such, and then deducting the exports of fertilizers from this country, the conclusion is reached that a balance of api)roximately $17,000,000 goes abroad every year for fertilizers." The nitrate deposits and industry in Chile, li. Lema (Mining Set., 58 (1908), Nos. 12, PI). 225-227, figs. 3; 13, m>. 2J,Ji, 2.'i5, figs. 3; 1',, pp. 265-267, fig-f. -'t ; Chem. Engin., 10 {1909), No. 1, pp. 1-9, figs. i2).— This is a series of historical, statistical, and technical articles, giving also methods of extraction and prep- aration of the nitrate. Calcium and sodium nitrates, J. Urban (Bl. ZucJcerrUhenbau, 16 (1909), No. 8, pp. 113-116). — From his own experiments and those of other investigators, the author concludes that as regards yield calcium nitrate is fully as effective as sodium nitrate and that as regards quality of the crop it is apparently superior. Investigations on denitrification, A. G, Doyarenko (Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscoul, 15 (1909), No. 1, pp. 98-108, figs. 6).— In experiments to determine the influence of the different components of manure on the yield, adding nitrogen also in the form of nitrate of soda, ammonium nitrate, and ammonium sulphate, it was observed that an injurious effect re- sulted when strawy manure was used in connection with sodium nitrate and ammonium nitrate, but not in the case of ammonium sulphate. The comparative value of nitrate of sodium and sulphate of ammonium as manures (Agr. Gaz. [Tasmania^, 17 (1909), Nos. 5, pp. 112-119; 6, pp. lJ,0-lJi2 ; 7, pp. 161, 162). — This article is based upon experiments at Rothamsted, Woburn, and other places in England and Scotland. Among the conclusions reached are that sulphate of ammonia can not be profitably used on soil deficient in calcium carbonate, but should be plowed under on soil containing a large amount of calcium carbonate. As a rule it gives the best results when plowed or harrowed in before seeding. It does not give its best results on dry soils and in dry seasons since it is not so readily nitrified under such conditions, and in any case is slower in action than nitrate of soda. The effect of sulphate of ammonia is more dependent than that of nitrate of soda upon the presence of an abundant supply of mineral fertilizers. In a 10-year series of field experiments with cereals the average return of grain was 93 from sulphate of ammonia as compared with 100 from nitrate of soda, and of straw 79 from the sulphate as compared with 100 from the nitrate. With hay croiJS the sulphate was 85 to 88 per cent as efficient as nitrate of soda. In 10-year experiments at Rothamsted the yield of potatoes with the sulphate was on an average equal to that obtained with the nitrate. With mangels the sulphate was 76 iier cent as efficient as the nitrate, but the quality of the roots was better with the sulphate. In experiments with turnips in Scotland and the north of England the sul- phate and nitrate were apparently equally effective. Application of sulphate of ammonia on light soils (Mark Lane E-rprciS, 101 (1909), No. Ji072, p. .'f03). — Reference is made to experiments in which sulphate of ammonia was applied (1) entirely in autumn, (2) one-fourth in autumn and three-fourths in sirring, (3) all in spring in one application, and (4) in spring in two equal applications, the first just when growth had started and the sec- SOILS FERTILIZERS. 127 ond 3 weeks later. The crop used was rye, and the exi)erimeuts extended over 2 years. The soil was well supplied with potash and phosphoric acid. Spring application gave better results than fall application. Apparently the best results can be expected from 2 applications in the spring, one just at the beginning of growth and the second about 3 weeks later. The soils should in all cases be supi)lied with an abundance of lime. See also a previous note (E. S. R., 21, p. 720). The physiological characteristics of ammonium salts, D. N. Prianishnikov (Isv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Jn.st. Agron. Moscou^, 15 (1909), No. 1, pp. 2.'i-31, figs. 2). — The experiments reported showed that ammonium sulphate in the presence of raw phosphates exerted two opposite influences, one positive, due to the solvent action resulting from the physiological acidity of the salt, the other negative, resulting from the injurious effect on plant growth of an excess of acidity. When calcium carbonate was added in increasing amounts the acid reaction was reduced and the yield increased, except that when too much calcium carbonate was added the yield was again reduced as a result of unfavorable conditions for the assimilation of the phosphoric acid of the raw phosphate. Analysis showed that the phosphoric acid content of the crop decreased with increasing amounts of calcium carbonate. Experiments with different organic nitrogenous fertilizers, A. G. Doya- RENKO {Izv. Moskov. Sclsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 {1909), No. 2, pp. 127-136). — Experiments are reported which show that the nitrogen of castor pomace and certain wastes from tobacco factories is very effective as a fertilizer, but that the nitrogen of by-products of the biological process of water purification is very slow in action. Nitrogen and nitric acid, R. Carl (Osterr. Chcm. Ztg., 12 {1909), No. 18, pp. 237, 238). — This is a brief review of progress during 1906 to 1908 in electro- chemical methods of utilizing the nitrogen of the air. Fixation of atmospheric nitrogen (Electrochem. and Metallurg. Indus., 7 {1909), No. 7, pp. 303-305). — Papers on the electrical fixation of atmospheric nitrogen by A. Bernthsen, S. P^yde, and N. Caro are briefly reviewed. The manufacture of air nitrate, O. Schonherr (Elektrotech. Ztschr., 30 {1909), Nos. 16, pp. 365-369, figs. J,; 17, pp. 397-i,02, figs. 6; aJ)s. in Sci. Abs., Sect. B— Elect. Engin., 12 (1909), No. 138, pp. 231, 232; Electrochem. and Metal- lurg. Indus., 7 {1909), No. 6, pp. 245-2Jf7, figs. 3). — The electric process worked out by the author is fully described. The manufacture of calcium carbid {Engineering [London], 87 {1909), Nos. 2256, pp. Jt05-Jt08, 410, 411, 422, figs. 19; 2257, pp. 443-445, figs. 11; 2258, irp. 7/77, 478, 480, 481, 492, figs. 22; 2259, pp. 520-522, figs. 12; 2260, pp. 546-550, 552, figs. 21; 2262, pp. 617-620, 634, fiil>^- 14; ^^65, pp. 720-723, figs. 6; 2267, pp. 777-7S0, 782, figs. 12; a1)s. in Sci. Abs., Sect. B— Elect. Engin., 12 {1909), No. 139, pp. 272- 274; Electrochem. and Metallurg. Indus., 7 {1909), Nos. 5, pp. 212-216; 7, pp. 309-313, figs. 8; 8, pp. 360, 361, fig. i).— This article describes in detail the factories and pi-ocess used at Odda, Norway, in the manufacture of calcium carbid and calcium cyanamid. On calcium cyanamid, D. N. Prianishnikov {Iisv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 (1909), No. 2, pp. 145-165, figs. 6).— The results of pot experiments with different crops showed that calcium cyanamid in most cases was nearly as efl'ective as nitrate of soda. With most plants on pro- ductive soils the time of application seemed to be of no special importance, although in this respect white mustard was somewhat more sensitive than the Gramineae. In sand cultures,the calcium cyanamid was poisonous to all plants. This appeared to be dependent to a large extent upon the biological processes by which the cyanamid is rendered available in the soil. 128 EXPERIMENT STATION HKCOIM). Th.e loss of nitrogen in the storage of calcium cyauamid, I. V. Yakusiikin (Izv. Moskov. Selslc. Ehoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Ayron. Moscoti], 15 (1909), No. 2, pp. 166-176, dgm. 1). — The experiments reported show that the loss of nitrogen in the storage of calcium cyanamid varies widely with atmospheric conditions. AVhen the air was humid and the cyanamid was spread out in thin layers large losses (as mucli as GG per cent of the total nitrogen in 7 to 8 months) were observed. On the other hand, 10 kg. of cyanamid Icept in a sack in a moderately dry atmosphere lost only 10 per cent of tlie total nitrogen in 2 years, and in very dry air the loss was still smaller. No ammonia was observed when the cyanamid was kept under a cover glass over sulphuric acid. Dicyandiamid, I. V. Yakushkin (Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 (1909), No. 2, pp. 177-192). — An attempt is made to con- struct a formula for this substance on the basis of results obtained by the action of nitrons acid on the dicyandiamid. Potash silicate, J. Barcia y Trelles (Prof/. Agr. >/ Peeuario, 15 (1909), No. 63J/, pp. 399-JfOl). — A complete analysis of the commercial product sold as a fertilizer is reported, as well as studies of the solubility of the potash in differ- ent solvents. Sand cultures with various potash minerals, A. G. Doyarenko (Izv. Moskov. t^elsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscow], 15 (1909), No. 1, pp. 7//-88, figs. 8). — In the series of experiments reported it was found as a rule that orthoclase was a very poor source of potash for plants, while potash mica gave better results. The best i-esults, however, were obtained with a stone contain- ing nepheline, with which one-third of the potash present was assimilated by plants. The results with orthoclase varied very slightly from those obtained in cultures without potash. On the other hand, the results with potash mica and nepheline stone were relatively good, though decidedly poorer than those obtained with the normal culture containing potassium chlorid. These results were obtained in cultures in which the nitrogen was supplied in the form of nitrate, but no better results were obtained when ammonium salts were used, the observations differing in this respect from those in the case of raw phospliates. Sand cultures with raw phosphates, I. S. Shulov (Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 (1909), No. 1, pp. 32-73, figs. 19). — These experiments showed that while ammonium salts exerted a marked solvent action on raw phosphates, potassium chlorid showed no such action, although the conditions were apparently very favorable for the ])urpose. The substi- tution of air nitrogen (calcium nitrate) for nitrate nitrogen increased the assimilation of the phosphoric acid of raw phosphates by peas, although it might have been assumed that the marked physiological alkalinity of the calcium nitrate would depress assimilation. Raw phosphates of different origin showed decided variations in assimilability by certain plants, particularly buckwheat, lupines, and peas, these crops show- ing a higher degree of assimilation of the raw phosphate and responding more readily to increasing applications. Experiments with tricalcium phosphate showed an unfavorable effect upon assimilability as a result of heating. Ex- traction of ashes in many cases increased the assimilability of the phosphoric acid, this being especially true in the case of straw ash. In tests of culture solutions it was found that a normal culture containing monocaleium phosphate and ammonium nitrate gave better results than the ordinary combination of monopotassium phosphate and calcium nitrate, and the latter gave better results than monopotassium phosphate and ammonium nitrate. It appears that the f rst combination is more likely to give a neutral reaction SOILS FERTILIZERS. 129 of the solution, wliile the second Iftwers the alkalinity and the third gives an acid reaction. The action of podzol soils on raw phosphates, A. G. Doyarenko [Izv. Mos- kov. Selsk. Ehoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 {1909), No. 2, pp. 224- 229). — In view of the fact that raw phosphates give good results as fertilizer on podzol soils, experiments were made to determine whether such soils exert any special action upon the solubility of the phosphates. The experiments, however, gave negative results since less phosphoric acid was dissolved by means of acetic acid from a mixture of soil and phosphate than from the two treated separately. Phosphorus and humus in relation to Illinois soils, C. G. Hopkins {Ann. Rpt. III. Farmers' Inst., IS {1908), pp. 177-19',).— This article sets forth quite fully the author's well known views regai'ding the use of raw rock phosphate for the improvement of certain classes of Illinois soils. Florida phosphates, A. Vogt (Amcr. Fcrt., 31 (1900), Xo. -'/, pp. 5-7). — The origin, formation, and discovery of these phosphates are briefly discussed. The author claims to have discovered the phosphate deposits of Florida in 1888. Russian superphosphates {Chem. Trade Jour., .',5 {1909), No. 1157, p. 80). — A brief note is given upon an inquiry by the Russian agricultural department into the possibility of cheapening the supply of phosphatic fertilizers and on extensive cooperative fertilizer experiments which have been undertaken by the department. A congi-ess has been called to consider the question. The reduction of bones by alkalis, K. D. Sokolov (Izv. Moskov'. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 (1909), No. 2, pp. 219-223).— By treating coarsely gi'ouud bones with various alkaline mixtures, either heating for 7 hours or treating in composts, it was found that mixtures of ashes and calcium hydroxid or of alkali cai-bonate and calcium hydroxid under all conditions tested increased to a marked extent the citrate solubility of the phosphoric acid (77.7 to 87 per cent of the total phosphoric acid). The amount of free lime and the composition of the soluble phosphates in basic slag, C. G, T. Mokison (Contrih. Lab. Rothamsted Expt. Sta., 1909, pp. 161-170, figs. 2; reprinted from Jour. Agr. Sci., 3 (1909), No. 2, pp. 161-170, figs. 2). — By shaking the slag for a considerable time with distilled water free from carbon dioxid and titrating with standard acid, using phenolphthalein as an indicator, it was found that the free lime present varied from about 5 to 6 per cent. Further chemical studies of the slag gave results confirming Kroll's conclu- sion " that the principal constituent of basic slag is a compound hitherto un- known, consisting of a silico-phosphate of lime and ferrous iron." The formula indicated by the analytical data is (CaO)5FeO. P^OsSiOo. " The absence of ci-ystals of tetracalcium phosphate, which were undoubtedly obtained from basic slag by earlier observers, and the low percentages of free lime now found to be present in the slag, may be correlated with the increased percentage of phosphoric acid in slags of modern manufacture, less lime being nowadays employed in the dephosphorization process than formerly." On the behavior of aluminum and iron phosphate, D. N. Fbianishnikov {Izv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou], 15 (1909), No. 1, pp. 16-23, figs. -J). — In the pot experiments with oats, barley, and buckwheat reported, the addition of calcium carbonate always exerted a depressing action on the assimilability of the phosphoric acid of these phosphates. In laboratory experiments it was found that the addition of calcium carbonate reduced the amount of phosphoric acid dissolved from these phosphates by water alone or water charged with carbon dioxid. 130 EXPERIMENT STATION KEC'OKD. The influence of calcium carbonate on the action of different calcium phos- phates, D. N. PuiANisiiNiKov (7^1'. Moskow Sclsk. Khoz, Inst. [Ann, /u.sV. Ar/ron. Moscoii], 15 (1909), No. 1, pp. 1-15, figs. 10). — Pot experiments with different crops, using varying amounts of calcium carI)onate in combination wltli tlie different phosphates, showed that the action of Thomas slag, monopotassium phosphate, and nionocalcium phosphate was almost unaffected by the addition of calcium carbonate. With raw phosphate, bone meal, and triealcium phosphate the depressing action of the calcium carbonate was very marked. Chemical analysis as well as the yields showed that the assimilation of phosphoric acid was very greatly influenced in many cases. The results described were obtained with Gramineaj and buckwheat, but when plants such as lupines and flax, which are antagonistic to lime, are used, the action of the calcium carbonate was always more or less depressive. Lime experiments, D. N. Prianishnikov (Isv. Moskov. Selsk. Khoz. Inst. [Ann. Inst. Agron. Moscou'], 15 {1909), No. 1, pp. 109-115, figs. 2). — In experi- ments to determine the influence of increasing amounts of calcium carbonate on different soils and plants it was observed that liming was frequently injurious to Graminese when the amount of calcium carbonate added was more than 0.25 per cent of the weight of the soil. When less than this amount was used the results were very favorable. It was observed also that lupines, which are gen- erally considered antagonistic to lime, responded favorably to liming in small amounts on certain kinds of soils. The limits of favorable action of the lime for lupines on such soils were, however, lower than for Graminese. The definition of marl, C. A. Stewart {Econ. Geoh, k (1909), No. 5, pp. .'t85- 489). — The various uses which have been made of the term marl are given and the author concludes that in his opinion the term " should be employed in its original sense — as any rock that is valuable as a natural fertilizer (with the exception of the phosphate rocks and such well-defined minerals as gypsum which seem to be separated in general usage)." The agricultural utilization of the town garbage in Breslau (Gesundheit, 1909, p. 152; abs. in Wasser ti. Abwasser, 1 (1909), No. 13, p. 551). — The main features of the city regulations regarding the handling of garbage are given. Fertilizers, C. S. Cathcart (New Jersey Stas. Rpt. 1908, pp. 7-13). — This is a summary account of inspection of fertilizers in New Jersey in 1908, the details of which have been given in bulletins of the station (E. S. R., 20, pp. 625, 926). A table is given which shows the wholesale price in New York in 1907 of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash in various fertilizing materials. During 1908, 735 samples of fertilizing materials were examined. " Every brand examined this year, with two exceptions, was accompanied by a guaranty as required by law. A large number, about one-third, of these guaranties, how- ever, were defective in respect to phosphoric acid, either the total or available phosphoric acid alone being given. " The quality of the fertilizers was excellent, with but few exceptions. Water-soluble nitrogen was present in 325 samples, 153 of which contained ni- trogen in the form of niti'ates, 243 in the form of ammonia salts, while in 73 brands both of these soluble forms were present. Thirty-two brands contained the potash in form of sulphate. " There were 276 failures to reach the guaranty. These failures were dis- tributed among 236 brands, 200 being deficient in one element, 32 in two ele- ments, and 4 brands in all three elements." Fertilizers as sold, 1909, A. McGill (Lab. Inland Rev. Dept. Canada Bui. 186, pp. 13). — This bulletin reports the results of analysis and valuation of 66 samples of fertilizers collected during May and June, 1909. Of this number 38 samples were found to be up to the guaranteed values. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. 131 Fertilizers in South Australia (Ar/r. Gaz. N. S. Wales, 20 (1909), No. 9, p. 806). — This is a brief note calling attention to the rapid extension of the use of fertilizers in South Australia. The amount of fertilizers used has increased from 3,000 tons on 60,000 acres in 1897 to 76,500 tons on 2,100,000 acres in 11)09. AGRICULTURAL BOTANY. The role and function of mineral salts in the life of the plant, X. T. Deleano ([Trav.l In.it. Bot. Univ. Geneve, S. ser., 1908, Nos. 2, pp. 33, dgms. 13; 3, pp. 35-61, dgms. 9). — In a previous communication (E. S. R., 20, p. 27) the author has shown the negative migration of mineral matter in annual plants. He has continued and extended his observations to inchide biennial plants and the leaves and fruits of perennials. In the biennial plant, which is represented by the carrot, there was a migra- tion of mineral matter from the stem and leaves to the root toward the end of the first year. There was little increase in the ash content of the root during the second year, but a very decided one in the aerial portions of the plant, from which pronounced negative migration took place later, the root in this case acting somewhat as a regulator. A quantitative determination was made of the mineral and organic matter in the leaves and fruits of Prunus insititia at various stages of development. While the fruit is green the leaves and fruit are said to possess practically the same composition, but as the fruit begins to ripen the leaves develop more rapidly and the proportion of mineral salts that they contain is at the same time increased. After the fruit has ripened the leaves continue to develop and present a maximum content, which diminishes toward the end of their exist- ence. At the end of the period of vegetation there is a decided decrease in the dry weight, due in part to the translocation of starch, but also to the loss of organic nitrogenous material, potash, and phosphoric acid. The transfer of calcium and magnesium ions from plant cells, B. Niklewski (Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell, 27 {1909), No. o, pp. 22J,-22~ ; ahs. in Jour. Chem. Soc. [London], 96 (1909), \o. 562. II. pp. 69), 6.95). — A study was made of experi- ments reported by Hansteen in which it was shown that wheat grown in water cultures and supplied with calcium salts made normal growth, but that when the cultures contained potassium, sodium, or magnesium salts alone, toxic symptoms were observed. By the addition of a small quantity of calcium salt the poisonous property seemed to be removed and the plant restored to normal growth. The author believes that an explanation of this phenomenon is that there was a moving out of calcium and magnesium ions from the cells into the cul- ture solution and that the injurious effect was counterbalanced when the cal- cium ions in the solution reached a certain concentration. The biology of chlorophylls, E. Stahl (Ziir Biologie des Chlorophylls. Jena, 1909, pp. V-{-15.'t, pl- 1, figs. 4). — Studies are given of chlorophyll in relation to light, leaf colors, yellowing, and etiolation. In the various chapters the author discusses the influence of atmosphere on the absorption of light by chlorophyll, the relation between light absorption and carbon dioxid assimilation, the bio- logical significance of chlorophyll absorption, the effect of light of different colors on assimilation, regulatory apparatus of plants for light, biology of the nongreen alg^e, autumn coloring of leaves, and the biological significance of yellowing and etiolation. A study of chlorophyll bodies, J. d'Arbaumont {Ann. 8ci. Xat. Bot., 9. ser,, 9 {1909), No. 4-5, pp. 197-229) .—On the basis of a study of a large number of Augiosperms and Gymnosperms the author divides chlorophyll bodies into two 132 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. groups. One of these is lucMlizcd in special cells, and the bodies are more or less lenticular or spherical and of uniform contour. These are the chlorophyll grains or chloroplasts of literature. The second form he calls pseudo-chloro- plasts and recognizes four forms. These are more generally distributed than the chloroplasts, occurring in leaves, stems, etc., and are characterized by their irregular shape. The chlorophyll bodies of the tirst group are held to be morphologically superior to the others, but they are subordinate to the pseudo-chloroplasts in their role in the assimilation of carbon dioxid gas. The second group of chlo- rophyll bodies can be formed with or without starch, and during the summer season they appear to be quite indifferent to starch formation. Synthesis and chlorophyll assimilation, J. Lefevke {Rev. Gen. Bot., 21 (1909), No. 2Ji2, pp. 68-15).— In a previous publication (E. S. R., 18, p. 26) the author showed the possibility of growing plants in artificial media containing amids with the total exclusion of carbon dioxid. These experiments have been extended, cress, nasturtiums, and other plants being grown in light and dark- ness in media containing various amids. It was found that green plants deprived of carbon dioxid but grown in amid media are able to develop in the light without the liberation of any oxygen, hence without any chlorophyll assimilation. On the contrary, if the plants are deprived of both carbon dioxid and organic material, or placed in the dark and supplied with amids, there is no development and the plants quickly die. There appears to be a function of plants which is due to chlorophyll that is entirely separate from the ordinary chlorophyll assimilation. This function not only continues but completes assimilation by the plant when in contact with air and obtaining its nutrition from the soil, and it suffices to bring about the development of the plant through synthesis when deprived of carbon dioxid but furnished with the necessary amids. This function the author calls chlorophyll synthesis. Influence of radium radiations on the chlorophyll and respiratory func- tions of plants, A. Hebert and A. Kling {Coimpt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 1^9 {1909), No. 3, pp. 230-232; ahs. in Jour. Chem. 8oc. [London], 96 {1909), No. 563, II, p. 753). — Accoi'ding to the investigations reported, radium radiations had no .appreciable influence on the composition of the atmosphere in which plants were growing. Chlorophyll was found not to exercise its functions under the influence of the radiation when light was excluded. The cells of the plants, however, were found to undergo alteration, and respiration and assimilation were considerably diminished in the case of leaves which had been exposed to the radiation before being placed in daylight. The ratio between respired oxygen and carbon dioxid assimilated was not affected by preliminary exposure to radium. The relation between carbohydrates and the formation of anthocyanin, R. Combes {Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., 9. ser., 9 {1909), No. 1,-5, pp. 275-303).— A study was made of leaves that are characterized by a reddish color when grown in intense light, those that assume red tints in autumn, and those that become red following the annular decortication of the stems, in order to determine the relation between the formation of carbohydrates and anthocyanin. Compari- sons were made with normal green leaves, and the sugars, glucosids, dextrins, starches, and cellulose were determined. The results show that the red color in leaves is associated with an increase of carbohydrates. The author claims that anthocyanin, which is a glucosid, is not formed from preexisting glucosids but constitutes a considerable portion of the increased glucosids found in the plant. In a similar way it is not derived FIELD CHOPS. 133 from existing chromogens but is the result of ;iii increasecl couteut of the more important carbohydrates. With the increase of sugars and the acceleration of oxidation, there is a decided increase in the glucosids, and a considerable por- tion of this increase is anthocyanin. Oxidases and peroxidiastases, D. Brocq-Rousseu and E. Gain {Rev. G6n. Bot., 21 {J 909). No. 2Ji2, pp. 55-62, fig. 1). — In previous publications (E. S. R., 20, p. 130) the authors have shown the wide distribution of peroxidase in seeds and also the duration of that enzym in old seeds, and the present note gives an account of investigations to obtain oxidase from the seeds of morning-glory. Oxidase is known to be very active in these seeds, but all attempts to isolate it failed ; in every case the precipitate gave a reaction of peroxidase without any trace of oxidase. This raised the question of the relationship between the two diastases. The occurrence of urease in higher plants, T. Takeuchi {Jour. Col. Apr. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, I {J 909), Xo. 1, pp. 1-1. 't). — In studying the enzyms of some of the higher plants, the autlior discovered in the resting seeds and seedlings of the soy bean a powerful urease, which demonstrates that this substance exists not only in lower organisms but in higher plants as well. An experimental study of acclimatization, J. W. Habshbergeb (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 61 (1909), pt. 1, pp. 57-110).— \ study has been made of the sequence of the opening of buds of various species of plants. The experiments were conducted with a number of different varieties of twigs obtained near Philadeli)hia and their normal development compared with that induceil by various chemicals. The following spring twigs of 20 species and varieties of perennial plants were obtained from 12 different localities and the effect of the chemicals in altering the normal seD'f-2!>U, figs. 10). — All article comparing different varieties of cotton but giving sjiecial attention to the Caravonica varieties of which actual lint and manufactured yarn are given for illustrative purposes. The observations on which the article is based were made in the German African colonies. The results on the flax experiment farms of Silesia in 1908 (Ztuchr. Landtc. Kaiumrr Hrlth.sirn. IS (1!J0!)}. Xo. .',(). pp. I lUl-liOi). — The gi-oimd for these experiments was plowed deeply in fall or in winter and fertilized at the rate of OfHJ kg. of kaiiiit i)er hectare (abotit .>34 lbs. ijer acre) and in the spring before seeding with 4^(0 kg. of sni>erpliosi)hate. In addition to this the land received 10t. Fniit Branch fXpt. Agr. Ontario, 1!)08, pp. J 20, figs. 32). — This is the first report of the recently organized fruit branch of the Ontario Department of Agriculture. It contains a general survey of the work of the fruit growers' and bee keepers' associations, the experimental fruit stations, spraying and nurseiy inspection, horticultural exhibitions, and cooperative associations, together with detail reports of the A^arious fruit stations in Ontario relative to the varieties of fruits and vegetables being tested. Other subjects reported are the extent of the vegetable industry in the Leamington district, the strawberry season for 190S, and cultural experiments with cranberries and onions. The decay of cabbage in storage: Its cause and prevention, L. L. Hartee (U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Indus. Circ. 39, pp. 8). — The results of investiga- tions into the causes of the decay of cabbage in storage are reported and discussed under the following general headings : Factors contributing to decay, organisms concerned in decay, storage conditions and the proper construction of storage houses for preventing decay, and methods of storing cabbage. The author finds that soft rot and leaf blight are the immediate causes of the decay of cabbage in storage. The organisms causing these decays gain access to the tissues of the leaves, both through wounds made by careless handling and by following up the fibro-vascular bundles which have been previously killed by black rot. It is recommended that diseased or badly bruised cabbage should not be stored. Care should be taken to keep the cabbage dry and the storage house well ventilated, with the temperature at about the freezing point. Cold storage for Iowa-grown apples, H. J. Eustace and S. A. Beach {Iowa Sta. Bui. 108, pp. 39-'f-.'it.'i). — Investigations in the cold storage of Iowa apples carried on in 1906-7 and in 1907-8, in cooperation with the Bureau of Plant In- dustry of this Department, are rei)orted. The principal points covered in this work are the relation between the han- dling of the fruit during the operations of picking, packing, and shipping, and its behavior in cold storage;, a comparative test of a number of varieties to determine their behavior and value in cold storage, including, as far as prac- ticable, fruit of the same varieties from different sections of the State ; a com- HORTICULTURE. 143 parative test of the influence of different styles of packages upon the keeping (juality of the fruit when stored; and the influence of paper wrappers on the keeping qualities of fruit. The fruit was held in storage at a temperature of 34° F. in 1906-7, and at 33° F. the following season. In storage, hard, firm, well-colored fruit keeps best. Northwestern Greenings of this type remained in prime condition a month longer than poorly colored, I)rematurely picked fruit. With the Patten, the scald was more conspicuous on the poorer colored lots. The difference was greater and more striking with the Wealthy than with any other varieties tested. Fruit stored inunetliately after i)icking was in better condition, harder, firmer, and lasted longer after removal from storage, than lots of the same variety which were held in the orchard or in an open shed for two weeks, and then forwarded to the storage house. This was more noticeable with early ripening varieties when the delay in storage comes during warm fall weather. With varieties subject to scald, immediate storage tends to reduce and retard the development of that trouble to a marked degree. With hard, late-ripening sorts, the advantage of wrapjiing in paper was not very apparent, while with tender varieties, the wrapper appears to extend the life of the fruit, preserving its natural brightness and lessening the amount of decay. In the package trial, ordinary apple barrels, slat crates, and boxes holding 50 lbs,, were compared. With the Northwestern Greening and Patten, the difference between the different packs was not marked. Wealthy kept in the best condition in boxes. The bruising was greater in the barrel and shriveling was greater in the slat crate than in either barrel or box. Data are given show- ing the ra])idity of cooling of air and fruit in different styles of packages in cold-storage warehouses. A sununary is given of the orchard conditions in which the fruit used in the experiments was grown, together with a record of the varieties tested with ref- erence to their keeping qualities in storage. The results of the work as a whole confirmed earlier experiments conducted by the Bureau of Plant Industry along this line (E. S. R., 15, pp. 581). Report on grape shipments, A. V. Stubenrauch (Cal. Fruit Groiver, JfO {1909), Ao. 11 lo, 1)1). 1, .'/). — The storage and transportation experiments with table grapes being conducted in California by the Bureau of Plant Industry were continued during the season of 1909 with results similar to those pre- viously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. S40). The report here given originally appeared in the Lodi Sentinel. Data are given showing the percentages of decay in individual shipments of Tokay grapes on arrival in New York, and the average percentage of decay in all experimental shipments to New York during September and October, 1909. The average percentage of decay in the commercial packs upon arrival was 4.35 per cent, and in the carefully packed crates 0.9 per cent. The decay in the commercial lots increased to 7.42 i)er cent after 3 days exposure to market conditions, to 11.95 per cent at the end of 5 days, and to 15.78 per cent at the end of 7 days, while in the carefully packed crates the average decay at the end of 7 days was only 8.87 per cent. When the grapes were packed in boxes with ground cork only 4.08 per cent developed decay 7 days after arrival in market, and when redwood sawdust was used only 1.13 per cent. Investigation was made of the percentages of decay resulting from injuries and the percentage of injured berries in a number of commercial packs obtained from different growers and held in California in an iced car for about two weeks, or the equivalent of a trip across the continent. At the end of the first day 9.02 per cent of the grapes were decayed and 12.82 per cent showed injuries. 144 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. At the eiul of the seventh day 2J>.()2 per cent of tlie grapes were decayed and only 4.21 per cent of the injured fruit was free from decay. One species of Botrytis was found to penetrate the unbroken skin of the berry after the grapes had been subject to a rainy period, the so-called " slip- skin " found after the rains being an early stage of the decay. The importance of culling these out before jiacking the fruit is cnipliasized. The development of the leaf perimeter in relation to the yield of grapes, R. A, Sacca {Lo Smluppo del Periinetro Fogliare in Ro/Jiwrto alht I'nxlut- liviid, (leUe Viti. Piacenza, 1<)0!), pp. 12. pf/x. 3). — This is the report of an in- vestigation conducted in the botanical laboratory of the Royal Agricultural High School of Portici. A study of various species and varieties of grai)es grown under similar conditions showed a correlation between yield and the amplitude of the angle formed by the median nerve and the lowest constant lateral nerve. In the data secured, the varieties as studied are groui)ed into 3 types according to whether the above-mentioned angle is obtuse, right, or acute. In general the jield decreases with the size of the angle. Eighteen obtuse-angled varieties had an average angle of 113° 26", and an average production number of 24.95. Eight varieties showing an average angle of 90° 22' 30", gave an average pro- duction number of 10.105. Four varieties with an average angle of 69° 34' 30" showed an average production number of 6.38. The same correlation is noted in respect to the sugar content of the must, the acidity increasing as the angle decreases. Cultural conditions appear to influence the intensity of the skeleton network but not to affect the relative direction of the nerves. Grape culture, A. Kirk (London and GIas(/otr, 1909, pp. 75, pis. 19, figs. 36). — A treatise on growing grapes under glass, based upon the author's experience and observations covering a long period of years. The text is well illustrated. Handbook of grape growing and wine making, A. von Babo and E. Mach (Handbuch des Weinhaaes and ker KeUericirtschaft. Berlin, 1909, vol. 1, first half, 3. ed., pp. XX +623, figs. 276).— The present edition of this old work has been considerably revised and enlarged with a view of including recent viti- cultural knowledge and practice. A'olume 1 takes up the subject of grape growing. The first half of this volume, which is here presented, deals in detail with the restoration of phylloxera-infested vineyards. The introduction deals briefly with the history of grape culture, and succeeding chapters discuss the organ- ography, anatomy, and physiology of the grape, ampelography, under which the more important American and European varieties are considered, the selection of American stocks for the reconstruction of vineyards, breeding new varieties, ])ropagati0, pp. 4 each). — ^A series of leaflets, each one dealing with the range and occurrence, climate, associated species, habit, soil and moisture, tolerance, growth and longevity, reproduction, and management of one of the following species of trees in the order corresponding to the leaflet numbers above : Limber pine (Pinus flexilis), piilon pine (P. eduUs), pignut hickory {Hicoria glabra), shagbark hickory (H. ovata), and big shellbark, king-iiut hickory (H. laciniosa ) . Trees every child should know, Julia E. Rogers (Neic York, 1909, pp. 263, pis. .J7). — This popular work contains tree studies for autumn, winter, spring, and summer, consideration being given to the more common American trees and shrubs. Identification keys to tree groups and families are also given. Illustrations of conifers, H. Clinton-Baker (Hertford, 1909, vol. 1, pp. 75, pis. 68). — This work consists of a series of life-size illustrations of the cones and foliage of conifers growing in the British Isles, supplemented by analytical keys of the species and by short and concise descriptions of each tree repre- sented. Bamboo in the Dutch Indies, J. A. Loeber, Jr. (Bui. Kolon. il/HS. Haarlem, 1909, \o. 1,3, pp. 90, pis. 26, figs. .'/). — This bulletin describes the various uses for which the bamboo may be employed,* as for building purposes, furniture, supporting columns, musical instruments, ornamental work, etc. The collection of statistical data relating to the principal Indian species, A. M. F. Caccia ([Indian Forest Dept.] Pamphlet 8, Working-plan Ser. 2, pp. II+II+77). — ^A series of experiments, with the rules and forms governing them, have been drawn up and are here presented, with the hope that after their details have been discnssed by the various forest conservators in India they will be recognized as the standard rules for collecting statistical data regarding the development of the principal timber trees in India. A method of studying growth and yield of longleaf pine applied in Tyler County, Texas, H. H. Chapman (Proc. Soc. Amcr. Foresters, // (1909), No. 2, pp. 207-220). — This method is described and discussed. The failure of silver fir regeneration in the central Murg Valley, H. Stoll (Das Versagen der Weisstannenverjiiugiing im mittlercn Murgtale. Diss. Teeh. Hoehschule Karlsruhe, 1909, jyp. 6//, figs. 6). — The author presents evidence to show that the common failure of silver firs to reproduce in the region studied, as well as in similar regions of the Black Forest, is brought about by the 146 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. unfavorable soil contlitious. The factors which create unfavorable conditions for reproduction are then examined and the results obtained in his investiga- tions are reviewed. The failure of the firs to reproduce appears to be brought about by the souring and packing of the germinating bed. These conditions are to a great extent due to lack of hunuis in the soils, such soils being usually too cold ;uid droughty for satisfactory germination purposes. Fertilizer experiments with forest trees, Kuhnert (Deut. Landw. Presse, 36 (1909), No. 82, pp. 818, 819, figs. //). — The results are given of commercial fertilizer experiments conducted in several forests in Schleswig-Holstein. The work included both deciduous and coniferous trees, and the results as a whole show the superiority of a complete fertilizer over the use of individual elements. In one experiment with oak trees, started in 1903, the trees on the complete fertilizer plat were at the end of 5 years double the size of the trees on the plats receiving only partial fertilizer. On the thinning of thick beech regenerations and beech seedings, D. Tie- MANN (Allg. Forst. v. Jagd Ztg., 85 {1909), pp. 368-31^). — Suggestions are given relative to methods of carrying on experimental thinnings in young beech stands. Cooperative experiments in forest planting, F. J. Phillips (Nebraska 8ta. Circ. 1, pp. Jf). — In this circular the author discusses the present attitude toward forestry in Nebraska, points out the need of experimental work and cooperation, and explains the nature of cooperative experiments which the sta- tion proposes to take up with interested farmers. Our national parks, J. Mum (Boston and New York, 1909, rev. and e^nl. ed., pp. 382, pis. 31, map 1). — The present edition of this work has been revised and enlarged to include more recently established national parks and forest reser- vations. The successive chapters discuss wild parks and forest reservations of the West, the Yellowstone National Park, the Yosemite National Park and its forests, wild gardens, animals, birds, fountains and streams, the Sequoia and General Grant National Parks, and the American forests. The appendix con- tains information relative to the location, area, and control of national parks and monuments. Forest reservation in Burma in the interests of an endangered water supply, A. EoDGER ( [Indian Forest Dept.] Pamphlet 6, Sylvicult. Ser. 2, pp. 2Jf, pis. 3, map 1 ) . — A progress report of forest reservation work under way in the Natmauk township of the Magwe district, Burma. The report includes a gen- eral description of the tract, specific descriptions of the forests, and details of the work for 1907-8. An appendix contains a list of species found in the township. The selection system in Indian forests as exemplified in working-plans based on this system, with a short description of some continental methods, A. M. F. Caccia (Indian Forest Rec, 1 (1909), No. .',, pp. 309-//i7).— The pur- pose of this monograph is to present in concise form the different methods which have sprung up in the various provinces of India, to contrast these methods, and to indicate the advisability of adopting a standard system for the calculation of the possibility by the number of trees and by the volumetric methods, respectively. Commercial aspects of the forests of the Dominican Republic, K. W. Wood- ward (Bui. Internat. Bur. Anier. Repuh. [English Sect.'], 29 (1909), No. 5, pp. 91.'t-92Jt, figs. 6). — In addition to export statistics of various timbers for 1907-8, an account is given of the timbered areas in Dominica, together with lists of trees growing in the different areas. DISEASES OF PLANTS. 147 The estimation of forest revenue, A. Aknould {licr. Eviix ct FovvIh, JS (1909), No. 21, PI). (l'/l-6Jf9). — A discussion of methods of estimating forest revenue for the purpose of taxation. Forest mapping and timber estimating as developed in Maryland, F. W. Besley (Proc. Soc. Amcr. Foresters, J, {1909), No. 2, pp. 196-206). — A detailed account of work accomplished along this line in Maryland is given as having suggestive value at least for similar work in other States. The standardizing of log measures, E. A. ZnxiLKR {I'roe. ^oe. Amer. Forest- ers, .'i {1909), No. 2, pp. 112-lHJi). — The author discusses the results secured by using several of the various log rules employed in this country, and comes to the conclusion that these measurements could be best standardized by measuring logs by the middle diameter and selling them by the cubic foot or hundred cubic feet, each producer in the various wood-using industries to determine his own factor for converting raw material into quantities of finished products. Wood preservation — a determining factor in forest management, H. F. Weiss {I'roe. Soe. Amer. Foresters, .) {1909), No. 2, pp. 18')-t95). — The author states that the preservative treatment of timber may be considered a specialized branch of forestry, and aims in this paper to show the relation of this specialization to forestry and how one is an integral part of the other. Shakes and shake-making in a California forest, C. H. Shinn { Proe. Soc. Amer. Foresters, .'/ {1909), No. 2, pp. 151-171). — This is a brief presentation of the claims and limitations of this miuor forest industry relative to its posi- tion in modern forest managcmeut. DISEASES OF PLANTS. The control of malnutrition diseases of truck crops, L. L. Harteu ( Virgmia Truck 8ta. Bui. 1, pp. Jf-16, figs. 4)- — The practical conclusions derived from experiments made in cooperation with the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department on the control of diseases of truck crops due to faulty nutrition are given. The technical results of the investigation are to be the subject for another ijublication. In the region covered by this investigation commercial fertilizers are used to a great extent in connection with the production of trucking crops, and in some cases diseases have appeared that partially or wholly destroyed the crops. The diseased condition can be recognized by the retardation of growth, changes in color, root injury, etc. The most prominent conditions discovered in the lands subject to this trouble were their acidity, deficiency in humus, and absence of nitrifying bacteria. One of the most important factors contributing to malnutrition was found to be the exhaustion of the organic material in the soil, and various methods were investigated to remedy or prevent the prevailing conditions. The means attempted were the limitation of the amount of fertilizer used, the adjust- ment of the composition of the fertilizer to the crop requirements, and the maintenance of organic matter in the soil. It was found that for many crops the amount of commercial fertilizer could be profitably reduced to a considerable extent, and the addition of lime was also of direct benefit with most crops. Stable manure applied at the rate of 10 to 20 tons per acre gave large increases in yield of cabbage and spinach, and experiments with cowpeas showed that good results could be obtained by the cultivation and plowing under of the crop. This, together with a proper rotation, it is thought will correct the troubles complained of. 148 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The effects of conditions of growth upon susceptibility to fungus diseases, B. M. DuGGAK (Tnuia. Mufsa. Ilort. 8oa., 1909, pt. I, pp. .j1-UG).—Iu this lecture before the Massachusetts Horticultural Society the author discussed the water relation, role of light, aciditj and alkalinity of soil, nutrition, and temperature as factors of environment that contribute to predisposition to disease on the I)art of ])l;ints. A contribution to the cytology of Synchytrium, S. Kusano (Bui. Col. Agr. Tokyo Imp. Univ., 8 {1909), No. 2, pp. 79-1J/7, j)]s. ^). — A study has been made of S. pucrari(E and 8. decipiens, in which it was found that the fungus always infects the host by responding to the chemical stimulus exerted by subepidermal cells which contain little or no chlorophyll. The swarm spores develop in these cells, at first in a single cell, but subsecpiently causing considerable en- largement by dissolving the walls of the surrounding cells and producing wide intercellular chambers. The principal portion of the paper is taken up with a discussion of the cytology of the species. Some differential characters of the vegetative state of Merulius lacrymans, J. Beauvebie {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 66 (1909), No. 18, pp. 8Jfi- S.'i2). — On account of the difficulty of recognizing the dry-rot fungus in its vege- tative stage, the author has made a study of it in order to ascertain whether its presence could not be diagnosed without the fruiting bodies. He has found that the nuclei of the mycelium offer an excellent means for its determination. Recent studies on the specialization of grass rusts, ,T. Eriksson (Ark. Hot., 8 {1909), No. 1-3, Art. 3, pp. 26, pi. J).— A study has been made of the special- ization of the crown rusts {Puccinia coronifera and P. coronata) occurring on various grasses. Inoculation experiments show that there are specialized forms of each species that readily infect certain grasses and not others. Eight form species of P. coronifera and 3 of P. coronata are recognized and their morphological and biological characters are described. Studies on stem rot of cereals, F. KrItger {Arb. K. Biol. Anst. Land a. Forstw., 6 {1908), No. 3, pp. 321-351, pi. 1). — A series of experiments has been con- ducted to determine the cause of a stem rot of cereals which attacks the plants near their bases. A number of fungi have been associated with this disease, and the author conducted inoculation experiments with species of Leptos- phseria, Dictyosporium, Ophiobolus, Hendersonia, Coniosporium, Fusarium, etc., in order to find out whether they are the immediate cause of the disease, as has been claimed, and also to establish if possible a relationship between some of the foi'ms. It was found that Leptosplueria hcrpotrichoidcs occurred not only on rye but occasionally also on wheat and that Ophiobolus herpotriclius attacked wheat and barley and also occurred on rye. No connection could be established between these fungi nor with Hendersonia hcrpotricha. It is claimed that while Leptosphferia and Ophiobolus do cause a disease of cereals, they are not the immediate cause of the trouble. Anything that weakens the plants, such as too much rain, frost injury, etc., makes them especially subject to attacks of these fungi, which are believed to be true parasites. The proper reference of the smut of Bromus secalinus, P. Magnus {Hed- wigia, 1,9 {1909), No. 2-3, p. 100).— The author calls attention to the fact that the Tilletia described as T. belgradeiisis (E. S. R., 20, p. 846) and also as T. velenovskyi had been previously described by Harlot as T. guyotiana occurring on B. erectus. This fungus is said to be rather commonly distributed through- out Prance, Servia, Bulgaria, and probably other parts of Europe and Asia. Concerning the reputed relation of Myxomonas to root diseases of beets, F. O. VON Fabeb {Arb. K. Biol. Anst. Land u. Forstw., 6 {1908), No. 3, pp. 352- DISEASES OF PLANTS. 149 362). — As a result of extended investipif ions the author is led to believe that Brzezinski is mistakeu in considering Myxomonafi hetie a cause of the heart and dry rots of beets. In his investigation the author was unable to find this organism in any cases of beet diseases studied. A preliminary account of his conclusions has been previously given (E. S. R., 20, p. 247). The distribution of the cause of root disease through beet seed, W. Busse and P. Ulrich {Arh. K. Biol. Anst. Land ii.. Forstw., 6 (UlOH), No. 3, pp. 373- 384). — In investigating beet seed as a means of the distribution of the spores of beet diseases, the authors found that practically every lot of seed examined, no matter from what source obtained, contained infected material capable of causing diseased plants. Of the fungi observed on beet seeds Phoina beta' was by far the most common. Chrysophlyctis endobiotica and other Chytridiaceae, T. .Johnson (Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin »S'oe., n. set:, 12 {WOU), Ao. ///, pp. 131-14'i, pis. 3).— The author reports having found in Ireland in October, 1908, specimens of warty potatoes affected by C. endobiotica. An examination of the diseased material showed that the trouble was not confined to the tubers, but also affected all parts of the underground stem. Notes are given on the life history of this fungus and its relationship to other members of the group, together with a brief account of methods for the prevention of the disease. On account of the peculiarities of the family of fungi as a group, it is believed that wet, undrained potato fields favor the spread of this disease. Experiments are being conducted in treating the warty tubers with fungicides to determine the possibility of destroying the fungi, but for the present the author thinks it desirable to destroy all tubers where the fun- gus is obviously present. The fungi causing beet tumor (Urophlyetis Icproides) and flax yellowing (Asterocystis radicis) are said to belong to the same group as that causing the warty disease of potatoes. The dry rot of potatoes, Sibyl Longman (Jour. Linn. Sac. [London], Bot., 39 {1909), No. 270, pp. 120-129, pi. 1). — Investigations have been carried on to determine whether the fungus of dry rot of potatoes (Fusarium solani) is capable of inducing disease in the growing potato plant, and whether the dry rot can be induced in potato tubeis directly by inoculation with spores, as it is coumionly supposed dry rot usually follows wet rot. As a result of the study, the author has reached the conclusion that F. solani is not only a true parasite of the resting tuber but also is capable of attacking the growing potato plant. In regard to the second question, there appears to be no time relation between an outbreak of dry rot and one of wet rot, and it is shown that dry rot may be induced by inoculating healthy potato tubers with cultures of the dry-rot fungus. Experiments were made to determine the possibility of disinfecting the po- tato tubers by heating, but it was found that this was impracticable, as the death temperature of the fungus is higher than that of the potato. Notes on a scab fung'us of potatoes, A. Eichinger (Ann. Mycol., 7 (1909), No. 4, pp. 356-364, figs. 3). — Investigations are reported on the life history of ^pondylocladium atrovirens, a fungus that causes a kind of scab of potatoes. Particular attention is given to the germination of the spores and to the development of the mycelium. Observations on powdery potato scab (Spongospora subterranea), T. John- son (Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin 8oc., n. scr., 12 (1909), No. 16, pp. 165-174, pis. 3). — Notes are given on the fungus causing a form of potato scab which the author calls " powdery " scab. He quotes the opinions of diflierent iuvesti- 150. EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. gators as lo tlic ciiusc of lliis tlisc-isi' .•iiid tlic identity of the fungus, ;ind de- cides that from the evidence at hand it sliould l)e called »S'. fiubterranea. Experiments have been carried on in pot cultures to test the possibility of preventing this disease. Treating scabby tubers with a 2 per cent sohition of Bordeaux mixture gave a crop free from scab, but the use of sulphur was with- out any benefit. Covering uncut tubi rs with spores of the fungus did not affect the resulting crop. As a result of his experiments, the author recom- mends the planting of whole tubers previously treated with fungicides. Leaf curl or bacterial ring disease of potatoes, J. Branol ( Wiener Landio. Ztg., 59 (1909), Nos. 10, pp. 69t-(!93, figs. /,; 7/, pp. 101, 702, figs. 5).— A popular description is given of the leaf curl or bacterial ring disease of potatoes, which it is said has become widely distributed throughout Germany, Denmark, Holland, and Switzerland, and lately has become quite troublesome in a num- ber of portions of Austria and Hungary. The ring disease of potatoes, L. C. Coleman (Dcpt. Agr. Mysore, Mycol. Ser. Bui. 1, pp. 15, pis. U/). — This is a preliminary popular report on the bacterial disease of potatoes known as the ring disease, and is to be followed by a more technical paper giving the results of the author's investigations. A new rust of orchids in greenhouses, E. Griffon and A. Maublanc (Bui. Trimcst. Soc. Mycol. France, 25 (1909), No. 3, pp. 135-139, pi. 1).—X descrip- tion is given of Hemileia oncidii n. sp., a fungus causing considerable injury to species of Oncidium growing in greenhouses. Orchard fungus diseases, F. M. Rolfs (Ann. lipt. Mo. Bil. Hort., 2 (190S), pp. 63-70). — Descriptions ai'e given of a number of the more common fungus diseases of peach trees, with suggestions for their control. For most of the diseases the author has found self-boiled lime-sulphur mixture, if properly prepared and applied, to be very satisfactory. A disease of neglected peach trees, F. M. Holfs (Ann. Rpt. Mo. Bd. Hort., 2 (1908), pp. 278-283). — Attention is called to a disease of peach trees due to the fungus Cytospora, which has previously been described as occurring in New York (E. S. R., 13, p. 148). Experiments conducted at the Missouri Fruit Station showed that the Cy- tospora is the imperfect form of Valsa leucostoma, and that the organism is capable of attacking the limbs, twigs, and trunks of peach, plum, apricot, and cultivated and wild cherry trees. It has also been observed on apple and pear trees and rose and rasjjberry canes. On the peach tree infections are said to take place invariably at the buds. If the weather conditions are favor- able for its growth, the fungus becomes active during the late winter and early spring months, and periods of warm weather followed by late frost appear to render the tissues extremely favorable to its development. During 1907 observations were made on the rate of advancement of the fungus, and the advancement on the twigs was found to average about 8 in. between February and October. Inoculations on healthy twigs of pure cultures of the fungus produced the characteristic winterkilled appearance. The fungus seems to start the wounds and plays a prominent part in extending the injury, but after it once gets established other organisms materially aid in destroying the trees. Applications of Bordeaux mixture and lime-sulphur wash materially reduced the twig infections but did not check the enlargement of the cankers or sun- scald areas produced by the fungus, and consequently these fungicides can not be relied upon as means of controlling the disease after the organism has once become established. [Some peach diseases], M. A. Blake and A. J. Farley (Neio Jersey Stas. Rpt. 1908, pp. 53-56, pis. 3). — Descriptions are given of peach leaf curl and peach DISEASES OF PLANTS. 151 yellows. Spraying with Bordeaux mixture or witti lime-sulpliur compouud is recoiumended for peacli curl, and the removal and destruction of the trees is suggested where yellows has become established. A coffee disease in Guatemala, F. H. u'Heuelle (Bui. Trimcfit. Soc. Mycol. France, 25 (IDOD), Xo. 3, pp. 171-185, pis. 1).— The author describes Phthora vastatrix n. sp., a fungus which is said to cause a serious disease in Guatemala, being particularly destructive in the plantations on the Pacific coast of that country. The fungus causes the death of the trees by the hyphte penetrating and clogging up the sieve tubes and by the destruction of the cambium. It seems to infect the trees beginning with the roots and spreading from them to the trunks. Some diseases of cacao, F. C. von Faber (A/&. K. Biol. Anst. Land u. Forstw., 6 (1908), Xo. 3, pp. 385-Jf06, pi. 1, fig. i ) .—Descriptions are given of the witches' broom disease of cacao, due to Taphrina bussei n. sp., which attacks the young shoots, leaves, etc., and of a stem canker caused by a species of Nectria. Both diseases are said to be quite troublesome in Kamerun. Diseases of cacao, J. H. Hart ( ITcs-^ India Com. Vive, 2't {1909), Xos. 289, pp. 509-513, figx. /, ; 290, pp. .533-537, figs. 6).—X summary is given of the diseases to which cacao is subject in the West Indies, with suggestions for their control. In all the author describes about 20 fungus diseases. Some Botrytis diseases of Ribes, T. Wulff (Ark. Bot., 8 (1909), No. 1-3, Art. 2, pp. 18, pis. 2, figs. //). — Descriptions are given of- diseases of Ribes aureum, R. rubruni, and R. grossularia due to Botrytis sp., and the relation of the fungus to Sclcrotinia lihcrtiana is discussed. The young shoots api)ear to be the portions most affected and on them the sclerotia are largely formed. Cutting out the shoots to admit air and light is recommended. Niti'ogenous manures should be used sparingly about the bushes, as they seem to have an unfavorable effect. Notes on some diseases of grapes and on rust diseases of plants, E. Griffon and A. Maublanc (Bui. Trimest. Sac. Mycol. France, 25 (1909), No. 3, pp. 1^0-146). — Brief notes are given on the downy mildew attacking the flowers of the grape and on black rot. The rusts described are Puccinia gramints, white pine rust (Peridennium strohi), and a rust of willows due to a species of Melampsora. A species of Discosia on living bull pine seedlings, F. I). Heald (Mycologia, 1 (1909), No. 5, pp. 215-217, pi. 1). — A technical description is given of D. pini n. sp., which was found during an examination of the National Forest at Halsey, Nebr., in 1907, while an effort was being made to determine the cause of a blight of young pine seedlings. A number of species of this genus are recorded, but all seem to be saprophytic. This species, which is apparently new, was found growing on living seedlings of Pinus ponderosn. It has not yet been determined whether this fungus was connected in any way with the blight that was then prevalent. Abnormalities in Hevea brasiliensis, T. Fetch (Circs, and Agr. Jour. Roy. Bot. Gard. Ceylon, .', (1909), Nos. 17, pp. Ilt7-15.'f, pis. 2; 18, pp. 155-164, pis. 2). — Attention is called to some frequent abnormalities in seedlings of H. hrasiliensis ^nd also in the trunks of the trees. The principal abnormality of the seedlings consist of peculiar twistings of the different parts of the plant following germination, while in the trunks the author describes certain burs and nodules that occur in the bark or immediately beneath it which seem to be associated in some way with the pricking instruments used in tapping this tree. 152 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Investigations on the immunity and susceptibility to disease of woody plants, E. MiJNCH (A'aturw. Ztachr. Foist u. Laudic, 7 {li)09), Xos. 1, i)i>. J.'/-7J, fig. 1; 2, pp. 81-lllt, figs. 4; 3, pp. 129-160) .—Studies have been made of the effect of moisture, air, and other factors in wood on the development of fungi. Inoculation experiments were made with the spores of various fungi and tlie growth determined. In exi»eriments with bhio rot of timber (('enitostomclla cccrulca) the sapwood of pine was found to be immune to tlie fungus attaclv when the volume of air in the timber was about 15 per cent of tlie volume of the fresh wood. This was obtained when the normal winter watci- content was increased about 12 per cent. A water content of 17 per cent and a volume of air equaling 42 per cent was found the optimum for the development of the fungus. Free water was not necessary for the development of the mycelium, but if the water of imbibi- tion was reduced considerably the growth of the fungus was impossible. Simihir experiments were carried on with various species of Agaricus, Poly- porus, Stereum, etc., on horse chestnut, poplars, and other species, with Nec- tria on elm and beech, etc., and the volume of air in proportion to the moisture content was found to be an important factor in fungus development. Differ- ent species of fungi were found to differ very materially in their requirements in this respect. Instructions for spraying, W. H. Chandler (Ann. Rpt. Mo. Bd. Hart., 2 (1908), pp. Sl'i-S^.'t, pis. 5). — Directions are given for the preparation and application of some of the more common fungicides and insecticides, and the author indicates the times of application and the best form of solutions to use for different diseases. In this connection attention is called to the i-esults that have been obtained with dust sprays. It is stated that dust sprays are so much less efficient in controlling insects and fungus diseases of orchards that they are seldom if ever to be recommended. Copper in vineyard soils (Rev. Sci. [Paris], .'{7 (1909), 11, No. 4, PP- 114> 115). — An account is given of investigations conducted from 1886 to 1906 by E. Chi'ard. of Lausanne, in which he sought to determine the amount of cop- per deposited in soils by spraying. During this time he estimates that there was about 26 gm. of copper deposited in each square meter of the soil, and an attempt was made to determine^whether this remained in the sujierficial por- tions of the soil or was carried below and out of reach .of the roots. Analyses showed that the quantity of copper found in the surface was small, the greater portion of it having been washed into the soil by infiltration. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY—ENTOMOLOGY. Game laws for 1909, T. S. Palmer, H. Oldys, and C. E. Brewster (Tl. 8. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. 376, pp. 56, figs. 2). — This summary, similar in scope to those issued annually since 1902, includes changes in the laws made during the present year. The information given has been revised and the section relating to seasons entirely rewritten to show the open instead of the closed seasons. In the section relating to the legislation of the year a review is given of the new laws and the more important bills which failed to pass. Report on the use of virus for extermination of rats, ,J. M. Young (Aberdeen and No. of Scot. Col. Agr. Bui. 12, pp. 10). — Tests were made of 3 commercial products claimed to be pathogenic in rats, namely, Danysz bacillus, Liverpool virus bacillus, and the bacillus of ratin (Nos. 1 and 2), the 3 preparations being used in localities at considerable distances from each other. From the reports received the following conclusions have been drawn : Each product was successful in killing rats. There was no suggestion of any being ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 153 harmful to other animals, except in one instance, where one product was thought to be fatal to hens, but of this direct proof was lacking. The com- parative cost for the extended areas used in this test was, per 100 acres, for the Liverpool virus fl, for the ratin virus £2 5s., and for the Danysz virus f 1 10s. Plague among ground squirrels in Contra Costa County, California, W. C. RucKEB (Pub. Health and Mar. Hosp. Scrv. U. S., Pub. Health Rpts., 24 {1909), No. 35, pp. 1225-1235). — The author states that there is reason to believe that the booby owl. which is a constant companion of the ground squirrel, occupy- ing the same burrows with it, may play an important role in the dissemination of the epizootic. It is thought that this bird, flying from burrow to buri'ow, may carry infected fleas for long distances. Squirrel eradicative agents and the campaign against the ground squirrel are considered at some length. The birds of Ontario in relation to agriculture, C. W. Nash (Ontario Dept. Agr. Bui. 113, pp. 95, pis. ^8). — This is the fourth edition of a work previously noted (E. S. R., 13, p. 1023). Some indigenous insectivorous birds, S. H. Curnow {Jour. Dept. Agr. 8o. Aust., 13 {1909), No. 1, pp. 17-20). — A brief account of some of the more useful birds occurring in South Australia. Crustacea and Arachnids, edited by S. F. Harmer and A. E. Shipley {New York and London, 1909. vol. /,. pp. XVIII +566, figs. 287).— This volume, which completes the series entitled Cambridge Natural History, contains an account of the Crustacea by G. Smith and W. F. R. Weldon, of the Trilobites, by H. Woods, of the Arachnida, by A. E. Shipley, H. Woods, and C. Warburton, and of the Pyenogonida, by D. W. Thompson. Classification of the Strongylidae, A. Railliet and A. Henry {Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. [Paris], 66 {1909), Nos. 2, pp. 85-88; 4, pp. 168-171).— Favt 1 of this account is devoted to the Metastrongyllnse and part 2 to the AnkylostominiB, this term being applied to those Strong^iidje that have a buccal capsule. Sis genera and several species are described as new. Bibliography of Canadian zoology for 1907, L. M. Lambe {Proc. and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 3. ser., 2 {1908), Sect. IV, pp. 77-87).— This lists 113 titles ascribed to 85 authors. Bibliography of Canadian entomology for the year 1907, C. J. S. Bethune {Proe. and Trai}s. Roy. Soc. Canada, 3. ser., 2 {1908), Sect. IV, pp. 89-103).— This lists 127 titles by 124 authors. A survey of the status of economic entomology in the United States, F. SiLVESTRi, trans, by J. Rosenstein {BoL Quind. Soc. Agr. Itah, IJf {1909), No. 8, pp. 305-368; Hawaii. Forester and Agr., 6 {1909), No. 8, pp. 287-336) .—This is a report on the present status of economic entomology, following a visit to the United States including the Hawaiian Islands. Artificial methods of insect control are considered but more particular attention is given to natural control. A light-weight, portable outfit for the study and transportation of ants, Edith N. Buckingham {Amer. Nat., 43 {1909), No. 514, jyp. 6II-6I4, figs. 2).— A brief description is given of the apparatus used by the author in biological studies of ants. The relation of lepidoptera and other insects to the fertilization of the Asclepiadaceae, particularly Araujia sericofera, J. K. d'Herculais {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], 148 {1909). No. 18. pp. 1208-1210) .—The author con- cludes that the role of insects in the fertilization of the milkweeds is much less important than that attributed to them by most naturalists. Revision of the Attidae of North America, G. W. and Elizabeth G. Peckham {Trans. Wis. Acad. ScL, Arts and Letters, 16 {1909). pt. 1. No. 5. pp. 355-646, pis. 23). — A genus and many species are described as new to science. 154 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. Observations on two species of Hyalopterus, P. Hayhuust {Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, n (,190V), No. 3, pp. J 07-115, pi. 1). — Hyalopterus aquilcgiw-flavus which infests the columbine and rose in Europe has been found on these phints at Forest Hills, Mass. //. (lactylklia, taken from the orchard grass in the Dis- trict of Columbia and at Forest Hills, is described as new. Li/.siplilcbus cera- snpltis and Ephvdrux si), were bred at Forest Hills fi'om this new si)ecies. Some new and little known Coccidse, T. D. A. Cockrell and W. W. Hobbins Uour. N. Y. Ent. ^'or„ 77 (1909). No. 3, pp. 101,-107, figs. 3) .—A.spidtotus arcto- staphyli from leaves of Arctostapliylos viscida taken at Red Bluff, Cal., and Vhionaspis sassceri from the orange at Fallbrook, Cal,, are described as new to science. Contribution to a study of the Coccidae of West Africa, P. Marchal (Mem. Soc. Zool. Franvc, 22 (1909), No. 1-2, pp. 165-182, pis. 2, figs. 8).— Eleven species of scale insects are here considered. Scale insects from "West Africa, P. Marchal ( Vonipt. Rend. Soc. Biol. ll'aris], 66 (11)09), No. 13. pp. 5S6-588). — The genus Houardia and 2 species from Senegal are described as new. The parasitic fungi of scale insects in the West Indies (Agr. News [Barba- dos], 8 (1909), No. 193, p. 229).— There are said to be 4 species of fungi parasitic on scale insects at present known in the West Indies. These are the red-headed , fungus (Sphwrostilbe coccophila), the white-headed fungus (Ophionectria coccicola), the black fungus (Myriangium duriwi), and the shield-scale fungus. The apple sucker and its treatment, F. V. Theobald (Irish (Jard., J, (1909), No. 37, pp. 33-35. fiyx. 8). — An account of the biology of Psylla mall and the methods of combating it. The genus Chermes in its relation to forestry, R. S. Macdougall (Jour. Bd. Agr. {London], Ui (1909), No. 6, pp. .',1,1-1,53, pls. 2, fig. 1, dgms. 3).— A brief account of the species of Chermes occurring in Great Britain. Studies on the Trichoptera of Wisconsin, C. T. A'orhies (Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters. 16 (1909), pi. I, No. 6, pp. 61,7-738. pis. 76i).— Studies of the life history and habits of caddice iiies, with technical descriptions of the stages. A complete bibliography of the American species is ai)itended. Fourth annual report of the superintendent for suppressing the gipsy and brown-tail moths, L. H. Worthley (Ann. Rpt. Supt. Suppressing Gipsy and Brown-tail Moths [Mass.], 4 (1908), pp. 75, pis. 12).— During 1908 the fight against the gipsy and brown-tail rn,oths was carried on along practically the same lines as in the 3 preceding years (E. S. R., 22, p. 55). The climatic con- ditions were favorable to the caterpillars but decidedly adverse to the increase of certain fungus and bacterial diseases which have in recent years been of great assistance as checks, so that the pests developed very rapidly. The prin- cipal devastation was confined to woodlands of low valuation. The experience of the year showed the importance of equipping each city and town with adequate spraymg outfits. Scouting during the early part of the year by about 100 trained men resulted in the discovery of a number of small colonies of the gipsy moth in several towns along the border of the district previously known to be infested. The brown-tail moth was found to extend over an area comprising more than \5,000 square miles. A list of 192 towns known to be infested by the gipsy moth, and maps showing the area infested by the 2 pests on .January 1, 1909, are given. Experiments conducted have shown that young gipsy moth caterpillars can not live on white pine foliage in their early stages, and seem to give final and conclusive proof that where the hardwood growth is thoroughly destroyed in ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 155 a pine forest, there need be no fear from damage by tlie gipsy moth caterpillars, provided the trees are properly protected from invasion from without by the use of sticky bands. This discovery is considered to be of great practical im- portance as it will permit of the general planting and cultivation of white pine without fear of damage from the moths. During the year experts were employed to investigate the wilt disease of the gipsy moth, which is probably bacterial, but no definite conclusions were arrived at. An investigation during the summer by G. P, Clinton of the fungus disease of the brown-tail moth, due to Entomophtliora aulicce, led him to express the opinion that the outlook for a practical application of this disease by means of the distribution of infected material is unfavorable. At the same time, as the unusual dryness of the season afforded the most unfavorable conditions possible, it is considered that a continuation of the investigation is necessary, particularly since in 1907 considerable success was met with in the dissemina- tion of the disease. A report by F. Silvestri, of the Royal School of Agriculture, Portici, Italy, following an investigation of the work of suppression, is presented in which the author recommends a continuation of the work along the same lines, par- ticular emphasis being placed. upon the work with parasites. The report of L. O. Howard, under whose direction the work with parasites is being carried on, is appended to the general report. " There have been imported, in all, 23 species of hymenopterous parasites, of which 16 are European, 6 are from Japan, and 1 at least is common to both regions. Eleven of these have been reared from the gipsy moth, 6 from the brown-tail moth, nnd 6 from both insects. A number of species of secondary parasites have been reared and have been killed. Of dipterous parasites, at least 29 distinct species have been imported, of which nearly all are parasitic upon both gipsy and brown-tail moths. Of Coleoptera, 5 species have been imported, all of which will feed upon both gipsy moth and brown-tail moth. This makes a total of 57 beneficial species, enemies of gipsy moth or brown-tail moth, or both, that have been brought over in the course of this work." The outlook is deemed more favorable than at any period during the prog- ress of the work. While success seems an ultimate certainty, the time at which obvious results will be apparent is as yet uncertain. The Hawaiian sug'ar cane bud moth (Ereunetis flavistriata), with, an account of some allied species and natural enemies, O. H. Swezey (Hatoaiian Sugar Planters' Sta., Div. Ent. Bui. 6, pp. -)0, pis. Jf). — E. flavistriata, variously known as the bud moth, budworm, or sheath moth of sugar cane, is very abun- dant in all cane fields throughout the Hawaiian Islands. Its eating of the leaf sheaths and the leaves does no apparent injury to the cane as it is done on the dead or nearly dead leaves. The eating of the rind may be considered as injurious in the extent to which it may allow an entrance for fungus spores, etc. The eating of the eyes, however, is a very serious injury not merely from its producing a condition, or an opportunity for the admission of fungus spores, but chiefly by its rendering the cane valueless for seed. The larvfe of this moth also feed on dead leaves of palms, bananas, pine- apples, and Pandanus, and among the bananas on the bunch, eating dead tissues and sometimes the skin of the fruit. The eggs are laid singly or often a few near together on the inner surface of the leaf sheath, sometimes on the outer surface as well, deposited lengthwise in the slight longitudinal grooves of its surface. The larvae become full-grown in 8 weeks from the time of hatching, 20872— No. 2—10 5 156 EXPERIMENT .STATION EECORD. Tlie pnpa is formed within a cocoon made in tlie same location in wliich tlie larva fed. The moth emerges in 2 or 3 weeks. Of 5 other species of Ereunetis which occur in Hawaii and here noted, 3 are described as new to science. Four species of Opogoua are noted of which 2 are described as new. The so-called dancing moth, an undetermined species, is abundant in Oahu, its larvre often being found in sugar cane associated with larvae of the bud moth. The larvfe of Autosticha pelodes are sometimes asso- ciated with budworms in the cane, l)ut probably do no injury. The larvae of Batrachcdra rUcyi has been found feeding beneath leaf stalks of dead cane and also in bored cane stalks. Crr/ptohlabcs alicna, which is described as new to science, appears to be a general feeder. Three parasites, Siet-ola molokaietisis, Melittobia haivaiicnsis, and Microdus hatcaiicola have been bred from the budworm. The red ant (Pheidole megace- phala) destroys more or less of the young budworms and of the other moths here considered. Several species of Odynerus have been observed in cane fields hunting for budworms and other tineid larvae. It is said that the injury done by the eating out of the eyes of the cane is not sufficient to warrant any exten- sive operations against the budworm. Observations on the habits and injury of the asparagus fly (Platyparea poeciloptera) in the vicinity of Paris, I\ Lesne {Compt. Rend. Acad. 8cL [Paris], U8 (1909), No. S, pp. 191-199).— Thin fly is said to be the source of injury in a large territory to the north of Paris, but does not seem to have made its appearance to the south. Emphasis is placed upon the importance of the destruction of all affected shoots as soon as they wither. Biological investigations of the viviparity and larval life of Glossina pal- palis, E. RouBAUD {Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. [Paris], IJ/S {1909), No. 3, pp. 195- 197). — This is a brief report of biological investigations of the tsetse fly. Distribution of certain species of biting flies in the Federated Malay States, H. C. Pratt {Jour. Trop. Yet. Sci., 4 {1909), No. 3, pp. 390-39J,).— This is a brief report on a large number of flies of the family Tabanidae and of the genus Stomoxys, which were obtained in various parts of the Federated Malay States in connection with the work on surra. Report on the mosquito work for 1908, J. B. Smith {Neio Jersey Stas. Rpt. 1908, pp. 381-428, pis. 2). — The season of 1908 is said to have been an abnormal one in many respects and favorable to the development of mosquitoes of all kinds. In the expenditure of the appropriation of .$20,000, an area of 6,669 acres was drained, 888,650 ft. of ditching being dug. From a study of mos- quito eggs on salt marsh, it is concluded that an individual ovum may main- tain its vitality for 2 or even 8 years. It was found that in the same woodland pool, 3 different species may appear in 3 successive years, each species by itself and without any admixture of the species that was in the same pool at the corresponding time in the previous year. Due to the favoi-able season the house mosquito was so abundant in the larger cities that the benefits derived from the absence of the salt-marsh mos- quito were not fully appreciated. Notes made by J. T. Brakeley on Culex perturMns are presented. The first larvae of this species were collected on March 7, at which time 6 well-grown individuals were washed out, having evidently been attached to the floating roots. It thus appears that they freeze and thaw out with the floating vegetation. It is concluded from the observations that the pupae of this species never volun- tarily come to the top in a state of nature, but that the adults emerge under water and pop up to the surface; ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 157 A paper by J. "A. Grosbeck entitled The Mosquitoes of the Season, with notes on the eggs found in the salt-marsh work is appended to the report. Culex dijari was collected in the State for the first time. Mosquitoes and malaria in Dehra Doon, India, F. W. Thomson {Jour. Roy. Army Med. Corps, 12 {1909), A'o. 5, pp. 502-508). — A list of mosquitoes inhab- iting Dehra Doon and the country in the immediate neighborhood is included in this account. The commonest species in the barracks were Myzomyia rossii, M. culicifacies, Nyssorhyjichvs maculatus, all the Stegomyife, and Culex fatigans. Practical information on the scolytid beetles of North American forests. I, Bark beetles of the genus Dendroctonus, A. D. Hopkins ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Eut. Bid. S3, pt. 1, pp. 169, pis. 2, figs. i02).— This work deals with the more practical results of extensive investigations conducted between 1891 and 1908, and thereby supplements Technical Bulletin 17, pt. 1, previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 557). A detailed account is given of the distribution, seasonal history, habits, economic features, and methods of control, so far as known, of 23 species. The investigations are said to have clearly shown that some of the species of this genus of beetles are the most destructive enemies of the coniferous forest trees of North America, and it is considered probable that if the timber de- stroyed by these insects in the United States in the past .50 years were living to-daj' the stumpage value would be more than .$1,000,000,000. In regard to the possibilities of control the author reports that experiments and practical de- monstrations make it clear that wherever private, state, or national forests are under organized management for fire protection and economic utilization, the control of these insects is often a less difficult and less expensive problem than that of controlling forest fires. All of the species of Dendroctonus studied have demonstrated their ability to attack healthy trees and kill them whenever the individuals of a species occur in suflicient numbers to overcome the resistance of the tree. In combating these pests success depends largely on a knowledge of the proper time to begin and end certain timber-cutting or barking operations for the destruction of the broods of the beetles. The natural enemies are considered under the headings of insects, birds, diseases of the insects and diseases of the trees. The western pine beetle {Dendroctonus brevicornis) attacks western yellow pine and sugar pine and is destructive to living timber in the mountains of California and northward and eastward to Washington and Montana. It is especially destructive to the western yellow pine in central Idaho and in the mountains of the higher valleys of eastern Washington, Oregon, and California. In localities where it is known the principal clumps of infested trees should be located from September to March, and the infested bark on the main trunk and larger branches removed and burned or the logs converted into lumber and the slabs burned, between October and June 1. The southwestern pine beetle {D. barberi) attacks western yellow pine in southern Colorado and Utah, and in the mountains of Arizona, New Mexico, western Texas, and northern Mexico. The methods of control are similar to those of the western pine beetle. The roundheaded pine beetle {D convexi- frons) attacks western yellow pine from southern Arizona to northern New Mexico and southern Colorado. As this species is usually associated with others its specific relation to the death of trees is doubtful. The southern pine beetle {D. frontalis) attacks all of the pines and spruces of southern Pennsyl- vania southward into Florida and westward into eastern Texas and Arkansas. 158 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. In order effectually to destroy the insect it is only necessary to remove the infested bark from the trunks and burn it. The Arizona pine beetle {D. ai-izonicus) attacks western yellow pine in cen- tral Arizona. The smaller Mexican jiine beetle (D. mcxicanus) and the larger Mexican pine beetle (D. paralhUjcoUis) attack pine trees in Mexico. The Colorado pine l)eetle (D. appro.viinatiis) attacks western yellow pine from cen- tral Colorado and Utah to soutliern Arizona and New Mexico. The mountain pine beetle {D. monticolw) attacks silver or western white pine, western yellow pine, and lodgepole pine, in Montana, western Wyoming, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington, and also sugar pine, western yellow pine, and lodgepole pine in the mountains of Washington, Oregon, and California. The simple removal of the bar(s without burning is sufficient to kill the broods of this species, 'llu; infested trees should be located and marked in September and the infested bark removed from the main trunks during the period from October to July. The Black Hills beetle (D. pomlerosw) attacks yellow pine, lodgepole pine, limber pine, Mexican white pine, white spruce, and Engolmann spruce from the Black Hills, South Dakota, to southern Arizona and westward into Utah, and is very destructive. The bark should be removed from the main trunk of the trees between October 1 and June 1. It appears to have been brought under complete control within the radius of some hundreds of square miles in the vicinity of Colorado Springs, Colo., through the felling and barking of trees within the period necessary to destroy the bi'oods. At another locality in Colorado where more than 250,000 ft. of timber was infested it was brought under control through the cutting and barking of the timber or the destruction of the slabs by burning, as recommended. The Jeffrey pine beetle [D. jeffreyi) attacks Jeffrey pine and yellow pine in the Yosemite National Park and San Bernardino County, California. The methods of -control are the same as for the two preceding species. The eastern larch beetle (D, simplex) attacks eastern larch, from New Brunswick west- ward to northern Michigan, and probably to the western and northern limit of this tree, and south in the higher Alleghenies to northeastern West Virginia and western Maryland. The infested trees should either be barked, burned, or placed in water, and the stumps barked, during the period between September and the following May. Trap trees felled during May and June should serve to attract the beetles away from living trees and thus facilitate their destruc- tion by removing the bark during the following fall and winter. The Douglas fir beetle {D. pseudotsugw) attacks Douglas fir, bigcone spruce, and western larch, wherever these trees grow from British Columbia south- ward into New Mexico, Arizona, and California. In order effectually to check its ravages at least 75 per cent of the trees affected should have the infested bark removed from the main trunks or the logs converted into lumber and the slabs burned during the period beginning with the first of November and ending the first of the following March. The eastern spruce beetle (Z>. jHcea- perda) attacks the red, black, and white spruce from New Brunswick, Canada, southward in the mountains of New York and Pennsylvania and westward to Michigan. The removal of the infested bark from the trunks of the trees with- out burning is all that is necessary to kill the immature stages of the insect at any time. If the work be done during the period beginning with the middle of October and ending with the middle of ]\Iay, say at or below an elevation of about 1,800 ft. at latitude 45°, the parent adults and developed broods of adults, together with the immature broods, will be killed. It is stated that the injury to mature spruce in northwestern Maine appears to have been checked through the concentration of logging operations in infested sections, as recommended by the author. ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY ENTOMOLOGY. 159 The Engelmanu spruce beetle {D. engelmanni) attacks the Engelmann spnice and probably other spruces from central Idaho southward to the mountams of southern New Mexico and the white spruce in the Black Hills of South Dakota. The methods of controlling this beetle are essentially the same as for the eastern spruce beetle. The Alaska spruce beetle (D. horeaUs) is but little known. The Sitka spruce beetle (D. obesus) attacks the Sitka spruce from Newport, Oreg., northward along the coast of Alaska, probably following the distribution of the tree in which it lives. The redwinged pine beetle {D. rufipennis) attacks felled white pine in northwestern Michigan. The lodge- pole pine beetle (D. murrayanxe) attacks Ihe lodgepole pine in southern Wyo- ming and occurs northward to Alberta, B. C. The Allegheny spruce beetle {D. punctatus) has been collected in West Vir- ginia on a red spruce tree felled the previous winter. But little is known of its habits. The European spruce beetle (D. micans) attacks spruce, pine, fir, and larch from central to northern Europe and in Denmark, Russia, and eastern Siberia. The black turpentine beetle (D. terebrans) attacks pine and spruce from Long Island, N. Y., southward to Florida and westward to Texas and West Virginia, but it is more common in the South Atlantic and Gulf States. Methods of control should be based on the prevention of the primary injury by preventing the undue multiplication of the beetle, or by furnishing a con- tinuous supply of more attractive breeding places, as iu the case of continued lumbering operations. The red turpentine beetle (D. valens) attacks pine and spruce in eastern United States and Canada, northward from the mountains of North Carolina, westward to the Pacific coast, and southward from British Columbia into Mexico. The methods of control for this species are much simi- lar to those for the black turpentine beetle. A bibliography of the economic literature is appended to the account. New South American Hym^enoptera, C. Schrottky (An. Soc. Clent. Argen- tina, 67 {1909), No. 5, pp. 209-228). — Of the numerous new species here de- scribed from Brazil, Uruguay, Paraguay, and Argentina, several from Paraguay represent the parasitic families. Nutritive exchang'es in the bees during the 4 seasons, Maeie Paehon (Ann. ^'c/. Nat. ZooJ., 9. srr., 9 {1909), No. 1, pp. 1-57, fif/s. 23; abs. in Naturiv. Rund- schau, 2'f {1909), No. 35, pp. .'i'i3--'i'i5) . — A physiological study of the bees. The Ichneumons of Great Britain, C. Morley {Plymouth, 1907, vol. 2, pp. XVI+351, pi. 1, fff/s. 22; 1908, vol. 3, pp. XVI+328, pi. 1, figs. l-'i).—A de- scriptive account of the families, genera, and species indigenous to the British Islands, together with notes as to the classification, localities, habitats, hosts, etc. In the first volume, previously noted (E. S. R., 10, p. 279), the Ichneumoninaj are considered ; in the second volume the Cryptinte are taken up, 41 genera and 317 species being recorded, of which 2 genera and 7 species are new to science; and in the third volume the Pimplinre are considered, 39 genera and 211 species being recorded, of which 1 genus and 8 species are new to science. The oviposition of Aphelinus mytilaspidis, P. Marchal {Compt. Rend. Acad. Scl. [Paris], 1J,S {1909), No. 18, pp. 1223-1225).— A report of the author's observations on the oviposition of this parasite in Aspidiotus ostrewformis. It is considered probable that some of the scales are punctured simply for food. Report of the entomologist, J. B. Smith {New Jersey 8tas. Rpt. 1908, pp. 305-378, pi. 1, figs. 8). — During the year under report the elm-leaf beetle ap- peared in large numbers, resulting in the largest brood that the author has known. Attempts to establish the parasite Tetrastichus xanthomelamw, im- ported from France as previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 957), apparently failed in New Jersey. 160 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. The white- ninrkod tussock moth was iimisiinlly jilmndnnt on shafle trees in cities and towns in the eastern part of tlie State. The wood leopard moth was less troublesome in the large cities than for several years previous. Parasiti>s appear to have caused the almost complete elimination of the catalpa' sphinx during 1908. The moths of the snow-white Eugonia appeared in great abun- dance in Hudson and Essex counties, this being its first appearance in numbers for several decades. The black peach aphis was abnormally abundant on the roots of trees in the southern sections of the State. The fungus Sphwrostilbe coccophila was found in September on Asindiotus forhcfii, infesting cherry trees. Other insects of the year briefly noted include the pear psylla, grape plum moths, rose chafer, strawberry leaf roller, strawberry weevil, cutworms, cabbage worms, tomato worms, corn worms, onion thrips, flea beetles, plant bugs, asparagus beetles, digger wasps {Sphecius speciosus), Chinese mantids, ants, Angoumois grain moth, and the mushroom sciara (Sciara multiseta). Insects mentioned as alTecting cranberries are cutworms, flea beetles, and grasshoppers. Notes are given on the life history and habits of the flea beetle {Chxetocnema confinis), which was the source of injury to the sweet potato. The use of arsenate of lead or a delay in setting out is recommended. Three species of tortoise beetles or gold bugs were also found in more or less abun- dance on sweet potatoes. Fi'om observations on root maggots, reported by E. L. Dickerson, it appears that the great majority, if not all of the cabbage root maggots, passed the win- ter in the pupal stage. PhorMa ceparum, Euxesta notata, and Tritoxa flexa were bred from infested onions. There was no evidence that the fertilizer con- taining cai'bolic acid had been of any benefit in checking the maggot, although it may prove that it does if applied at just the right time. Cooper's Vi and V2 fluids used liberally upon maggot-infested plants proved of little value. As a protection to the cauliflower and cabbage plants the tarred paper disks proved to be both practical and effective. Under records of the experiment orchard it is stated that such scale-kill- ing materials as were tried proved ineffective. Notes are also given on vari- ous insecticides, including arsenate of lead, miseible oils, aphine, picric acid, carbolic acid, carbolic acid emulsion, carbolic acid fertilizer, lime and carbolic acid, Bogarfs sulphur compound, lime and sulphur, and Cooper's Yi and V2 tree sprays. The author considers that for use against plant lice in the garden and greenhouse, Aphine has not been excelled by anything known to him and thinks that in the field it will probably do as well should the price be sufficiently low. Report of the government entomologist for the year 1907, C. P. Lounsbuet (Rpt. Govt. Ent. [Cape Good Hopel, 1907, pp. //5-57). — In the inspection of*im- ports apples from Tasmania, apple stocks from England, and roses from Hol- land were found infested by the oyster-shell scale and a quantity of gooseberry bushes from England by an undetermined Lecanium. Several small consign- ments of Madeira apples were refused admittance on account of fruit fly infes- tation. Under the nurseries inspection and quarantine act, the red scale (Chrysotn- phalus aurantii), the circular purple scale (C. aonidum), the Ross black scale (C. rossi), the purple or mussel scale {Lepidosaphes heckii), the Glover or long scale (L. gloverii), the white peach scale (Aulacaspis pcntagoiia), and the woolly aphis were proclaimed pests within the meaning of the act. The red scale, white peach scale, and woolly aphis are said to be very common pests. The circular purple scale was found to be well established in 2 florist nurseries. The Ross scale, while common in the Transvaal, has not been found in the Cape ECONOMIC ZOOLOGY — ENTOMOLOGY. 161 nurseries. The purple scale was fouud in 1 nursery and was exterminated, while the Glover scale was found near nurseries but not on any nursery stock. Preliminary work in a study of the transmission of blue tongue or malarial catarrhal fever of sheep was begun. Attempts made to feed mosquitoes on af- fected sheep were not carried to a satisfactory termination through the great difficulty in getting mosquitoes to feed on the animals. The work against locusts is considered at some length. As predicted in the previous reijort, the colonies suffered a greater infestation by the brown locust than has been experienced since 1893. The Plasmopara vine disease is briefly discussed. An apparently undescribed scale which is closely related to the San Jose scale was discovered to have become established at Bloemfontein. Three parasites were reared from codling moths collected in the Cape peninsula, 2 of which have been determined as Pimpla Jieliophila and Hymenibosmina pomo- nellce. Attempts to introduce a parasite of the red scale from West Australia were unsuccessful. In experiments with the fruit fly {Ceratitis capitata) in which boxes were kept at temperatures of 38 to 40° F. for 21 days, all of 266 maggots were found to be dead when examined and 2 puparia discovered failed to develop. The Kafir corn aphis was a subject of special inquiry. The Eriuose disease of the vine, caused by Phytoptis vitis, is said to have spread widely in western vineyards in late years. Some insect pests of last season, F. Thomsen (Transvaal Agr. Jour., 7 (1909), No. 28, pp. 675-678, pis. 3, map 1). — ^An account of the more important insects occurring in the Transvaal. A study of three injurious insects (Bui. Mens. Off. Renscig. Agr. {Parish, 7 (1908), No. 12, pp. lJi91-1513). — This article forms the principal part of a report of work conducted in the Gironde in 1907 upon Eudentis hotrana, Phyl- lodecta vulgatissima, and Termes lucifngus. Some insects injurious to cabbage, cucumbers, and related crops, F. H. Chittenden (Virginia Truck Sta. Bui. 2, pp. 19-Ji8, figs. 14). — These studies were in cooperation with the Bureau of Entomology of this Department. Aphids are said to have been the most important insect pests in tidewater Virginia during the past few years. During the spring of 1908, a serious out- break of the cabbage aphis occurred, the loss amounting to from 65 to SO per cent of the crop in infested fields. A braconid, Lipolexis piceus, was the most effective agent in the natural control of this pest. In remedial experiments, conducted during the year and reported by C. H. Popenoe, it was found that atmospheric and other conditions being equal, and without high winds or ensuing rain, there is little difference in the effects of kerosene-soap emulsion, diluted with 15 parts of water, and whale-oil soap at the rate of 8 lbs. to 50 gal. of water. Experiments indicate that fumigation methods can scarcely be of value in the treatment of field cabbage for the cabbage aphis. The spinach aphis (Myzus persicce), was the source of very, severe injury in the trucking region of Norfolk, Va., during the fall and early winter of 1907, affecting about 1,000 acres and causing loss estimated at $750,000. The seed-corn maggot (Pegomya fusciceps) was observed during April and May doing great damage to late-planted beans in the vicinity of Diamond Springs, Va. In certain areas, rows were entirely killed off, necessitating replanting. As many as 5 to 10 maggots were found in single seed beans, and in many cases in nearly every seed. During 1908-9, the imported cabbage worm was present in all fields of cab- bage and other cole crops doing its customary amount of damage to early cabbage in May. Brief mention is made of the cabbage looper (Atitographa 162 EXtEKIMEiSTT STATION EECORD. hrassicw), cross-striped cabbage wonn {Evergestis rimosalis), and the harle- quin cabbage bug. Uuder insects injurious to cucurbits mention is made of the striped cucumber beetle and the southern corn root-worm (Diabrotica 12-in(,nctata) . An account of insecticides and their application concludes the bulletin. Observations on Prays oleellus and other insects of the olive in Calabria, G. DKL GuERCio {Atti It. Accad. Econ. Agr. Georg. Firenze, 5, scr., 6 {190!)), No. 1, pp. 31-99, 2ils. Jf). — Prays oleellus is here considered at length (pp. 33- 81). Other species discussed include Parlatoria proteus, Aspidiotus hederce, Lecanium olew, Ceroplastes rusci, etc. Protection of woodlands in Ireland, A. O. Foebes {Dept. Agr. and Tech. Imtr. Ireland Jour., 9 (1909), No. Jf, pp. 65/f-66Jf, j)ls. 10, figs. 5).— An account of the insects injuring forest trees in Ireland, the nature of their injury, and the practical protective measures that are often necessary to prevent serious loss. Spraying for San Jose scale, M. A. Blake and A. J. Fakley (Neio Jersey Stas. Rpt. 1908, pp. 61-63). — The authors report that 675 one-year-old peach trees were sprayed with lime-sulphuB at an expense of $1.83. In this work the barrel pump was used, 3 men being engaged. The outlay for the equipment was $23.70. Fumigation of apples for the San Jose scale, A. L. Quaintance ( V. 8. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Bui. S/f, pp. J/S, pis. 2, figs. 3). — Details of investigations con- ducted by the author in cooperation with W. A. Taylor, of the Bureau of Plant Industry of this Department, to determine the possibility of fumigating apples with hydrocyanic-acid and other gases, are here reported. Although the chances of the establishment in new localities of the San Jose scale from shipments of infested fruit are considered by American entomologists in general to be ex- ceedingly remote, in certain European countries the danger has appeared suffi- cient to warrant the enactment of legislation excluding from entry all fruits from America which, on inspection, show the presence of the San Jose scale. Data are given from a report of the chief inspector of the station for plant pro- tection at Hamburg which show that an undesirable amount of scale-infested fruit finds its way into our export shipments, thereby entailing a considerable loss to exporters. A detailed description and the plans of a fumigating apparatus constructed for the worlk are given. The experiments conducted are reported under the headings : Strength of gas, length of exposure, package, variety of fruit, injury to fruit, and low temperature. In the fumigation of Baldwin apples loose in baskets all scales were killed with strengths of potassium cyanid at the rate of from 0.1 to 0.5 gm. per cubic foot and exposed 45 minutes, and also at the rate of 0.2 gm. per cubic foot with periods of exposure ranging from 20 minutes to 3 hours. In ho instance was there injury to the fruit. Under the package series it is reported that all insects were not with cer- tainty killed, except in the case of fruit in boxes, wrapped and unwrapped, and in barrels in which each head had been pei'forated with numerous auger holes. The only variety of apple used in the tests showing gas injury was the Rhode Island Greening. Observations made at different times on fruit fumigated in a dry, moist, and wet condition showed that its condition in this respect was im- material. Fumigation of scale-infested apples in a local cold storage plant with a temperature of 30° F. showed that adequate diffusion of the gas occurred, killing all of the scale insects without injury to the fruit. The treatment of scale-infested fruits with carbon bisulphid in strengths varying from 0.069 to 1.81 cc. per cubic foot for a period of 3 hours failed to kill the scales to any extent. IPOODS HUMAN NUTKITIOl^. l68 " The data presented point out, it is believed, the practicability of destroying the San Jose scale on apples and suggests the desirability of the adoption of the practice of fumigation by exporters if such treatment will result in the acceptance by foreign countries of fruit so treated. A certificate of proper fumigation on each . barrel, box, or package should constitute a sufficient guaranty that any scales present had been killed. It is considered probable that, if desirable, fumigation could be practiced in the case of numerous fruits, as pears, oranges, lemons, etc. In the fumigation of apples in barrels it \A'Ould appear sufficient to remote the upper head only, or to use for the original heading boards with numerous i or 1 in. auger holes — a total of 15 or 20 at each end." There are appended synopses of the laws and decrees in force in foreign countries bearing on the introduction of live plants and fresh fruits, and of the laws and regulations of the various States in this country bearing on the transportation and sale of fresh fruits infested with San Jose scale or other Injurious insects. Important insecticides: Directions for their preparation and use, C. L. Mar- LATT ([/. 8. Dept. Agr., Farmers' Bui. 127, rev., pp. .'/S, figs. 7). — In this second revision there are some changes of old formulas, necessitated by the important additions to our knowledge of insecticides since the last revision, in 1903. Methods of exterminating the Texas fever tick, H. W. Geaybill ( U. S. Dept. Agr., Fanners' Bui. 378, pp. 30, figs. 15). — Information of practical value relat- ing to the cattle tick, including data from investigations personally conducted, has been brought together in 'this publication. Following a brief description of the life history of the cattle tick, the methods of eradication are taken up and discussed at some length. Tables are given which show the time required to free i)astures from ticks by starvation, and the time requii'ed for all ticks to drop from cattle placed on tick-free land. Methods of rotation by which cattle and pastures may be freed from ticks in 4, 4i, and 8 months are described and illustrated by figures. The destruction of ticks by dipping, spraying, and hand dressing is considered, directions being given for the preparation and use of crude petroleum, emulsions of crude petro- leum, and the arsenical dip. Specifications and materials for a dipping vat which will hold 2,0SS gal. are accompanied by drawings, and the bill of mate- rials for the vat and draining pens. The poultry tick, E. E. Scroll {Farm and Ranch, 28 (1909), No. 36, p. U, figs. 3). — A brief account of Argas miniatus including remedial measures. Silkworm culture in the Transvaal, D. Gunn (Transvaal Agr. Jour., 7 (1909), No. 28, i>P' 662-673). — A brief account of and guide to silk raising in the Transvaal. FOODS— HUMAN NUTRITION. Foods and condiments, their preparation and adulteration, A. Jolles (Die Nahrungs und Genussmittel, Hire Herstellung und Verfdlscliiing. Leipsic and V-ienna, 1909, pp. 209; rev. in Chem. Ztg., 33 (1909), No. 107, p. 945; Hyg. Rund- schau, 19 (1909), No. 22, p. 1308).— In this text-book a large amount of infor- mation is presented regarding the character and manufacture of food products, food adulteration, and related topics. Theoretical and practical treatise on frauds and adulterations, F. Monieb, F. Chesney, and E. Roux (Traite Th^orique et Pratique sur les Fraudes et Falsifications. Paris: Govt., 1909, vols. 1, pp. XY-{-653; 2, pp. 558).— Historical matter, legislative enactments, and similar questions are included, as well as summaries on inspection of food and beverages, standards, and related ques- 164 EXPERIMENT STATION HECORD. tions. The volumes us a whole coiislltiile au exhaustive treatise on food adul- teration, with special roforence to French conditions. New legislation and legislative enactments regarding fraud and adultera- tion, E. Koux (Legislation ct Jurisprudence Nouvellcs siir Ics Francles et Falsifi- cations. Paris: Govt., 1909, 2. ed., pp. 551). — New material has been incorpo- rated in this summary of French pure-food enactments and legislation. A full index is provided. Report on the work of inspectors of foods for the two years 1906-1908, G. S. Buchanan {Ann. Rpt. Local Govt. Bd. [Gt. Brit.], 37 (1907-8), pp. 129-1 Ji-'t)- — Information is summarized regarding the scope and extent of the food inspection work for the period covered. Food analyses, C. F. Juritz (Rpt. Senior Anal. Cape Good Hope, 1908, pp. 100-108). — ^Analyses are reported of a number of samples of milk and other dairy products, vinegar, vinegar essence, Kafir beer, ice, Cayenne pepper, curry powder, jam, brandy and other beverages, and similar articles, a number of the analyses having been carried on in accordance with the local pure food law. Quality in wheaten flour, A. E. Humphries (Millers'' Gaz., 33 (1909), No. 29, pp. 352-35Jf). — In this summary of a paper presented at the meeting of the British Association at Winnipeg, 1909, the author considers flavor, color, strength, size and shape of loaf, stability of doughs, and yield of bread per sack of flour. Diabetic bread from soy beans and gluten, J, Chevalier (Bid. G6n. Th^r. Med. et Chiriirg., 157 (1909), p. 8^5; al)s. in Chem. Ztg., 33 (1909), No. 100, Repert., p. 433). — A process of making soy bean and gluten bread is described and data given regarding its composition. The milling and baking industries, A. Maurizio (Die Miillerei und Baclcerei. Hanover, 1909, pp. VIII+89). — A popular treatise. Electric meat curing process (Ice and Refrig., 37 (1909), No. 5, pp. 165-167, figs. 6). — An illustrated description of a meat curing process in which an electric current is passed through a vat containing meat in pickle (E. S. R., 21, p. 659). Refrigeration in the meat industry (Ice and Cold Storage [London], 12 (1909), Nos. 137, pp. 173-179, figs. 11; 138, pp. 199-206, figs. 11; 139, pp. 225- 232, figs. 14). — An illustrated discussion and summary of data regarding vari- ous questions concerned with the cold storage of meat, including the effects of freezing upon meat fibers, the transportation of frozen and chilled meat, and the transport of such meat on board ship. Official inspection of slaughterhouses and meat products, G. Geudens (Handel. Vlaamsch Natuur en Geneesk. Cong., 12 (1908), pp. 200-206) .—ThQ author recommends that slaughterhouses be provided with laboratories and makes other suggestions. The efficient inspection of Chinese pork, J. W. Green (Brit. Food Jour., 11 (1909), No. 129, pp. 155, 156). — Information is given regarding the importation of frozen pig carcasses and other animal food products from China into England. In view of the extent of this frozen pork trade and the conditions under which pork is produced in China, the author believes that provision should be made for rigid inspection. The sardine industry, P. Lemy (Ann. Falsif., 2 (1909), No. 8, pp. 264-266).— A discussion of the adulteration of canned goods by the substitution of other fish for sardines. Edible marine Crustacea, E. L. Bouvier (Rev. Gen. Sci., 20 (1909), No. 19, pp. 803-808). — A summary of statistical, descriptive, and other data regarding the use of shrimp, crabs, and other sea food. POODS HUMAN NUTEITION. 165 Shellfish (U. S. Dcpt. Agr., Food luHp. Decision 110, pp. 2). — The handling and marketing of oysters is discussed with reference to the Food and Drugs Act of June 30, 1906. Quotations from the discussion follow: " It Is unlawful to ship or to sell in interstate commerce oysters or other shellfish which have become polluted because of packing under insanitary con- ditions or being placed in unclean receptacles. In order to prevent pollution during the packing or shipment of oysters, it is necessary to give proper atten- tion to the sanitary condition of the establishment in which they are packed and to use only receptacles which have been thoroughly cleansed as soon as emptied. In order to prevent the possibility of contamination, it is desirable that such containers be sterilized before using. " It is unlawful to ship or to sell in interstate commerce oysters or other shellfish which have been subjected to ' floating ' or ' drinking ' in brackish water, or water containing less salt than that in which they are grown. . . . " The packing of shellfish with ice in contact may lead to the absorption by the oyster of a portion of the water formed by the melting ice, thus leading to the adulteration of the oysters with water. "Only unpolluted cold or iced water should be employed in washing shucked shellfish, and the washing, including chilling, should not continue longer than the minimum time necessary for cleaning and chilling." Production and trade in eggs {Rev. 8oc. Set. Ilyg. Aliment., 7 (1909), No. 6, p. XXXVIII). — According to the information sunmiarizod, the average annual consumption of eggs per head is 118 in France, 127 in (Jerniany, 97 in England, 94 in Belgium, and 91 in Holland. Local sugar consumption in regard to local production {[Bur. Agr. Stat, and Inform. Mauritius], 1909, pp. l-'i, chart 1). — A summary of statistical data regarding the sugar industry in Mauritius. Judging brandy drops and similar sorts of confectionery, Foester (Ztschr. Offentl. Chem., 15 {1909), Xo. 13, pp. 2//3-2//5).— The alcohol content was deter- mined of a number of sorts of bonbons containing liqueur. Distilled liquors, Quebec, A. McCJill {Lah. Inland Rev. Dept. Canada Bui. 187, pp. 13). — A report of analyses of 100 samples of liquors collected in Quebec and purchased as whiskey, gin, and brandy, the inspection being made " in conse- quence of a rumor to the effect that much spurious liquor was offered for sale in the province named. . . . " The absence of any legal standards for spirits in Canada makes it impossible to pronounce upon the character of the samples now reported further than to say that they contain no methyl alcohol, and no substances that can be described as poisonous." Note on the manufacture and composition of kirsch liqueurs from culti- vated and wild cherries from the Fougerolles region, Roux and Bonis {Ann. Falsif., 2 {1909), No. 6, pp. 150-15S). — Analytical data are reported and dis- cussed. Free tartaric acid in the wines of the Loire-Inf erieure, A. and P. Andouard {Ann. Falsif., 2 {1909), No. 8, pp. 267-274). — An extended study is reported of the acidity of different sorts of wine. The results are discussed with reference to wine making and the permissible limits of tartaric acid. Analyses of Gard and Camarque wines for the years 1907 and 1908, H. AsTRuc and J. Mahoux {Ann. Falsif., 2 {1909), No. 12, pp. J, /f3-',60).— Analyses are reported of a large number of samples of wine. Analyses of wines in accordance with the pure food law, F. Cocco-Ortu {Bol. Min. Agr., Indus, e Com. [Rome], 8 {1909), Ser. A, No. IJf, pp. 33Jt-337).— Analyses of a number of samples of wines are reported. 166 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. Official control of wines in Australia, C. Nourky {Rev. 8oc. Sci. Hyg. AU- mciit., 7 (1909), No. G, pp. 161-110, }i{/s. G). — Tho system of goveriunent insi)ection of Australian wines is discussed. Vinegar from milk, (J. Filavokau and Vnoux (Ann. Falsif., 2 {1909), No. 8, pp. 21S-2S0).— The manufacture of so-called "milk vinegar" from skimmed milk or wbey is described, and an analysis of such a product reported. According to the authors, milk vinegar, while it lacks the fine bouquet of good wine vinegars, is a wholesome and agreeable condiment, which could be used in place of some of the commercial vinegars made from alcoholic materials. Data on the production of caffein and thein-free food products, C. Kippen- BERGER {Ztschr. Augew. Chem., 22 {1909), No. 38, pp. 1837-1 8.', 1\.— A discus- sion especially with refei-ence to a patent process of removing caffein and thein. Deleterious ingredients of food, E. E. Smith {Science, n. ser., 30 {1909), No. 773, pp. 569-571). — In a paper presented before the section of biology. New York Academy of Sciences, May, 1909, the author discusses the question of food preservatives. According to his summary, " we conclude that substances added to food are essentially injurious when incapable of serving a useful purpose in amount widely separated from the quantity that may produce deleterious effects; and that they are not essentially injurious when capable of serving a useful pur- pose in amount widely separated from the quantity that may produce deleteri- ous effect, even though, in this latter instance, they may become deleterious by abuse of the quantitative relation." Preservatives in food materials. — Their detection and effect, D. H. Bergey {Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc, 53 {1909), No. 10, pp. 755-757). — A series of tests was undertaken to determine with what degree of accuracy the presence of pre- servatives may be detected in foods by means of the antifermentative action of the preservatives on trypsin. According to the author, " the use of the antifermentative test for the detec- tion of preservatives in foods does not give results that are satisfactoi-y in every particular. The employment of this test must be carried out in such a manner as to eliminate normal antifermentative effects in the food substances, and attempts to remove these normal antiferments may lead to the simultane- ous removal of the preservative. " In view of our knowledge of the detrimental effects of chemical food pre- servatives there is no more reprehensible practice than that of permitting their use in foods in any quantity whatever." [The application of formaldehyde to meat], G. S. Buchanan and S. B. ScHRY\'ER {Local Govt. Bd. [(It. Brit.], Food Rpts., 1909, No. 9, pp. 12).— This report contains an account of the circumstances of the investigation by G. S. Buchanan (pp. 1-4), and data on the i)resence and detection of formaldehyde in meat by S. B. Schryver (pp. 5-12), from which the following conclusions were drawn : " The results indicate that, in the case under consideration, formaldehyde was not readily removed from meat even when the latter had been kept for prolonged periods after formalization ; that where muscular surface was ex- posed to the vapor, the contamination was relatively large (1 in .3,500) ; and that a common depth of penetration into muscular tissue was 20 mm. under a thin superficial layer of connective tissue." Harmfulness of headache mixtures, L. F. Kebler, F. P. Morgan, and P. Rupp (U. S. Dept. Agr., Fanners' Bui. 377, pp. 16). — ^A popular summary of a report previously noted (E. S. R., 21, p. 563) discussing the character and possible harmful effects of acetanilid, antipyriu, and phenacetin. FOODS HUMAN NUTRITION. 167 According to the authors, " it seems advisable, iu view of the widespread use of these agents in remedies sold without a physician's prescription, especially in headache mixtures, that the general public should be informed as to the nature of these drugs, their tendency to form habits, and their injurious effects, particularl5^ their depressing action on the heart." Prices of food products and other commodities {Bol. Min. Indus, i Ohras Pub. [Chile], 7 (1908), No. 3, pp. J/o-aS). — A considerable amount of statistical data is reported regarding the prices of foodstuffs and other commodities in dif- ferent localities in Chile. Inquiry reg'arding the price of foodstuffs carried on in 70 schools, Levas- si:uR {Bui. Soc. Nat. Agr. France, 60 {19G9), No. 7, pp. 678-697, dgm. i).— Noted from another soui-ce (K. S. R., 21, p. 567). Modern kitchen equipment on a larg'e scale, W. Sternberg (Z/.sc/ir. Hiired plain-headedness; their corresponding qualities (yel- lowness and crestedness) exhibit more or less imperfect dominance. The majority of crests appear to be heterozygous with respect to crest. Some of the results obtained by Davenport (K. S. R., 20, p. 1072) are stated to be different from those of the author, because of the breeding stock used by Davenport and his interpretation of fancy points. The need for a more strict definition of characters and their nomenclature is indicated. Colored plates and engravings are used to assist in improving the tei-minology of canary fanciers. Note on partial leucosis in a hen, W. 0. Finch (Biometrika, 7 (1909), No. 1-2, pp. 23.'f-236, /(V/.s. .5). — An account of birds which were obtained by a cross between an Indian game and a true Houdan. One hen turned from black to spotted in her first year, the spots since that time having diminished annually. Another hen has been once black, once white, then once spotted, and again white. The role of inorganic phosphorus in the nutrition of animals, E, B. Hart, E. V. McCoLLUM, and J. G. Fuller (Wisconsin Sta. Research Bui. 1, pp. 38, figs. 7). — The investigations reported have been noted from another source (E. S. R., 21, p. 69). The relative value of feeding stuffs, F. T. Siiutt (Rpt. Select Standing Com. Agr. null Colon. [Canada^, 1009, pp. 22-42). — Analyses are reported of molasses, apple pomace, Paddy rice, by-products of corn, wheat, oats and peas, cotton-seed and flaxseed meals, and mixed feeds. Registered feeding stuffs (Kansas Sta. Feeding Stuffs Bui. 4, PP- -i)- — This contains a list of all feeding stuffs registered in the State for the year ending June .30, 1010, and also a list of manufacturers of cotton-seed meal and condi- niental feeds whose registrations have expired. The Wisconsin feeding stuff law, F. W. Woll ( Wisconsin Sta. Circ. Inform. 1, pp. 9). — This contains the text of the Wisconsin feeding stuff law as amended, by the legislature of 1909, and comments thereon. Standards of pure feeds of different kinds are suggested in order to aid manufacturers and dealers in determining the guaranties under which their various feeds may safely be sold. A guide to the domesticated animals (other than horses), R. Lydekkeb (London; Govt., 1908, pp. 5.'i, pis. 8, figs. 7). — A brief account of the different types of domesticated animals, chiefly cattle, sheep, and dogs, represented by specimens iu the British Museum. ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 173 Guide to the specimens of the horse family (Equidae), R. Lydekkek (Lon- don; Oovt., 1907, pp. 42, pis. 15). — This contains an outline of the evolution of the horse and an account of the specimens in the British Museum, which repre- sent different types of living and extinct relatives of the horse. On the science of hippolog-y, E. Nicolas (Rev. G6n. Med. V^t., IJf (1909), No. 159-160, pp. 129-168, figs. 3). — The author explains the need for more exact information relating to the characteristics of horses, and outlines a method of procedure which should be adopted in purchasing horses to be used in the French army. Measurements and various tests should be made periodically, from the time of purchase until the death of the animal. Accurate records of the form, physiological characters, adaptability for different kinds of work, and a post-mortem examination would eventually supply data for an exact science of liippology. The Nellore cattle, F. C. Geaehart (Pliilippinc Agr. Rev. [English Ed.], 2 (1909), Xo. 7, pp. 373-375, pi. 1). — A brief account of a shipment of Xellore cattle from India to the Thilippine Islands. It is thought that these cattle are superior to any of the indigenous breeds. Up to the present time European breeds have not proved to be of any value under natural range conditions in the Orient. Rations for fattening swine, B. E. Carmichael (Ohio 8ta. Bui. 209, pp. 71- 89). — Young growing animals were used in all the experiments. The following table gives the cost of gains made with diffcreni rations when fed in the dry lot. estimating corn to be worth 50 cts. per bushel, middlings $25 per ton, soy beans $30 per ton, tankage $40 per ton, and skim milk $3 per ton : Comparison of grain rations for sicine in 3 dry lots. Number Number of 01 animals. da> s. 6 6fi 6 6fi 6 66 6 66 6 66 5 84 5 84 5 84 6 56 6 56 Ration. Average daily gain. Grain con- sumed per pound gain. Cost pel pound gain. Dressed weight. LOT 1. Corn meal Corn meal and soy-bean meal 4 : 1 Corn meal and middlings 1:1 Com meal and tankage Corn meal and skim milk 1:2.77.. LOT 2. Corn meal Corn meal and tankage 8:1 Corn meal and soy-bean meal 4 : 1 LOT 3. Corn meal and tankage 8:1 Corn meal and soy-bean meal 4: 1 Lbs. 0.571 1.075 1.2.50 1.612 2.023 1.002 1.682 1.616 1.458 1.443 Lbs. 6.177 4.279 4.216 3.602 2.899 5.549 3.941 3.984 4.377 4.336 as. 6.18 4.71 5.06 4.12 4.11 5.55 4.38 4.38 Per ct. 80.05 82.19 80.79 79.32 77.53 In lot 1 the pigs did not relish the soy-bean meal mixture. In lots 2 and 3 the amount of food constituents consumed daily is estimated. Analyses of the feeds are given. The following table shows the results of feeding different rations in the dry lot V. the pasture. Corn was estimated at 60 cts. per bushel and tankage at $42.60 per ton. The exjieriments were made for 3 years and there were 5 auimals iu each lot. 174 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. FcciliiKj toiin nith .siciitc in tliv drij lot and at pasture in I'JO'o, 1907, and 1908. Number of days. Corn and pasture Corn, skim milk aud pasture 1907. Corn meal on pasture Corn meal in dry lot Corn meal and tankage G:l on pasture Corn meal and tankage 6:1 in dry lot. 1908. Corn meal on pasture Corn meal in dry lot Corn meal and tankage 8:1 on pasture Corn meal and tankage 8:1 in dry lot. Average daily gain. Lbs. 1.091 1.630 1.396 .838 1.989 1.916 1.198 .674 1.619 1.574 Feed con- sumed per ■ pound gain. JJ)8. 3.815 2.635 corn; 8.768 skim milk. 4.674 5.945 3.809 3.892 3.444 5.083 3.213 3.478 Cost per pound gain. Cents. 4.09 5.45 4.02 4.14 In comparing light v. heavy grain rations in the dry lot there was no marked difference in the economy of gain in the different lots, but there was a wide difference in length of time reijnired to produce a pound of pork. If concen- trates are to be used exclusively a full grain ration should be fed, but if pastured, by feeding a light grain ration the hogs are induced to eat a large amount of grass with a marked economy in the production. The following table shows the amount of grain consumed in the dry lot and at pasture: Comparison of tight iiud licary yrain rations icitli sivinc in tlic drij lot and at pasture. Number of animals. Number of days. 4 198 4 198 4 198 4 198 5 62 5 62 5 55 5 55 Ration . IN DRY LOT. Corn meal, middlings, skim milk Do. i full feed Corn meal and tankage 8:1 Do. i full feed Corn meal and tankage 8:1 Do. i full feed IN PA.STUUE. Corn meal Do. ffullfeed Average daily gain per pig- ids. 1.277 .972 1.785 1.307 1.574 1.167 1.396 1.118 . Feed consumed perpound gained. Milk. Lbs. 3.934 3.868 Concen- trates. Lbs. 2. .588 2. 645 4. 260 4.363 3.478 3.520 4.674 3.867 Three experiments were conducted to secure data in regard to the amount of tankage which could be fed to hogs in cattle feed lots. On the wihole greater gains resulted from i lb. of tankage daily per pig than from only J lb. Preparation of corn for hogs, W. J. Kennedy and E. T. Robbins {loiva St a. Bui. 10(j, pp. 30o-'i.j!), fifjs. I.i). — During the past 2 years the question of grind- ing and soaking corn has been investigated by this station with 312 hogs of all ages. The conditions were much the same as are found on most Iowa farms where spring pigs are raised, the only departure frQm commou custom being ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 175 iu feeding the young pigs a full feed of corn in summer on pasture instead of a part feed as is often done. Eacli of the lots at pasture had a small movable hog house for shelter and shade. The grass was mostly timothy and blue grass, with a little sprinkling of fescues, cheat, and sedges, but no clovers. Meat meal was used to supply protein to all hogs that did not have access to pasture, in order to produce more rapid and cheaper gains than could be made with corn alone. The cost of shelling corn was 1 ct. per bushel, of shelling and grinding 3 cts., and of grinding corn-and-cob meal 6 cts. Corn-and-cob meal gave the poorest results of any form iu which corn was supplied. The claim occasionally made that a pound of corn-and-cob meal is equal to a pound of corn meal for pig feeding found no support in these results. When fed either dry or soaked 12 hours the cob appeared to be worse than useless. In each case when ear corn, which would have yielded 83 per cent of shelled corn, was ground into corn-and-cob meal it was found that less than 83 per cent of its weight in corn meal would produce an equal amount of pork. The wasting of feed w;is undoubtedly greatest with the lots getting dry corn meal. The following table gives a summary of the 2 years' work : Summary of results of feeding corn prepared in different icays to hogs of all ages. SPRING PIGS STARTED AT WEANING TIME ON PASTURE. Number of hogs. Number of days. Average daily gain. Feed consumed. Cost per pound Kind of com. Com. Meat meal. gain, corn at 60 cts. per bushel. Drv ear com 38 38 38 38 172 172 172 172 Lbs. 0.95 .94 .85 .93 Lbs. 4.00 4.06 4.08 4.44 Lbs. 0.20 .20 .19 .20 Cis. 5.03 Soaked shelled corn 6.19 Drv corn meal 5.87 5.79 HOGS WEIGHING 100 LBS. AT START, FED IN SPRING AND SUMMER IN DRY YARDS. Dry ear corn Soaked shelled corn Dry corn meal . Soaked com meal . . . 10 140 1.32 5.66 0.49 10 140 1.30 6.28 .46 10 140 1.21 5.15 .45 10 140 1.52 6.21 .54 5.33 5.14 5.53 5.32 HOGS WEIGHING 200 LBS. .\T START, FED IN SPRING AND SUMMER IN DRY YARDS. Dry ear com Soaked shelled com . Dry corn meal Soaked corn meal 10 84 1.74 7.40 0.74 10 84 1.92 7.88 .77 10 84 1.99 8.18 .81 10 84 2.00 8.40 .82 5.41 5.26 5.44 5.55 HOGS WEIGHING 200 LBS. A.T START, FED IN SUMMER ON PASTURE. 11 11 45 45 1.31 1.42 7.13 7.18 6.00 5 64 OLD THIN SOWS WEIGHING 225 LBS. AT START, FED IN PALL IN DRY YARDS. Dry ear corn 10 10 10 10 56 56 56 66 2.04 2.49 2.40 2.44 8.14 9.21 9.00 9.20 0.59 .68 .65 .67 4.84 4.58 4.75 Soaked com meal 4.80 176 EXPERIMENT STATION RECORD. "Shelled corn soaked 11! hours was iiiuro i)alatable and produced faster and more eeononiical gains than shelled corn soaked 24 hours. " With hogs over 200 lbs. in weight the soaking of corn was of greater ad- vantage to those running on pasture than to those confined in dry yards. "It proved useless to grind corn for hogs of any age when the weather was warm enough to permit soaking. In every case, where grinding has shown a saving of corn, simple soaking 12 hours in water has shown a still greater saving. " Soaking corn meal added nothing to its feeding value for hogs that relisheI>- 0-27, //f/.s. .5). — This is a continuation of investigations previously noted (E. S. R., 20, p. 178). It gives a brief resume of the economic importance of B. lactis acidi, and reports investigations concerning the source of the organism. Except in cases thought to be accidental, this species was not found in different soils or hays, on leaves of trees and plants, or on grass. Of the grains tested, cotton-seed meal, gluten bran, middlings, mixed feed, and corn meal, only the corn meal contained a lactic-acid bacterium. Several parts of the surface of the human body were tested, but no positive results were obtained until the inside of the mouth gave evidence of a largo colonization. The bac- teria were present in the feces of 11 out of 25 cows, but seemed to be somewhat modified, having but little power to curdle milk. The organisms were found in abundance in the mouths and on the exterior of nearly all the cows and in the feed troughs and mangers. In a few cases the results were questionable, but it was thought that a repetition would give positive results. Evidently the cow's mouth is the most abundant source of the DAIRY FARMING DAIRYING. 181 organism, although it may be considered a harmless parasite there and possibly of the stomach and intestines. The intestinal origin of the organism is probably from the mouth. The evidence seems to prove conclusively that all objects which are reached by the tongue of the cow are an abundant source. Apparently, there are two or more types of this organism and it is thought that these investigations, which throw light on its origin, may assist in its classification. The propagation of pure starters for butter and cheese making', E, G. Hast- ings (Wiscon-sm Sta. Bui. 181, pp. 3-17, figs '/). — This bulletin discusses the sources of flavor in butter and cheese, and describes apparatus and methods of preparing starters for both I)utter and cheese making. The propagation of pure culture starters for butter and cheese making, E. H. Farrington and E. G. Hastings (Wiiiconsin Sta. Circ. Inform. 2, pp. //). — • A popular summary of the above. On the properties and significance of slime-producing lactic-acid bacteria in the manufacture of Emmental cheese, R. Burri and J. Thoni {Landw. Jahrh. Schiveiz, 23 {1909), No. J,, pp. 227-3///).— Further studies are reported of Bacterium, giintherl and other species of bacteria (E. S. It., 16. p. 197) which are found in the curd of Emmental cheese. When slimy fermentations occur the viscosity of the curd prevents the escape of the whey. Clusters of irregular shaped holes are formed. The cheese mass acquires a more or less strong taste and the rind fi'equently cracks. Several lactic-acid forms which produce the trouble were found to be the same species as those found in normal cheeses, which indicates that strictly lactic-acid forms can under certain circumstances enter into a slimy condition and in this state are more resistant to hexit. Artificial inoculations of the slime-forming bacteria produce the defects which sometimes occur in practice. The results obtained confirm earlier work in establishing a close relationship between B. giintheri and pathological and uonpathological streptococci. Bacil- lus casei 5 and B. casei e, though closely related, could be distinguished by their behavior toward saccharose. The presence of these injurious forms can be detected in the factory by taking samples of whey containing granules of curd from the cheese kettles and keeping them at 30 to 38° C. If present, the slimy curd will appear in from 24 to 36 hours. The bacteria have a wide distribution but cause no harm unless present in large numbers, in which case the milk cans and dairy utensils should be thoroughly sterilized. If present in the rennet, the supply should be obtained from another source. Contribution to the knowledge of the bacterial flora of Emmental cheese in different stages of ripening, J. Thoni {Landtv. Jahrh. Schweiz, 23 (1909), Nos. 7, pp. 395--i21; S, charts 3). — This is a study of the bacterial flora of the inner and outer portions of cheeses at different periods during the process of ripening. The bacterial counts at different stages are presented in graphical form. The interior portion contained a larger number of microbes in the fresh cheese mass than in any later stage and these consisted chiefly of lactic-acid bacteria and cocci. In the cheeses of normal size the cocci were more numerous than the lactic-acid forms during the first day, but in the small cheeses the lactic-acid forms predominated from the start. Other organisms found included aerobic spore-forming, coli aerogenes and proteus groups. Bacterium casei Umhurgensis, B. zopfii, Cladosporium hutyri, and yeasts. The organisms present in the rind were more numerous than in the interior and consisted chiefly of cocci and B. easel Umhurgensis, although yeasts, B. casei, and aerobic spore-forming bacteria were present. The natural rennet cheeses differed from the artificial rennet cheeses by a higher germ content in the fresh cheese mass, and iu the predominance of long 182 EXPERIMENT STATION EECORD. rod forms of lactic-acid bacteria from tlie begiuninjL,', and produced a better ripened cheese witli better flavor and aroiua. The participation of obligate anaerobic spore-forming putrefactive bacteria in the normal ripening of Emmental cheese, K. Burri and J, KiJusTEiNEU (Lainla: Jiilirh. kicliicciz. 23 {l!)0!)),.No. 7, pp. //2,3--'/S.i ) ■— The authors review previous contributions by different investifjators on the much discussed i)rol)lem of whether or not strictly anaerobic spore-forming putrefactive bacteria are essential in the ripening of hard cheeses, and report recent experiments of their own with Bacillus putrificus coli and B. para plectrum fcctidum, which are of this group. - These organisms in the spore form, which were found to be of common occur- rence in the air of the cow stables and in milk, are very resistant to moist heat. Tliey remain largely in the si)ore form in the cheese and their number is insig- nificant compared to that of the lactic-acid forms. When added to cheese milk they produced no abnormal result and did not increase to any appreciable extent during ripening because of the acidity. For these reasons the authors do, not agree with Rodella (E. S. R., 17, p. 1010), that they participate in the ripening of hard cheese. A bibliography is appended. Monilia nigra as the cause of black spots in Emmental cheese, R. Burei and W. Staub ( La lid a- . Jahrh. i